EPA
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
              Municipal Environmental Research EPA-600/2-78-122
              Laboratory          August 1978
              Cincinnati OH 45268           ,
           Research and Development
The Swirl  Primary
Separator

Development  and  Pilot
Demonstration

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
 gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
 vironmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
 The nine series are:            ',

      1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
      2,  Environmental Protection Technology
      3.  Ecological Research  :
      4.  Environmental Monitoring
      5,  Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
      6.  Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
      7,  Interagency Energy-Eni/ironment Research and Development
      8.  "Special" Reports
      9.  Miscellaneous Reports!

 This report has been assigned tt> the ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION TECH-
 NOLOGY series. This series describes research performed to develop and dem-
 onstrate instrumentation, equipmbnt, and methodology to repair or prevent en-
 vironmental degradation from point and non-point sources of pollution. This work
 provides the new or improved technology required for the control and treatment
 of pollution  sources to meet environmental quality standards.
This document is available to the rjublic through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 122161.

-------
                                             EPA-600/2-78-122
                                             August 1978
              THE SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR:
           DEVELOPMENT AND PILOT DEMONSTRATION
                   Richard H. Sullivan
                     Morris M. Cohn
                      James E. lire
                     Fred Parkinson
                       G. Galiana
                    Ralph R. Boericke
                        Carl Koch
                     Paul Zielinski

            American Public Works Association
                Chicago, Illinois  60637
                 Contract No. 68-03-0272
                   Grant No. S-803157
                    Project Officers

                      Richard Field
                      Hugh Masters
            Storm and Combined Sewer Section
              Wastewater Research Division
Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory (Cincinnati)
                Edison, New Jersey  08817
       MUNICIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
           OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT  •
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                 CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                               DISCLAIMER
    Tills report has been  reviewed by the Municipal  Environmental Research
Laboratory,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection   Agency,  and   approved  for
publication.    Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the
views and policies of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does mention
of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation
for use.
                                     11

-------
                          FOREWORD
     The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency was created because of
 increasing public and  governmental concern about the dangers  of
 pollution to the health and welfare of the American people. Noxious
 air, foul water, and spoiled land are tragic testimony to the deterioration
 of our natural environment. The complexity of that environment and the
 interplay between its components require a concentrated and integrated
 attack on the problem.
     Research and development is that necessary first step in problem
 solution and it involves defining the problem, measuring its impact, and
 searching for solutions. The Municipal Environmental Research Labora-
 tory  develops  new  and improved technology  and systems for the
 prevention, treatment, and management of wastewater and  solid and
 hazardous waste pollutant  discharges from municipal and community
 sources, for  the  preservation and treatment of public drinking water
 supplies and  to minimize the adverse economic, social, health, and  aes-
 thetic effects of pollution.  This publication is one of the products of
 that research; a most vital communications link between the researcher
 and the user community.
    The study describes  what has been learned  from both laboratory
 and prototype testing  of a new type of primary settling device. This
device is to be used with urban stormwater runoff and combined sewer
overflows,  as well as domestic sanitary sewage,  to  provide  primary
treatment.
                                Francis T. Mayo
                                Director
                                Municipal Environmental Research
                                Laboratory
                               111

-------
                              ABSTRACT
    A study was  conducted to determine if the swirl concentrator principle
could be used to provide primary treatment to combined sewer overflows and
municipal wastewater.  A hydraulic model with synthetic wastewater and a
mathematical model were both used to arrive at an optimized configuration
and  a design basis. The  design  was  then  tested under actual  wet- and
dry-weather flow  conditions using a large scale,  1,137 cu m/d (0.3 mgd) pilot
Constructed in Toronto, Canada. The Toronto pilot evaluations confirmed the
accuracy of the design (and associated design curves) developed under the
model studies.
    The model and pilot studies indicated that the device could achieve 30 to
50 percent settleable solids removal efficiency for flows of less than 22 I/sec
(d.5 mgd) at costs  comparable to, or less than, conventional treatment units.
Overflow rates of two to three times that of conventional units make possible
the saving.
    Testing of the model and prototype was based upon the need to treat both
domestic sanitary sewage and combined sewer overflows. Extensive laboratory
work was  conducted  to  determine the settling characteristics of solids to
provide laboratory control and provide a correlation between the laboratory and
prototype testing programs.
    The  swirl's height  and diameter are  equal, providing a  relatively deep
structure which enhances sludge thickening.
    The  Toronto pilot  evaluations of the prototype  unit  constructed in
Toronto  Ontario — 1,137  cu  m/d  (0.3  mgd)  -  to determine  operating
efficiencies confirmed   the  accuracy of  the  design  and associated  curves
developed under the model studies.
    The report contains thorough descriptions of the hydraulic/mathematical
and pilot studies, and most importantly, the detailed design methodology.
    This report  is  in  partial  fulfillment  of  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) contract 68-03-0272 (for hydraulic and mathematical modeling)
jointly  sponsored  by   the  American  Public  Works Association  Research
Foundation (APWA),  and  EPA  demonstration grant S-803157 (for pilot
evaluation) jointly sponsored by APWA and the City of Toronto, Canada. Work
was completed in October 1976.
                                   IV

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                 Page
Forword   .  .......................................   iii
Abstract   ............................ ...........   iv
Acknowledgements  .................................... x
Section 1 .  Conclusions, Recommendations, and Overview of the Studies   .......... 1
Section 2.  The Study  .................................. 5
Section 3.  Design Guidelines and Construction Costs   ..................   23
Section 4.  Pilot Treatability Evaluation With Sewage   ..................   36
Section 5.  Glossary  ..................................   58
          References  .................................   58
Appendices
       A. Hydraulic Model Study  ...........................   59
       B. Mathematical Model Study  ......................... Ill
             References  ..............................  153
       C. Settleability Tests and Hydrualic Characterization of a Pilot (with. real sewage)
           Swirl Separator as a Primary Treatment Facility   ............... 154
       D. Pilot Test Results       ....................  ....... 166


                                      FIGURES
                                                                                 Page
  1. Isometric: Swirl Primary Separator .......................... 3
  2. Model Layout   ... ................................ 7
  3. Swirl  Primary Separator: First Layout Tested on Model   ................ 9
  4. Swirl  Primary Separator: Model Layout for Tests 161 to 184 —
    Modification 10 ...............................  ...   10
  5. Swirl  Primary Separator: Model Layout for Tests 188 to 194
    (3 to 9) - Modification 1 1  ............................ 11,12
  6. Gradation Curve for Petrothene Used in Model   ...................   14
  7. Settling Velocity vs Particle Size for IRA-93 Anion Exchange Resin  ..........   15
  8. Swirl  Primary Separator: Sanitary Sewage in
    Prototypes Represented by IRA-93 in Model   ........... ........ ._  16
  9. Diagram of Swirl Primary Separator Chamber as Represented by
    Mathematical Model  ................................   19
10. Pilot Facility - Metro Toronto       ........................   22
11. Predicted Prototype Solids Removal Efficiency for Sanitary Sewage   ........ 24,25
1 2. Detention Times   .................................   26
13a. General Design Dimensions   ............................   27
1 Sb.General Design Dimensions   ................  ............   28
14. Swirl  Primary Separator  ..............................   31
15. Conventional Primary Settling Tank  ........................   33
16. Cost vs. Diameter, Swirl and Conventional Primary Treatment Units   .........   34
17. Test Layout - Humber Plant - Toronto, Canada 1975   ...............   37
18. Diurnal Flow and Suspended Solids (mg/1) Average of 5 Dry-Weather
    Days, Humber Plant -Toronto, April 1975  .................... .39
1 9. Section of Swirl Primary Separator .........................   40
20. Plan of Swirl Primary Separator   ......  ....................   41

-------
 FIGURES (continued)

21. Dry-Weather Removal of Total Suspended Solids-Toronto, September 1975	46
22. Dry-Weather Removal of Fixed Suspended Solids —Toronto, September 1975   ....  47
23. Dry-Weather Removal of Volatile Suspended Solids -Toronto, September 1975   ...  48
24. Dry-Weather Removal of Settleable Solids by Volume - Toronto, September 1975   .  .  49
25. Dry-Weather Removal of Settleable Solids by Weight-Toronto, September 1975  ...  50
26. Predicted Versus Actual Solids Removal   	54
27. Comparison of Time to Achieve Treatment	55
28. Swirl Primary Separator: Conical Bottom and Low Inlet	60
29. Swirl Primary Separator — Modification 2, (Raised Inlet 61 cm [24 in]
    Diameter Weir and 71 cm [28 in] Diameter Skirt)	60,  61
30. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modifications 2 and 3     	65
31. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layouts for Tests 20 to 45 — Modification 3  	66
32. Prototype Particle Sizes Simulated by Shredded Petrothene                  	67
33. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layouts for Tests 27, 28, 34 and 40 -
    Modifications 3  and 4	    68
34. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modifications 3 and 4     ....    69
35. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout for Tests 46 to 68 — Modification 5   ....    70
36. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modification 5           ....    71
37. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout for Tests 69 to 91 for Modification 6  ....    72
38. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modification 6	    73
39. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout for Tests 113-136-Modifications	    75
40. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modification 8	    76
41. Swirl Primary Separator: Location of Measuring Points for Velocity Contour
    Tests 10.98m (36 ft) Chamber Prototype Scale 1/12-Modification  6     	    77
42. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 0° Position       	    78
43. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 90° Position      	    78'
44. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 180° Position       ....    79
45. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 270° Position       ....    79
46. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout for Tests 92 to 112 - Modification 7  ....    80
47. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies of Closed Bell with
    Four Orifices -  3.79 cm (1.5 in) 6, 22,9 cm (9 in) High, Skirt
    0.61m (24 in) 6 for Modification 7   \	    81
48. Swirl Primary Settler: Location of Measuring Points for Velocity Contour
    Tests 10.98 m (36 ft) Chamber, Closed Bell with Four Orifices - 0.457 m
    (1.5 It) 6, 2.74 m (9 ft) High, Skirt 7.32 m (24 ft) 6 Prototype
    Scale 1/12-Modification 7  .'...;	    82
49. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 0° Position	    83
50. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 90° Position   	    84
51. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 180° Position	    85
52. Swirl Primary Separator: Tangential Velocity Contours at 270° Position    	    86
53. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout  for Tests 137 to  160 — Modification 9 .  ...    88
54. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modification 9	    89
55. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout  for Tests 161 to  184 — Modification 10  ...    90
56. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modification 10 —
    Increase of the Skirt Diameter   . .	    91
57. Swirl Primary Separator: Operating Efficiencies for Modification 10 —
    Recovery Rate vs Slot Height   . .	    92
58. Modification 10, Petrothene Grains Reaching End of Inlet, and Petrothene
    Grains Slidin Down Against the Cone Wall Near Inlet   	    93
59. APWA Swirl Primary Settler: Retention Time vs Discharge With Scale 1/12	    94
                                          VI

-------
 FIGURES (continued)

60. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout for Modification 11   	   98,  99
61. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout for Modification 12   	100
62. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout With Modification 12 and
    Inlet Baffle Type 3 a	   102
63. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout with Modification 12 and
    Inlet Baffle Type 3b                                          	'	103
64. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout with Modification 12 and
    Inlet Baffle Type 3 c                                          	104
65. Swirl Primary Separator: Model Layout with Modification 12 and
    Inlet Baffle Type 3d	105
66. Swirl Primary Separator: Suggested Recovery Curve for Anion Exchange
    Resin IRA-93 in Model 149 ju> d> 75 M	   106
67. Swirl Primary Separator: Predicted Prototype Solids Recover from
    Sanitary Sewage    	108
68. Recovery Rates on Model as Function of Particle Settling Velocity	109
69. Recovery Rates with Different Particle Settling Velocities for:
    a. 0.91 m (3  ft) Diameter Chamber	110
    b. 1.83m (6 ft) Diameter Chamber	HO
    c. 3.66m (12 ft)  Diameter Chamber   	   112
    d. 7.33m (24 ft) Diameter Chamber	112
    e. 10.98m (36 ft) Diameter Chamber	113
70. Diagram of Laboratory Swirl Chamber Configuration   	115
71. Diagram of Swirl Chamber as Represented by Mathematical Model	116
72  Settling Velocity Distribution at 30.5 cm (1 ft) Column Sample Ports	119
73. Settling Velocity Distribution at 61 and 91 cm (2 and 3 ft) Column Sample Ports   .  .   119
74. Settling Velocity Distribution for all Sample Ports	120
75. Settling Velocity Distribution at Various Column Depths    	120
76. Settling Column Data Interpretation: Flocculation vs Nonflocculating Particles   ...   122
77. Streamlines for Initial Lab Configuration with Circular Weir   	   136
78. Tangential Velocity Contours for Initial Lab Configuration with Circular Weir  ....   137
79. Vertical Velocity Profiles for Initial Lab Configuration with Circular Weir	   138
80. Streamlines for Modified Lab Configuration with Radial Gutters and
    Standpipe Removed	140
81. Tangential Velocity Contours for Modified Lab Configuration with Radial
    Gutters and Standpipe Removed	   141
82. Vertical Velocity Profiles for Modified Lab Configuration with Radial
    Gutters and Standpipe Removed	142
83. Particle Paths for Initial Lab Configuration with Circular Weir and Particle
    Settling Velocity of 0.05 cm/sec (0.0016 ft/sec)	143
84. Particle Paths for Modified Lab Configuration with Radial Gutters and Standpipe
    Removal at Particle Settling Velocity of 0.05 cm/sec (0.0016 ft/sec)  	145
85. Particle Paths for Modified Lab Configuration with Radial Gutters and Standpipe
    Removal at Particle Settling Velocity Equal to Average Upflow Velocity of
    0.25 cm/sec (0.0083 ft/sec)   	146
86. Particle Paths for Modified Lab Configuration with Radial Gutters and Standpipe
    Removal at Particle Settling Velocity of 0.3 cm/sec (0.0098 ft/sec)	147
87. Comparison of Smisson 3 m (10 ft) Prototype Data with Theoretical Performance  .  .   149
88. Correlation of Observed and Theoretical Model Performance	150
89. Settling Velocity Characteristics: Humber Treatment Plant—
    Storm Flow June 5, 1975  	,159
                                          vu

-------
FIGURES (continued)

90. Settling Velocity Characteristics: Humber Treatment Plant —
    Storm Flow June 16, 1975	   159
91. Residence Time Distribution	   165
92. Residence Time Distributions	   165
93. Fitted Responses	,	166
94. Fitted Responses	   166
95. Fitted Responses	167
96. Fitted Responses	   167
97. Percent Dead Volume Versus Flow Swirl Separator  	168


                                      TABLES
                                                                                Page
 1. Solids Removal Efficiencies of IRA-93 at Various Discharge Rates  	    17
 2. Comparison of Diameter, Detention Time, and Suspended Solids Removal for
    Swirl Primary Separator and Detention Time for Conventional Settling for
    Various Overflow Rates	    29
 3. Construction Cost of Swirl Primary Separator	    32
 4. Construction Cost of Conventional Primary Settling Tank  	    34
 5. Comparison of Operation and Maintenance Costs for Primary Treatment Units   ...    35
 6. Present Worth, Swirl Separator Primary Treatment Units	    35
 7. Removal of Total Suspended Solids: Wet-Weather Flow -May 4- July 12, 1975  ....  37
 8. Removal of Total Suspended Solids-June 23-27, 1975	    42
 9. Removal of Total Suspended Solids-July 2-8, 1975	 .    43
10. Removal of Total Suspended Solids: Dry-Weather Flow-May 1-June 10, 1975  ...    44
11. Summary of Tests-September, 1975	    51
12. Detention Time and Overflow  Rate: Primary Tanks — September 1975 and June 1976    52
13. Total Suspended Solids  	    52
14. Removal of BOD-June 23-July 8, 1975	    55
15. Modifications Tested on the Model	    64
16. Successive Modifications of the Model and Recovery Results with Anion Exchange
    Resin IRA-93  149 v>d>14n	95,  96
17. Recovery Rate of IRA-93 at Various Flowrates    	101
18. Representation of IRA-93 to Sewage, Based on Scale Factor	107
19. Collision Rates for Various Mechanisms	123
20. Particle Size and Number Density for Various Settling Velocities	126
21. Estimated Collision Rates	128
22. Applicable Boundary Conditions for Particle Continuity Equation  	131
23. Particle Settling Velocity Distribution for 100-200 Mesh IRA-93 Resin	148
24. Predicted Removal Efficiency for 100-200 Mesh IRA-93 Resin (0.5 I/sec [0.02 cfs])  .   148
25. Predicted Removal Efficiency for Hypothetical Prototype Unit Using
    Mathematical Model	.	153
26. Predicted Removal Efficiency for Hypothetical Prototype Unit Using
    Laboratory Data	154
27. Model Fitted Parameter Estimates  	162
28. The Axial Dispersion Model	163
29. The Equal Tanks-In-Series Model	164
30. Dry-Weather Test Schedule	169
31. Wet-Weather Test Schedule	169
32. Wet Weather Test Data, Swirl Separator -May 4-7, 1975   	170
                                         Vlll

-------
 TABLES (continued)

 33. Wet-Weather Test Data, Swirl Separator-May 15-June 12, 1975	171
 34. Wet-Weather Test Data, Primary Tanks -May 4-7, 1975	172
 35. Heavy Metal Test Data   	  173
 36. Dry-Weather Test Data-Swirl Primary Separator-May 1-11, 1975	174
 37. Dry-Weather Test Data - Swirl Primary Separator -May 12-18, 1975	  175
 38. Dry-Weather Test Data-Swirl Primary Separator-May 30-June 10, 1975	176
 39. Dry-Weather Test Data - Swirl Primary Separator -June 16-21, 1976   	177
 40. Dry-Weather Test Data - Swirl Primary Separator- June 22-25, 1976   	177
 41. Dry-Weather Test Data-Primary Tanks-May 1-11, 1975   	  178
 42. Dry-Weather Test Data-Primary Tanks-May 12-18, 1975	  179
 43. Dry-Weather Test Data - Primary Tanks - May 30-June 10, 1975   	180
 44. Dry-Weather Test Data-Primary Settling Tank-June 16-21, 1976	181
 45. Dry-Weather Test Data-Primary Settling Tank-June 22-25, 1976  	181
 46. Proposed Tests Second Series	  132
 47. Dry-Weather Test Data - Swirl Primary Separator- June 12-17, 1975   	  182
 48. Dry-Weather Test Data-Primary Tanks-June 23-27, 1975	  183
 49. Dry-Weather Test Data - Swirl Primary Separator- July 2-8,  1975	        184
 50. Dry-Weather Test Data - Primary Tanks - July 2-8, 1975	'.  185
 51. Proposed Tests Final Series   	    ^.86
 52. Dry-Weather Test Data-September 2, 1975	  137
 53. Dry-Weather Test Data September 3, 1975   	188
 54. Dry-Weather Test Data September 4, 1975	    189
 55. Dry-Weather Test Data September 5, 1975	'  ',  190
 56. Dry-Weather Test Data September 8, 1975   	'.'.',  191
 57. Dry-Weather Test Data September 9, 1975   	             192
 58. Dry-Weather Test Data September 10, 1975	            193
 59. Dry-Weather Test Data September 11, 1975	'  194
 60. Dry-Weather Test Data September 12, 1975	'  '  195
 61. Dry-Weather Test Data September 15, 1975	'.    196
 62. Dry-Weather Removal  of Settleable Solids By Volume	197
 63. Dry-Weather Removal  of Settleable Solids By Weight   	198
 64. Dry-Weather Removal  of Total Suspended  Solids  	199
 65. Dry-Weather Removal  of Volatile Suspended Solids	200
 66. Dry-Weather Removal  of Fixed Suspended Solids	201
 67. Dry-Weather Removal  of Settleable Solids By Volume	202
 68. Dry-Weather Removal  of Settleable Solids By Weight   	203
 69. Dry-Weather Removal  of Total Suspended Solids  	204
 70. Dry-Weather Removal  of Volatile Suspended Solids	205
71. Dry-Weather Removal  of Fixed Suspended Solids	206

                                 EXHIBITS                                     Page
 1.  Settling Column Test Methods	158
2.  Description of Hydraulic Mixing Models   .  .  '. '.	'.'.'..'...  162,  163   164
                                        IX

-------
                       ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The American Public Works Association  is deeply indebted to the following
persons and their organizations for the services they have rendered to the APWA
Research Foundation in  carrying out this study for the U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency.

                        PROJECT DIRECTOR
                         Richard H. Sullivan

                          CONSULTANTS
                         Morris M. Cohn, P.E.
                        Paul B. Zielinski, P.E.
                         Bernard S. Smisson

     ALEXANDER POTTER ASSOCIATES, CONSULTING ENGINEERS
                       Morris H. Klegerman, P.E.
                         James E. Ure, P.E.

                   GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
                         Ralph R. Boericke
                            : Carl Koch

             LA SALLE HYDRAULIC LABORATORY, LTD.
                           F. E. Parkinson
                           George Galiana

                    METROPOLITAN TORONTO
                            Ross L. Clark
                            Earl Baldock

                    T. W. BEAK CONSULTANTS
                          Stephen L.  Hodd

          AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION STAFF
    Ronald H. Ball
    Lois V. Borton
    Jan A. T. Harvey
John R. Moy
Rose M. Ohlman
Shirley M. Olinger
Cecelia E. Smith
Oleta M. Ward
           U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Richard Field, Chief,
         Storm & Combined Sewer Section, (Edison, New Jersey)
                     Hugh E. Master, Staff Engineer
         Storm & Combined Sewer Section (Edison, New Jersey)

-------
                                       SECTION 1
        CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND OVERVIEW OF THE STUDIES
              CONCLUSIONS
    The studies indicate that the swirl flow
principle can be a substitute for the function
of primary, settling. Previously the swirl flow
principle was shown to be applicable for the
simultaneous  flow  regulation   and  rough
clarification  of  combined sewer  overflow
liquids and for the selective separation of grit
in sanitary sewage and admixed sewage and
storm runoff.
    1.  As  a  result   of  hydraulic  and
mathematical model studies,  it  has  been
concluded  that  the  swirl separator principle
can  be  utilized  to obtain  clarification  of
wastewaters,  such  as sewage, combined sewer
overflows,  and storm water discharges.  Such
clarification is competitive with  conventional
settling units for  low flow rates and at less
than   conventional   primary  settling
removal requirements.
    2. The; swirl separator principle applied
to   primary   separation  involves  the
establishment of long-path  circular separation
within a cylindrical tank. The opportunity for
natural   flocculation   and  the  lessened
possibility  of short circuiting in  the chamber
appear to improve performance.
    3. The absence  of  moving  parts in the
swirl  separator reduces  maintenance and
operating costs of the unit.
    4. The  relatively  high  overflow  rates
which may be used with the swirl separator at
various  levels of  suspended solids removal
requires less  space, thus  enhancing its  use in
wastewater plant  expansion and  combined
sewer overflow and stormwater treatment.
    5. Tests  covering the settling velocities of
sewage and flocculation mechanisms indicate
a  good relationship between the synthetic
solids used in model testing and real sewage.
    6.  Testing  of  the  pilot  unit  was
conducted  under  the adverse conditions  of
wide  variations  in flowrates  of industrial
wastes. Thus  the fact that the unit performed
as well as  the existing units indicates that
performance  may  be enhanced  under more
uniform operating conditions.
    7. The, cost  of constructing  a   swirl
separator for flow of 7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd) for
a suspended solids removal efficiency  of 45
percent was less than for a conventional unit,
$55,200 to $76,000.  However, above this
flowrate and removal efficiency, the conven-
tional unit becomes less expensive.
    8.   With our present knowledge of fine
particle scale-up laws, the swirl separator does
not  appear  to  be economically competitive
for diameters greater than 5.5 m (18 ft). How-
ever, model and limited field test results are
sufficiently  encouraging to  suggest  construc-
tion  of a larger experimental unit to provide
full scale data for actual sewage.

          RECOMMENDATIONS
     1.  The  hydraulic  and   mathematical
model  investigations and the prototype tests
indicated good  removal of sewage solids. The
studies, however, may have under-predicted
the swirl primary separator efficiencies which
can be accomplished. It is recommended that
the  prototype   installation constructed by
Metropolitan Toronto be  tested at another
facility not  subject  to  large  variations  in
industrial waste loads. The potential benefits
of low construction  cost, applicability  of
units  to   augment   presently  overloaded
primary facilities,  freedom  from mechanical
parts or devices to handle sludge residues and
ability of the deep conical sludge hopper con-
figuration warrant the expenditure  of funds
for such an evaluation.
     2. Further  testing and development of
the  swirl   separator  principle  should  be
conducted  utilizing  mechanical sludge rakes
and  the modified design basis of Mr. Bernard
Smisson.

        OVERVIEW OF THE STUDY
    The swirl  separator can prove  to be a
highly  valuable and innovative tool in  the
nation's efforts  to  clean  up   pollution
conditions   in  its  water resources.  Previous
studies carried  out  at Bristol,  England,  but
never  before  duplicated  on  the American
continent,   gave  indication  that  the swirl

-------
separator principle could be applied to the
separation  of  liquid and   solid  phases  in
wastewaters of various types.
    The current studies of the swirl primary
separator  is,  in  fact,  a  "third-generation"
investigation  of the swirl separator principle.
In   July   1972,  the  APWA   Research
Foundation  completed  development  and
evaluation  studies of the swirl separator as a
combined  sewer  overflow-regulator facility
jointly  sponsored by the City  of Lancaster,
Pennsylvania,  and the  U.S. Environmental
Protection  Agency (EPA).1 The investigations
demonstrated the practicability of utilizing
the swirl principle for removing settleable and
floatable  solids from  combined  sewer
overflow  and  for simultaneously  diverting
predetermined  amounts  of so-called  foul
sewage  (concentrated   liquid-solids)   to
downstream wastewater treatment facilities or
to holding (storage) chambers.
    Encouraged by the results of the swirl
separator   as  a  combined  sewer  overflow
regul a t o r/s eparatorJ   device   a
"second-generation" study was conducted on
the development  and evaluation of the swirl
principle for the selective separation of grit or
inorganic solids from wastewater flows.2 The
swirl degritter development was conducted by
the American Public Works Association under
the sponsorship of the USEPA in 1973.
  In 1974 a study of the use of the swirl prin-
ciple for  removal of erosion products from
stormwater runoff was  conducted.6
    The present studies of the development
of a swirl separator  chamber as a primary
clarifier of sanitary   sewage and combined
sewer wastewaters involved the development
and evaluation of a  hydraulic model at the
La Salle Hydraulic   Laboratory,   La Salle,
Quebec,   Canada,  the  verification   :and
validation  of hydraulic  model  findings  by
mathematical-computer   model  techniques
performed by the General Electric Company,
Re-Entry   and  Environmental  Systems
Division, at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and
the evaluation of a prototype unit with san-
tary sewage in Toronto,  Ontario.
    In addition to the aforementioned mpdel
investigations,  a  supplemental  investigation
was carried out by Beak Consultants Limited,
 Rexdale, Ontario, Canada, to determine the
 settling velocities of combined sewer overflow
 and stormwater runoff with  respect to the
 application  of swirl separator  devices  as
 primary  separators.3  These  studies  were
 interrelated  with   the hydraulic and
 mathematical  model  investigations because
 they dictated  the nature of the  synthetic
 model-scale  solids which were  tested and
 evaluated  as representative  of  actual
 wastewater solids that would be treated by
 swirl devices in the field. In conjunction with
 the prototype field test in Toronto, addition-
 al tests of settling characteristics of solids in
 combined sewer  flows  and  flow patterns
 within the swirl separator were conducted.
    The  hydraulic  studies  covered 12
 modifications of a swirl  separator chamber
 originally patterned after  the unit previously
 used  in  the  earlier  overflow  regulator
 investigations.1'2'3 A total series of 194 test
 runs  were  carried  out,  covering
 determinations  of  solids  settling  velocities,
 flow patterns, solids removal efficiencies, and
 other pertinent factors. Out of these 'Studies
 came firm decisions on the most effective size
 and  location of inlet  line, shape of bottom
 cone solids hopper, baffle and overflow weir
 details,  and  other internal  appurtenances.
 Figure 1  shows the various parts of the unit.
 The  mathematical  model  studies  were
 designed  to verify all hydraulic patterns and
 performances.
    The   studies  provided  proof of the
 applicability  of the  swirl principle to the
 function of primary clarification of suspended
 solids-bearing  wastewaters. In  a  short
 detention  period  solids   are  deposited by
 inertial and gravity action and agglomeration
 mechanisms.  Removal efficiencies  matched
 actual performance of conventional primary
 settling facilities in shorter periods of time at
 the Metropolitan Toronto facility. With the
 design  configuration,  without  chemical  add-
 itives, the  swirl was not found useful above
 50 percent suspended solids removal or for
 flows in excess of 40  I/sec (0.9 mgd) treated
 to 30 percent solids removal.
   The hydraulic model studies were based
on synthetic solids made of Amberlite® anion
exchange resin IRA-93, which was considered

-------
  Sludge Discharge
A   inlet
B   baffle
C   skirt
D   gutters
E   clear effluent outlet
F   baffle
G   sludge discharge
FIGURE 1  ISOMETRIC:  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR

-------
 to properly simulate actual solids in sanitary
 sewage flows.3 The design criteria are based
 on Froude Law scale up.
    The  hydraulic  model  studies  with
 synthetic solids  led to the construction of a
 3.7 in- (12 ft) diameter pilot with real sewage
 for further hydraulic evaluation of swirl,flow
 phenomena, size and geometric configuration
 of basic chambers  and internal  structure
 features,  performance  in  terms  of  solids
 removal and the effects of solids coagulation
 induced by the swirl patterns.
    The pilot unit was tested at a design flow
 of 1,137 m3/day (0.3 mgd)  and at  1,700
 m3/day (0.45  mgd). The results of the tests
 indicated  that  the  unit  performed  as
 effectively,  40 percent  suspended  solids
 removal,  as  conventional basins  at the
 Humber wastewater treatment plant operating
 at  an overflow rate  of  81.46  m3/day/m2
 (2,000 gal/day/ft2) with 1.06 hour detention
 time.  The  detention time in the  swirl
 separator was  20.4 minutes  and an overflow
 rate of 108 m3/day/m2  (2,650  gal/day/ft2)
 and 14 minutes with an overflow rate of 162
 m3/day/m2  (3,980 gal/day/ft2), respectively
 for  the  two  above  mentioned  flowrates.
 However, when  the   size  of  the  unit  is
 calculated for a full  60 percent suspended
solids  removal, the size  and retention time
 becomes  equal to that of the conventional
unit.

General Comments
    The hydraulic model design was started in
the summer of 1974.  At that time the work
of Mr. Bernard Smisson was closely evaluated
because of his extensive research in the field
of  secondary  motions in  flow fields. Mr.
Smisson  had  experimented  with  both
mechanical  and  nonmechanical
configurations. At the  time of the study, Mr.
Smisson had decided to proceed on the basis
of a mechanical scraper to minimize the depth
of the unit and improve operating efficiency.
    Inasmuch as a primary goal of the current
study  was  to develop a  unit  for treating
combined  sewer  overflows   and  urban
stormwater  runoff, the decision was made to
develop  a nonmechanical  device.  With this
limiting  design feature several major changes
exist in the  configurations which are different
from  the current designs being evaluated by
Mr. Smisson.  Among the  major features are
the following:
1.  Shape
   This Study      the height equals diameter
              with 60° sloped conical bottom
  Smisson a conventional shaped circular tank
2.  Draw-off clarifie'd flow
  This Study       conventional gutters with
        gravity discharge through side of tank
  Smisson                 circular weir and
                     central shaft discharge
3. Draw-off of solids
   This Study

   Smisson

4. Deflector
   This Study

  Smisson

5. Dip plate
   This Study
                tests indicate intermittent
                           draw-off best
                     continuous draw-off
                 and uses mechanical rake

                      found no advantage
                to inlet baffle or deflector
                    uses skirt deflector to
                     create distinct zones
                     found no hindrance
      to settling from surface interferences,
           i.e., pipe across outer flow field
Smisson         does not allow a dip plate
         or interference in outer flow field
    Smisson reports that his configuration is
performing better  than that  found by  th'e
APWA under this study.
                                            4

-------
                                        SECTION 2

                                       THE STUDY
     Primary  separation  of  solids  is  the
 common  denominator  of practically  all
 treatment systems  whether for sanitary  or
 combined wastewaters plant processes. While
 present  federal laws and  the policies  of  all
 states require  the use of higher degrees  of
 treatment than simple primary clarification,
 the removal of settleable solids  and floatable
 suspended material from wastewaters by some
 form  of  clarification facility  is  universally
 practiced. Some secondary treatment systems
 may forego primary removal  of suspended
 solids prior to  their secondary stages, such as
 in  the  case of  so-called  package activated
 sludge or extended aeration plants, but initial
 clarification  is  normally   provided  in
 conventional treatment plant design.
     The basic  conventional methodology  of
 primary  clarification usually   involves the
 gravimetric separation  of  settleable  solids,
 together with  floatable  materials,  in
 flow-through chambers  which  provide
 detention periods  and  lowered hydraulic
 velocities that produce deposition and rise of
 solids and the resultant discharge of a clarified
 effluent. Decreased flow velocities to provide
 this  gravity  clarification phenomenon
 usually  involve  relatively large  settling
 chambers  and   relatively  long  detention
 periods.
    The  swirl separator achieves clarification
 of  solids-laden  liquid  flows, not  by simple
gravimetric separation  under  quiescent
settling  conditions,  but  by  introducing
secondary motion  flows.  The purpose of this
study has been to investigate the application
of the  swirl separator principle to the process
of  primary separation of raw wet and dry
weather sewage solids and to evolve practical
design  parameters  for prototype  installations.
The successful achievement of the application
of  the swirl   separator  principle  for  this
universal waste water treatment process could
provide relatively speedy, or "flash,"  solids
separation  in  relatively  small  chambers
without use of  mechanical  devices for sludge
 and  scum removal, thus providing economy
 of construction and operation.


        HYDRAULIC MODEL STUDY
     The hydraulic model studies were carried
 out  by LaSalle Hydraulic Laboratory where
 the previous investigations of swirl separator
 for  combined   sewer  overflow regulator
 purposes and for grit removal by swirl action
 were undertaken. The  experience  of this
 hydraulic  laboratory and its knowledge and
 availability  of  previous  swirl  chamber
 components greatly benefited and expedited
 the current research work.
     The hydraulic model studies, augmented
 and  supported by  the  mathematical  and
 computer  simulation  of  liquid and  particle
 flowfield  conditions  were  programmed  to
 produce optimum swirl  separator chamber
 dimensions and configurations and structural
 details of   internal  appurtenant  unit
 components;  to   evaluate  performance  in
 terms   of  most  effective solids  removal
 efficiencies; and to develop design procedures
 and parameters that translate the scale model
 features  into  full-scale  prototype  swirl
 primary separator  installations  in the field.
 This  section  applies to the hydraulic  model
 investigations performed  at  the  LaSalle
 Hydraulic Laboratory.
    In order to initiate the swirl studies, the
 model chamber previously used as a combined
 sewer overflow regulator was  modified  to
 serve  as  a primary  separator device. Changes
 were  made in  the geometries   and internal
 details  of  the   original  unit, including
 modifications to the chamber  depth; floor
 configuration; inlet shape  and location; wen-
 diameter,  configuration,  and  structural
 details;  skirt  location, size, and immersion;
 and slot opening dimension under the skirt.
    The  first model  configuration  and all
subsequent changes in the  main chamber and
internal appurtenant units were  intended to
provide  a  controlled combination  of swirl

-------
flow patterns  and gravimetric settling and a
bottom hopper  shape to  expedite  the
deposition  and  compaction  of  deposited
sludge  solids  to  a  prearranged  point  of
discharge   without  need  for mechanical
collectors of any  type.  An  outlet for the
hopper  sludge was provided  in  the original
model but  no  routine use of this sludge line
was  made in  the  studies.  However,
intermittent draw-off under  flow influence
was included in the testing program.
    The  first  model  layout was  based  on
various sources of information and experience
with  units  of similar or related intent and
design. The general arrangement with a deep
skirt  for separation  of  the external  and
internal  sectors of the  swirl  chamber, as
developed by Mr. Smisson in model studies at
Bristol,  England,  was  first  utilized.  The
bottom cone of the sludge collecting hopper
of the chamber was chosen as a 60° slope for
easy movement of sludge to the outlet using
gravity force only. Larger inlet line diameter,
weir diameter, and skirt  diameter than used
previously in  swirl  separator  studies  of
combined sewer overflow regulators * and of
grit removal facilities2  were provided.
    In  order to establish  practicable
prototype  values  for  the  hydraulic  model
studies the scale of 1 : 12 previously used in
regulator overflow and grit separation studies
was  again  utilized. In prototype scale  up
dimensions, this dictated  the use of a 1.22 m
(4 ft) square influent sewer, entering a 11 m
(36 ft) diameter swirl chamber with overflow
weir  crest  2.75 m (9 ft) above the upper
cylindrical portion of the chamber during the
first stage  portion of the overall hydraulic
model   studies.   Various  changes  were
subsequently  made to improve operational
performance but the diameter of the chamber
itself was retained throughout.
    This size chamber provided a 21 minute
detention time in the prototype for  a flow
rate of 0.31 m3/sec (11 cfs), corresponding to
0.632 I/sec (0.022 cfs) in the model.
    The discharge Q and time to flow relation-
ship can be developed from the continuity
equation  where  Q   prototype  =  L3
prototype/time prototype or:
    QP=Lp3/t                        (.1)
and for the model: Qm = Lm 3 /tm.
    Combining  the continuity equation with
the Froude Model.Law (V/^/Lg) leads to the
relationship  involving  the time  scale  and
discharge scale between model and prototype
as

       t      fc-r,
       *P   -\QrnJ     *»           (2)

The relation between the discharge Q and the
length scale is.
       OIL.   = f lx^\  2'5
       Qm       \Lm  )              (3)
    To simplify the  testing procedure, four
model discharge rates were selected to provide
workable prototype  equivalents, as  follows:
0.9m (3 ft)
Diameter
Model
I/sac
0.5
0.632
1.0
1.5
Detention
Time
minutes
7.67
6.06
3.83
2.56
m3/sec
0.25
0.31
0.5O
0.75
1 1 m (36 ft)
Diameter
Prototype
cfs
8.8
11.0
17.6
26.4
mgd
5.7
7.1
11.4
17.1
Detention
Timo
minutes
26
21
13
8.7
    Similar calculations for the 3.7 m (12 ft)
diameter swirl unit used in pilot scale testing
at Toronto are:
Flow Rate
cfs
0.232
0.309
0.463
0.695
mgd
0.15
0.2
0.3
0.45
Detention Time Overflow Rate
m'/sec
0.00657
0.00876
0.013
0.02
minutes*
40
30
20
13
gpd/ft2
1,326
1,768
2,650
3.980
m3/day/mz
0.466
0.621
0.932
1.400
* allows 0.9 m (3 ft) for sludge accumulation

Description of Hydraulic Model
    Figure 2  shows the swirl chamber and
inlet supply line; a solids hopper and vibrator
for introducing  test solids into  the  swirl
device via  the inlet sewer line; a clear overflow
settling basin  equipped  with  a  calibrated
V-notch weir  for gauging discharge flows; a
foul outlet connection to the bottom of the
swirl  chamber, leading to  a foul  overflow
settling  tower  and recovery screen for
recapturing  the introduced solids; together
with necessary control equipment.
    The central unit of the model system was
the swirl separation chamber. It consisted of a
vertical concrete conical hopper at the bottom
with a 60° side  slope,  topped by a vertical
cylinder chamber 91.5 crn (3 ft) in diameter,
made of  1.3 cm  (0.5 in.) Plexiglas.® In the

-------
                                                                      Foul outflow      Foul solids
                                                                      settling tower   recovery screen
                                           Chamber cylinder - 13 mm (0.5 in).
                                           plexiglass - 914 mm (36  in. dia)
          Clear outflow settling bosin
          \


r I-K A \/












, /



'
                      Clear water overflow
                      outlet pipe - 102 mm (4 in) plexiglass
- Discharge returned
 to pumping station
1
— ;=-- 1
f i /'
/ /
V
l_ J.
1 \
                  ' / / / / /11

  Clear outflow settling bosin ,
                                                                           Small water supply
                                                                           for solids injection
                                                                           Water supply from
                                                                           pumping station
                                     Chamber cylinder - 13 mm (0.5 in)
                                     plexiglass - 914 mm (36  in. dia)
Clear water overflow pipe -
102 mm (4 in) plexiglass
Foul solids
recovery screen
                                         ELEVATION
                                         Section A-A
                             FIGURE:  2     MODEL  LAYOUT

-------
first phase of the model tests,  the bottom
cone was adjusted to provide a 10 cm  (4 in)
wide annular flat bench between the  top of
the conical  hopper and  the bottom  of the
swirl separator cylindrical chamber to serve as
a partial chamber floor as shown in Figure 3.
For subsequent series of tests,  designed to
improve  the  characteristics  of the swirl
pattern and the solids separation efficiency,
the  concrete  hopper cone was  extended
upward to the periphery of the chamber wall
and the flat bench surface was eliminated, as
shown in Figure 4.
    A Plexiglas skirt,  supported  by the
chamber wall and concentric to the chamber's
vertical axis, divided  the  chamber into two
concentric  sectors — inner and outer. The
vertical distance from the bottom of the skirt
to the bottom of the cylindrical chamber, or
the top of the conical hopper represented the
inter-connecting  slot  between  the  two
concentric chamber sectors.  The  slot opening
was readily changeable by means  of calibrated
supporting blocks.
    A 15.2 cm (6 in ) PVC effluent discharge
downshaft installed concentrically around the
chamber's  vertical axis also provided
structural support for the overflow weirs. The
height of the weir could be easily changed by
adding or  removing custom-cut pieces  of
downshaft.
    The  vertical downshaft was later removed
for  subsequent studies  to leave the inner
chamber unencumbered  and  the weir was
attached to and supported by the skirt. The
bottom of the conical hopper was closed and
the  clear  effluent overflowed through  a
circular gutter fixed around the skirt in the
outer chamber, connected to an outside drain
with  two 2.5 cm (1 in) diameter Tygon®
pipes which passed through  the chamber wall
as shown by Figure 5.
    The  chamber inflow pipe  was 10 cm  (4
in.) diameter polyvinyl chloride (PVC)  set at a
slope of 1/1000. A vibrating solids injection
system was  placed on the inflow line  2.14 m
(9  ft) upstream of the chamber. Water was
supplied directly from the constant level tank
in one of the laboratory's permanent pumping
stations. This supply device was  used  as long
as  the recovery of large  size  grain material
injected  presented no problem. When  smaller
 grain sizes were used, a closed circuit device
 was  built.  PVC  pipe was  removed  and
 replaced by a 76.2 cm (30 in) long Plexiglas
 pipe  while the solid injection system  was
 reduced to a mere hopper attached on the top
 of the  inlet  duct as  shown  by Figure 5,
 through  which  diluted  material  was
 introduced into the model at a constant rate.
    Outflow from the central pipe, and later
 from the collecting annular gutter, went to a
 large settling basin equipped with a calibrated
 V-notch weir.
    A point gauge in a manometer pot read
 the  level  in  the  basin,  determining  the
 discharge going over the V-notch weir. This
 represented  the  total  discharge  passing
 through the separation chamber.
    The foregoing descriptions, supplemented
 by the  figures  in Appendix A showing the
 original  structural format  of the  swirl
 chamber  and   the  subsequent  changes
 involving the  elimination of the flat bench at
 the  top  of the conical  bottom  hopper,
 indicate  that  variances were  made in the
 model for the purpose  of  initiating added
 studies  of swirl patterns and  performances.
 These  changes  were  only part of the many
 structural modifications introduced into the
 model, and the numerous test runs carried out
 with each of such physical changes.
     In all, twelve modifications were made,
 involving the shaping of the conical hopper to
 provide a bench flat  floor between it and the
 cylindrical swirl  chamber, and to eliminate
 this plateau;  changes in the elevation of the
 inlet sewer entering the swirl chamber; shapes
 of the  overflow  weir; diameter of the skirt;
 depth of the skirt; diameter of the weir; use
 of the  overflow  weir  as a sealed unit,  with
 concentric orifice ports for  the upflow of
 effluent from  the bottom  chamber  to  the
 upper or discharge chamber; variations in slot
 height  under the skirt; elimination  of  the
• circular effluent  weir  and-replacement  with
 four radial weirs  discharging into the central
 overflow outlet downdraft pipe; variations in
 the  length  of such radial overflow weirs;
 installation of eight radial effluent weirs with
 flat-surface crests; conversion of these eight
 weirs  into  "saw-tooth" crested weirs; and
 removal of the central outlet downdraft pipe
 and  discharge of effluent from the collecting

-------
                                          0.91 m 0 Chamber
                                          (36 in)
                                          0.71 m 0 Skirt
                                          (26 in)
                                          0.61 m 0 Weir
                                          (24 in)
                                        320° FOUL OUTLET
             PLAN
                                     ;i:::; /-First modification to inlet
                                     '?'':'   -Raised  so crown at  same
                                          level as weir
                                     XI 0.16 cm
                                     I  (4in)
                               Section A-A
FIGURES SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
           FlRST LAYOUT TESTED ON MODEL

-------
                           270°
                                                    .0.9! m  0 Chamber
                                                    (36 in)
                                                    0.71m  0 SUirt
                                                    (28 in)
                                                    10.16x10.16 cm INLET
                                                       (4x4 in)

                                                  2.21 cm (0.87 in)

                                                Former  Chamber Floor
                                            ELEVATION
FIGURE 4 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
          MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 161 to 184 - MODIFICATION 10
                                 10

-------
       Skirl	
3cm (1.39 in) Wide
Circular Gutter
8 cm (3.13 in) High
Circular Gutter
                                                                     6cm  0 Pip«
                                                                     (2.34 in)
                                                                    6 x 6 cm Inlet
                                                                    (2.34 x 2.34 in)
                                                                     Skirt 0.71 m 0
 6 x 6 cm Inlet
(2.34 x 2.34 in)
                                                                   6.35 cm (2.5 in)
                                                                   T~
                                                                     11.45 cm (4.5 in)

                                                                   5.08 cm (2 in)
                                                                   T
                                                     SECTION  A-A
                 FIGURE 5a SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                             MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 188 to 194 (3 to 9)
                             MODIFICATION  11
                                           11

-------
     Overflow
                                     0.91 m  (36m)

                                     0.71 m  (28 in)
                                                                      Skirt O.7lm 0
                                                                           (28 in)
                                                                      .Overflow
                                 SECTION  B-B
              FIGURE 5b SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                          MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 188 to 194 (3 to 9)
                          MODIFICATION  11
weirs via a concentric channel connected by
outlet pipes through the swirl chamber wall.
Other internal details were involved in  the
series of model modifications.
    Each  structural modification  was
accompanied by a series of runs, all controlled
in terms of types of materials  added to  the
flow, rates of flow, removal efficiency studies,
tracing of  velocity  contours  and :flow
patterns; determinations of settling velopities
vs. particle size for Petrothene® and IRA-93
anion  exchange  resin  —  the  two  basic
materials used to  simulate sewage solids of
settleable and colloidal characterisitcs; effects
of the installation of a baffle deflector at the
inlet to the swirl chamber to induce greater
secondary flow action.  A total  of 194 test
cycles  were involved in all of the structural
modifications  and  the  analytical
investigations.
    Definitive  findings  on model  efficiencies
of  solids  removal  from  the  influent flow
depended  on  the  representativeness of the
simulated  model  solids. During  the period
while the Beak studies3 were underway to
characterize actual  sanitary  sewage  solids
components and  to  develop a synthetic
material   to  represent  these  material
characteristics  in  model  scale,  the LaSalle
studies  were  carried  out with  shredded
Petrothene,  which  was  adequate to guide
basic determinations of chamber sizes  and
                                           12

-------
geometric  internal shapes  and  dimensions.
When the results of the Beak studies became
available, a new material — an anion exchange
resin  designated as IRA-93  manufactured by
Rohm and Haas — was utilized in the model
studies.
    The  Petrothene material  had  been
shredded  and  possessed  a  gradation curve
shown in Figure 6. Settling velocities for this
material were  plotted vs.  particle size, as
measured  by  Beak, and  theoretical settling
velocities were deduced for  material having a
specific gravity  of  1.01.  Subsequently, a
family  of  curves  was devised for  different
specific  gravities  for  the purpose  of
determining the particle size for each selected
specific  gravity and  ascertaining  the
comparable settling velocity.
    Before the use of the  anion exchange
resin  in the swirl  studies was initiated, it was
found that relatively uniform solids recoveries
of from 95 to 100 percent of Petrothene were
being achieved. Thus, the  Petrothene did not
offer  enough  range to differentiate  between
the chamber effectiveness levels covering the
modifications to be studied, and it precluded
decisions on  the swirl geometries that  would
produce optimum clarification results.
    The use of IRA-93 anion exchange resin
provided the flexibility and decision-making
characteristics desired in   the  studies.  A
nominal specific gravity of 1.04 was given  for
the new test material and the procedures used
for  Petrothene  in  ascertaining settling
velocities vs. particle size were reproduced  for
the more  serviceable  simulated  solids,  as
shown  in  Figure  7.  The  same  procedure
described earlier for Petrothene was followed
in scaling up this curve to different scales to
define  the  settling  velocities  of  particles
simulated by the IRA-93. The choice of solids
fractions followed  the findings of the Beak
studies on  representative  sewage  solids
characteristics and the recommendation for
simulated model particle sizes.
    The approach  used in  determining the
actions  of various particle sizes was adequate
for each such characteristic, but  it did not
provide information on the distribution of
grain  sizes  in  the simulated loading on the
swirl   model.  Subsequent  settling  column
studies  by Beak  on  representative  sewage
 samples  at  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,
 precisely defined the recommended fraction
 of the crushed IRA-93 material as passing a
 No. 100 sieve and retained on a No. 200 sieve.
 A  model  curve  of  settling  velocities  vs.
 percentages less than or equal to the presence
 of various  particle  sizes  was, evolved  for
 sanitary  sewage  by the Beak  studies and a
 family of curves covering various particle sizes
 was developed  therefrom, at scales transposed
 according  to   Froude's  Law. These data
 permitted  calculation of  the percentages of
 sanitary  sewage in  the  differently  scaled
 prototypes that  were  simulated by the
 IRA-93 used in the model.
    Out  of these  scalings, Figure  8  was
 developed.  This  figure is the key in finding
 the  portions  of  the  prototype  sewage
 simulated by the model material; it was used
 in the final prediction of prototype recovery
 rates. While the IRA-93 did not simulate as
 complete  a  range  of  prototype  sewage
 particles   as  would be  desired,  it  was
 recognized that sewage composition is highly
 variable  from location to location, and even
 from time to time in the same system.
    Operation  of the swirl  concentrator as a
 primary  separator facility  to  replace
 conventional  sedimentation  tanks  would
 normally involve  a  continuous steady state
 discharge — the design discharge. Since it was
 the purpose of  the model studies to adjust the
 chamber dimensions and internal appurtenant
 facilities to the flowrate  to be treated, the
 range of the study was extended to cover the
 three  different flows  previously  described
 (0.5,  1.0, 1.5 I/sec). This allowed observations
 on the behavior of the separation chamber
 and the  variation of the solids recovery rate
 when conditions  of  operation were changed.
 The   three flowrates   demonstrated  the
 combined  influence  of the inlet and slot
 velocities on the  solids separation  process.
 The studies covered, in addition, evaluations
 of the impact  of different  combinations of
 weir and skirt  dimensions and locations  on
 settling efficiencies.
    For  each individual test in  the overall
 series, steady-state flow was established and
 equilibrium attained. One 1  (17 oz)  of wet
Petrothene or  IRA-93 was injected into the
incoming flow  over a period of five minutes
                                           13

-------
               U.S. STANDARD   SIEVE NUMBERS
    34   6   8 IO     16   2O   3O   4O  SO   7O  IOO  I4O
                               \ \
                            ill

    64        2        1     0.6   O.4       0.2      0.1
  (0.234) (0.156)    (0.078)     (0.04)   (0.02) (0.015)   (0.008)   (0.004)
                                                            IOO
                                                            •90
                                                            •80
                                                             70
                                                            •60 *-
                                                            50

                                                                CD
                                                            •40
                                                            •30
                                                            20
                                                            •IO

FINE
GRAVEL
-
COARSE
| MEDIUM

FINE
SAND
FIGURE 6  GRADATION CURVE FOR PETROTHENE USED \H MODEL
                                 14

-------
     10 (.33)
      5 (.16)
 o
 0)
.8

u
o
O
O)
c
    1.0 (.03)
    0.5 (.02)
   0.1 (.003)
  0.05 (.002)
 0.01 (.0004)
                     W-
                     •f-—
JQ_
                                           «
                                                f
                                                I
                                              l-A
                                                      S.G. 1.06
                   0.1
                  (.0004)
                1
              (.004)


 Particle Size, mm (in)
                                                1.05 S.G.
                                                1.05 S.G.
                                                1.04 S.G.
 10
(.04)
           FIGURE 7  SETTLING VELOCITY VS PARTICLE SIZE FOR IRA-93
                       ANION EXCHANGE RESIN
                                           15

-------
  o
  0}
  s
  in

  I
       1.0 (7.4)-j
      0.9 (0.35)-
      0.8 (0.31)
       0.7 (0.3)-
      0.6 (0.23)-
       0.5 (0.2)-

      0.4 (0.16)-

      0.3 (0.12).
     0.2 (0.078)-
  0>

  OJ
  c
    d > 74/r

               FIGURES SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                          SANITARY SEWAGE IN  PROTOTYPES REPRESENTED BY
                          IRA-93 IN MODEL
and the model was allowed to run ten minutes
after the end of the solids application period.
The  amounts  of the applied solids found in
the bottom  of the  hopper  cone and the
floating material in the outer sector of; the
swirl  unit were measured separately.  The
material floating in the settling basin was ;also
measured.
    The  remaining portion deposited in, the
settling basin was determined by subtraction,
based on the assumption that no material; was
lost. The swirl solids separation efficiency;was
taken  as the  percentage  represented  by the
                             amount measured on the bottom of the cone
                             as compared to the total found in the cone
                             and on the bottom of the settling basin.
                                 The  details of  the  removal efficiencies
                             achieved with shredded polythene, Petrothene
                             X® and  anion  exchange resin IRA-93 under
                             varying conditions in the 12 modifications of
                             the  swirl   chamber  outlined  above are
                             contained  in  Appendix  A.  The  findings
                             highlights are listed here:
                                 •  Using shredded  Petrothene  in  the
                             model  with circular weir,  the recovery rate
                             was  84 percent at a rate  of 1 I/sec (11.38
                                           16

-------
mgd) and a  1.2  cm  (0.5  in.) slot  height.
However, with the inlet sewer at the same
level as the outer chamber floor,  undesirable
turbulences were experienced under the weir
in both the inner and outer chambers.
    • With the crown  of the inlet line raised
to the level of the weir lip, the recovery rate
remained at approximately the same — 78
percent — but it was demonstrated that the
turbulence was mainly  due to the location of
the  bottom  of the  skirt  just  above  the
horizontal  floor. Recoveries  improved  as
flowrates  decreased  and  detention time
increased. Slot height tests were inconclusive.
Removal  of the  skirt resulted  in  marked
reduction of recovery.
    •  Using ground  Petrothene, solids
removals  paralleled those experienced with
shredded  Petrothene.  High recoveries were
produced at  1.0  and  1.5  I/sec (11.38 and
17.07 mgd) rates but they deteriorated when
the skirt was removed. At high flows of 1.5
I/sec  (17.07 mgd),  recovery  started at 50
percent but increased progressively as the slot
height was increased.
    • With a 16.9 cm (6.68 in.) diameter
weir,  a fairly constant recovery  rate of 98
percent was  obtained  for a flowrate of 0.5
I/sec (5.69 mgd). Recovery rates  dropped as
the  slot  height  increased and very  low
performance  was  recorded  for higher  slot
openings.
    • Using anion exchange resin IRA-93 as
representative of the fine-grain recovery  that
would  simulate   in  the  model  the  actual
sewage conditions to  be  encountered in a
prototype  installation, recovery efficiencies
were  determined for the  successive
modifications of the model. Because  of
 changed  flow  patterns  and  other  factors
 induced by  these changes, solids recoveries
 ranged  from 91 to 81 percent at rates of 0.1
 I/sec (1.14 mgd); from 65.3 to 44 percent at
 rates of 0.3  I/sec (3.42 mgd); from 52 to 23
 percent  for  flows  at  0.5  I/sec (5.69 mgd);
 from 68.8 to  23 percent  for flows at 0.75
 I/sec  (8.54  mgd);  and from 33.7 to  27.5
 percent at rates of 1.0 I/sec (11.38 mgd).
    The  predicted  solids   recovery
 performances in prototype units, based on the
 final use of IRA-93 anion exchange resin was
 in a sense, the  culmination of all the studies.
 The corresponding solids removal efficiencies
 for the  five model flowrates used  in .the
 various tests are tabulated in Table 1.
    The median settling velocity for sanitary
 sewage  solids was selected as 0.054  cm/sec
 (0.00177 ft/sec); this was assumed to be the
 representative  point for  all  sewage  to be
 handled in any prototype. Curves were
 deduced  that  would  enable  a  designer to
 determine removal efficiencies for  a given
 sewage  flow as  a function of the diameter of
 the main chamber.
MATHEMATICAL MODEL STUDY
    The purpose of the mathematical model
study of the swirl primary separator was to
validate  and  verify  the  findings  of  the
hydraulic  model  investigation.   The
applicability of the swirl flow patterns for the
purpose of separating solids and liquid phases
had been explored previously1  and verified as
a feasible, workable hydraulic principle for
use in  combined sewer  overflow-regulator
conditions and  for  selective  removal of
                                      TABLE 1
                    SOLIDS REMOVAL EFFICIENCIES OF IRA-93
                          AT VARIOUS DISCHARGE RATES

        Model Discharge:

        I/sec               0.1         0.3         0.5          0.75        1.0
        cfs                0.0035       0.0106      0.0176       0.0264      0.0352

        Recovery Rate:

        Percent               91          58          41         31          27
                                           17

-------
 inorganic grit  from  organic, lighter solids
 materials in sanitary and combined sewage.
    The approach to  mathematical modeling
 followed the procedures used in the previous
 study of combined sewer overflow regulation.
 The flows within the chamber were assumed
 to be axisymmetric about the vertical axis. The
 chamber  was  then  overlaid  with  a
 computational   grid and  the flowfield
 velocities were computed at each grid point
 by solving the liquid continuity equation and
 equations of motions.  An  eddy  viscosity
 condition  was  utilized  to represent  the
 turbulent shear stress. Plots of streamlines and
 velocity profiles were  prepared to portray the
 liquid   flowfield as predicted  by  the
 mathematical model.
    Particle  paths   were  calculated  by
 superimposing particle settling velocities on
 the liquid flowfield. The studies demonstrated
 that a simplified solution could be used to
 predict  a theoretical  upper limit on solids
 removal  efficiencies in the  swirl chamber.
 Good  agreement  was  found between  the
 theoretical upper limit of solids recovery and
 actual  removal efficiencies observed in the
 hydraulic model studies.
    The mathematical computer study,
 substantiated  by  the hydraulic model
 findings, provided data upon which to base
 predicted  solids  removal  efficiencies  for
 prototype   installations  of  swirl settling
 facilities. The  mathematical model  work
 emphasized  the  importance  of  exact
 information  on  sewage  solids settling
 properties before  definitive  chamber design
 can be undertaken.
    In  mathematical  evaluation  of  the
 flowfield, a simplified configuration of the
 swirl settler unit was  utilized, as shown in
 Figure 9. The region  between the skirt  and
 the  outer  wall of the chamber was  not
 included in the mathematical model because
 most  of the particle  settling occurs in  the
 main body of the chamber.  This simplified
 the specification of the boundary  conditions
 for the  mathematical-computer studies. The
liquid flow  was assumed to axisymmetric,
 and the  flowfield was assumed to be identical
at every radial cross section and independent
of the angular position.
    The   assumption  ,of  axisymmetry  is
 appropriate because the flow enters the main
 portion of the chamber at all points along the
 circumference of th'e skirt. As a consequence,
 the mathematical representation of the liquid
 flowfield  was  very  close  to  the  actual
 conditions  in  the hydraulic  model.  The
 eddy-viscosity mixing-length constant and the
 skin  friction coefficient were assumed to be
 equal to the values obtained in the previous
 mathematical model studies for  combined
 sewer overflow  swirl  treatment. A closer
 agreement  between the  velocity  flowfield
 predicted by the mathematical model and the
 hydraulic  model  could  be obtained  by
 refining  these  values  but particle removal
 efficiencies would be relatively unchanged.
    Actual  prediction  of  solids  removal
 efficiencies  in any  prototype unit, based on
 mathematical model  computations,  would
 require firm information on the properties of
 actual sewage and the simulated sewage solids
 used  in the hydraulic model. This information
 was provided by the Beak test program on
 column settling characteristics. These column
 test data  have  been utilized  to determine a
 frequency distribution of the  particle settling
 velocities  which  can be  used  to  compare
 settling  properties  of different  materials.
 Three types  of material were considered in
 the  hydraulic  and  mathematical  model
 studies: Shredded Petrothene, IRA-93 anion
 exchange  resin, and so-called Arizona Road
 Dust. The latter material simulates the fines
 and colloidal material  in  actual  sewage but
 was too  costly and unavailable in adequate
 quantities for extended laboratory studies.
    The  mathematical  model  studies
 examined  the phenomena of solids settling in
 swirl  chamber  conditions,  covering
 single-settling velocity  distribution  without
 any  flocculation  reactions;  hindered
 settlement in which solids impinge upon each
 other and  thus  inhibit  simple  gravity
 subsidence; and flocculation or agglomeration
 mechanisms which result in the coalescence of
 solids  and enhancement  of  settling
 characteristics. The  agglomeration
mechanisms  involve  the  forces  of gravity,
shear  flow, turbulent acceleration, turbulent
entrainment, and Brownian motion.
                                         18

-------
                  OVERFLOW WEIR
STANDPIPE'
1
1
COM



,
PI



4
OVERFLOW VELOCITY
PROFILE
                                                   CIRCULAR SKIRT
                            FOUL OUTLET
                            (WHERE APPLICABLE)
                    PLAN
                                                    ENTRANCE
                                                    VELOCITY
                                                    PROFILE
     FIGURE 9 DIAGRAM OF SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR CHAMBER
              AS REPRESENTED BY MATHEMATICAL MODEL
                               19

-------
    From settling column tests carried out by
Beak Consultants, it was concluded that test
solids settle as discrete particles while actual
sewage  can exhibit flocculation properties
even at low concentrations. The mathematical
model  studies  involved detailed analyses  of
the kinetics of flocculation. It was found that
the degree of flocculation or agglomeration is
dependent on particle collisions and estimates
were made of the number of collisions which
result from the mechanisms of gravity action,
shear action, turbulent acceleration, turbulent
entrainment,  and  Brownian  motion.  The
turbulent entrainment mechanism was found
to be 'the most important in the outer .annulus
section of the swirl separator where most of
the inlet energy is dissipated.,
    It was found numerically  impractical to
carry out exact mathematical modeling of the
flocculation effects  on particle settling rates.
Therefore, to  accommodate the flocculation
phenomenon  in actual sewage a  settling
velocity distribution was assumed, indicative
of sewage after flocculation in the inlet sewer
and outer annulus of the swirl chamber. This
condition  will produce  a settling  velocity
distribution equivalent to that  obtained by
the gravity mechanism in the Beak settling
column  test procedures.  This was deemed to
be a conservative assumption.
    The   full  report  on the mathematical
model studies  is included as Appendix B. It
describes in detail the intricate methodologies
utilized  in developing calculations of particle
flow, in  terms  of  particle paths; boundary
conditions;  numerical  methods;  scaling
techniques of the liquid flowfield; and scaling
of  the particle flows.  In order  to  maintain
similar  liquid   flows in  different  size swirl
separation facilities  it  is  necessary  to  Use
Froude  scaling, relating liquid flow velocities
by  the  square  root  of the  scale factor and
flowrates by  the  5/2  power  of the scale
factor. A simplified equation was evolved for
obtaining a  first  estimate  of  remqval
efficiency  for  a particle having a  specified
settling  velocity, given the size and design
flowrate  of  any prototype unit.  A more
accurate estimate of  the removal efficiency
can be obtained by scaling back the prototype
  flowrate and particle settling velocity to the
  laboratory model.
     The mathematical  model of  the  liquid
  flowfield was  varied concurrently with the
  various modifications made in the hydraulic
  laboratory model to achieve improved solids
  removal  efficiencies. Quantitative
  comparisons  showed  close  concurrence
  between hydraulic and mathematical findings.
  Tangential velocity contours and streamlines
  for modified laboratory configurations  were
  mathematically plotted. Removal efficiencies
  were  projected mathematically for what was
  assumed  to  be  the most  typical  for  the
  materials used  in the hydraulic  model tests.
  The  mathematical  model predicted a  33.2
/ percent  removal  as the maximum limit on
  swirl  chamber performance at  a 0.5  I/sec
  (5.69 mgd) flow for IRA-93  resin having  a
  size range from 100 (0.149 mm or 0.00049
  in.) to 100 mesh (0.074 mm or 0.00024 in.).
  The  actual  IRA-93  resin  solids  removal
  observed in the hydraulic model was in the
  general range of 50 percent.
     Initially four possible explanations  were
  offered  for  this  apparent  discrepancy:
  swelling  of resin material on contact  with
  water, with consequent variations  in settling
  velocity; electrostatic attractions of particles
  to the chamber walls or  to other particles;
  failure of particles to completely disperse as
  single particles; and stratification of solids in
  the region under  the skirt, producing higher
  concentrations  along  particle   paths  and
 improvement in   settling.  Subsequent
 investigations ruled  out  the  first  three
 phenomena but the stratification of solids
 material  under  the skirt was observed in the
 hydraulic model.
     Appendix  B also describes the effect of
 scaling  on chamber performance  and the
 influence  of  geometric  variables  on the
 efficiency of solids  removal. The complexity
 of the data required to use the mathematical
 model makes it generally  impractical to use
 for general design.  The appendix  describing
 the model has been included to assist future
 research, work  and to provide the theoretical
 basis for what was observed in the hydraulic
 laboratory.
                                          20

-------
           THE PILOT STUDY
    In August,  1974,  the  Department of
Public Works (DPW) of Metropolitan Toronto
constructed  a 3.7  m  (12 ft) diameter pilot
unit.  The. unit followed  the recommended
design with  two exceptions:  a mechanical
scum  rake  and the use of a slender central
support column. The  unit was  fabricated of
steel and installed  by DPW employees at the
Humber Wastewater Treatment Plant.
    The Humber plant treats combined sewer
flow from a large industrial district. The plant
has experienced severe overloading problems
and during the period of the testing, a major
plant  expansion  was being undertaken. The
total  flow  to  the  plant  averages  about
227,400 m3/day (60 mgd) and can more than
double during precipitation events.
    Flow  to the  swirl  concentrator  was
pumped  from the influent flume to the
primary tanks through a Parshall flume. Flow
was varied to follow the rate of flow to the
plant  in the  May-July  tests but  was kept
constant in all subsequent tests.
    Figure  10 contains photographs of the
facility.
    The influent flume  leads to six primary
tanks.  Each primary tank is  10.4 m (34 ft)
wide and 72.7 m (237 ft) long, with average
depth of 3.2  m (10.6 ft). Total volume of the
primary tanks is  14,540 m3 (513,400 ft3).
Total surface area is 449 m2 (4,833.2 ft2).
    The details of the swirl separator are as
follows: diameter is 3.7  m (12 ft); distance
from  overflow weir to  bottom of straight
sides  is  0.53 m  (1.75ft);  the  60-degree
cone-shaped bottom is 2.9 m (915  ft)  deep.
The surface area of the tank is 10.5 m2 (113
ft2). The volume of the tank below the weir
elevation is 16.3  m3 (577 ft3J. If the bottom
1.2 m (4 ft) of the cone, with volume of 0.9
m3  (32 ft3), is  designated as sludge storage
then the net volume of the cone is 15.9 m3
(560 ft3). Prior to testing of the unit, detailed
testing  was conducted to  characterize the
flow  and the flow  rate. Beak  Consultants
Ltd.,  conducted  tests  to determine the
settling rate characteristic  of the  solids and
compared the results to the IRA-93 particles
used in the hydraulic model study. Beak also
studied the flow  characteristics within  the
swirl  unit  and  concluded that plug flow
conditions prevailed.
    Initial tests  were conducted from April
29  to June 12 with  disappointing results.
Analyses of the data indicated that sludge was
not  being drawn off  at  frequent enough
intervals.
    A second series of tests was conducted at
the design capacity  of  1,137  m3/day (0.3
mgd)  and 1,700 m3/day  (0.45 mgd) from
June  23  to July 8.  This corresponds  to
overflow  rates of 108 m3/day m2  (2,650
gal/day/ft2)  and  162 m3/day/m2  (3,980
gal/day/ft2),  and detention  times  of  20
minutes and 13 minutes, respectively.
    The tests were run during week days for
four hours a day. Tests were started at 11:00
a.m. in order to allow a minimum of three
hours after wasted activated sludge had been
returned to the  system. Samples were taken
each  one-half hour  and hourly composited
samples  were prepared  for analysis. Both
settleable  and  suspended  solids were
determined.
    A final series of  tests were  run from
September  2  to  15  with slightly  revised
procedures.
    The  results   of  the  test  program  are
presented  in  Section  4,  Test of a Pilot
Unit,  and the Beak study results are contained
in Section 8, Appendix C.
                                          21

-------
         FIGURE 10  PILOT FACILITY - METRO TORONTO
  Sludge Drawoff
Collection and Valve
Interior View of Internal
   Support  for Wires
                              22

-------
                                       SECTIONS

                   DESIGN GUIDELINES AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS
    Conventional  primary  sedimentation
tanks are generally designed on the basis of
overflow  rate and,  to  a lesser extent,  on
detention time. The term "overflow rate" or
"surface  settling velocity" is the unit volume
of flow per unit of time divided by the unit of
tank area. In U.S. customary units this  is
expressed as gallons per day per square foot
(gal/day/ft2)  and  in  metric units' may  be
expressed as cubic meters per day per square
meter (m3/day/m2). The American Society of
Civil Engineers (ASCE) Manual of Engineering
Practice  Number 364  lists  data on various
primary settling tanks which indicate removal
of suspended solids ranging from  20 to 80
percent. Figure 6 of that publication indicates
the relation between removal of suspended
solids and overflow rate. Many tanks fall in
the range of 60 to 70 percent removal of
suspended solids.  If  we accept 60  percent
removal  of  suspended solids  as a desirable
objective  then  Figure  6  indicates  the
necessary overflow rate  is 36.67 m3/day/m2
(900 gal/day/ft2).  The ASCE manual's curve
in this range of suspended solids removal has
been verified by more analyses of field data
by Smith.5  Detention  time is  no longer
considered as the  only factor in  design of
primary  settling tanks.  However, the use of
tanks with liquid depths of 2.13 to 3.66 m (7
to  12  ft) combined with accepted overflow
rates will result in nominal detention times of
1  to 2 hours. For instance, the use of a 3.05
m (10 ft) liquid depth with an overflow rate
of 36.67 m3/day/m2 (900  gal/day/ft2) will
result in a detention time of 2 hours.
    The  equation developed by Smith5  from
the  analyses of field data  can be used to
estimate the removal efficiency (percent) of
suspended solids, 17  as a function of overflow
rate (OVFRA) in gpd/ft2 as follows:
7? = 0.82e -OVFRA/2,780

For OVFRA = 36,668 1/d/m2  (900 gpd/ft2),
1?  = 59.3  percent.  This value is in reasonable
agreement  with  the  60  percent removal
estimated by the use of the ASCE figure for a
36,668 1/d/m2 (900 gpd/ft2) overflow rate.
    The  swirl  separator  was  not  found
suitable for use where 60 percent removal of
suspended solids is  the desired objective due
to  the  size and  resulting  cost  of the unit
compared to  conventional units. It appears
that after  the heavier, more  easily handled
solids are removed  from  the flow field, only
quiescent settling will accomplish the balance
of the solids removal. From the tests which
were conducted, the low efficiency of solids
removal and long detention times make large
units  impractical with the present design.
Table 2 gives the flow and detention times for
several size units as taken from  Figures 11 and
12.  The  table  indicates  that  the  swirl
separator  has less  detention  time  than
conventional settling tanks over a small range
of flows. At a diameter of 5.5 m (18 ft) the
detention time necessary  to  achieve 40  to  50
percent   suspended   solids  removal  is
approximately that of conventional units.
    The design of the swirl separator is based
neither on  overflow rate nor detention time,
but on the results  of model tests. However,
these two parameters are useful in comparing
the  size  of  the  swirl  separator  with a
conventional tank.
DESIGN PROCEDURE
    Figures  11,  12,  and  13 are used  for
design.
    As indicated, the swirl separator cannot
economically achieve conventional suspended
solids removal of 60 percent. Therefore, the
following design example is  based upon 45
percent suspended  solids removal, which is
near the  upper level of its efficiency for san-
itary flow.  Settling characteristics of  com-
bined sewer overflow solids are usually better
than for sanitary sewage.
                                           23

-------
§
2L
V)
tr
in
o
Ul
cc
    IOO-*
     90-
     80-
      0.5
       0.02
                                                            30  40 50
1
DISCHARGE - I/sec
	 1 	 1 — L — i i i i i 	 i 	 i
• 	 .1 . . . . 1
                    J_
0.05       O.I        0.2   0.3  0.40.5

 DISCHARGE- mgd



                          1
                         '  «
0.05^      O.I   0.15 02   O.3 0.* 0.5

      DISCHARGE - cfs
                                 1 - LJ  I I
                                                                 i.o
                                                                J-	L
                                                                    2.0
   FIGURE 11a    PREDICTED PROTOTYPE SOLIDS REMOVAL EFFICIENCY

                 FOR SANITARY SEWAGE
                                 24

-------
100-
 90-
           J	I
                      2'0    3O  40 50       100
                            DISCHARGE - I/sec
                     i   I   .  i  .  . I
                          200  300 400 500

                            I  .... I
                       0.5
      1.0
2.0
                  I
DISCHARGE -  Mgd
I      .    I     I
3.0  4.0 5.0


 i   I  i  I il
                                                                 10
    0.2   0.3  0.4 0.5
I         2.0   3.0  4.0 5.0
DISCHARGE  - Cfs
                 10    15
 FIGURE 11b    PREDICTED PROTOTYPE SOLIDS REMOVAL EFFICIENCY
                FOR SANITARY SEWAGE
                                25

-------
00
Ul



Z

i

 I
Ul
S

H

2
O


z
ui

ui
Q
                  34  567 9,10
100
500' I/sec
1 1 1
0.05 0.1
iii i
til I ii
0,5 1.0
i i i i I i
• i I
5 10
, , , j^
              0.05    0.1
                                     FLOW RATE
                                                                           cfs
               10   mgd
                        FIGURE 12  DETENTION TIMES
                                     26

-------
FIGURE 13a GENERAL DESIGN DIMENSIONS
               27

-------
       Overflow
      outlet -*—

}

H7

1
                                                           •Skirt
                              SECTION B-B
D = Diameter of Chamber (from Figure)
D,  = 0.066 D    INLET
D2
D4
D5
D6
EI
E2
H
= 0.67 D
- 0.58 D
= 0.056 D
= 0.042 D
= 0.028 D
= 0.028 D
= 0.056 D
SKIRT
GUTTER
SLUDGE
DRAW
OFF
OUTLET
WEIR GUTTER
WIDTH
SLOT WIDTH
SLOT HEIGHT
Note: Elevations are referred to Top of Cone.
H2  = 0.07  D

H3  = 0.125 D



H4  = 0.2 D



H5  = 0.04 D



H6  = 0.04 D


H7  = 0.19 D
Hg  =0.8 D
                Overflow
                 -»-outlet
INVERT ELEV.

CIRCULAR
GUTTER
HEIGHT

CIRCULAR
GUTTER
TOP ELEV.

GUTTER TOP
ABOVE WEIR
LIP

WEIR GUTTER
DEPTH

GUTTER
DEPTH AT
OUTLET
CONE HEIGHT
                   FIGURE 13b GENERAL DESIGN DIMENSIONS

                                 28

-------
    Normal practice is to provide a minimum
of two plant units of each  type in a plant.
Thus  the initial  construction phase  would
include at least two primary settling tanks.
    From Table 2 it is obvious that if the
detention time  is to be  less than that of a
conventional  unit, the diameter  will be less
than  5.5 m  (18  ft). Thus, for  40 percent
suspended solids removal, the maximum flow
would be  10  I/sec (0.22  mgd).  Since in
conventional practice two tanks are used, the
maximum plant design capacity would be 20
I/sec (0.44 mgd) or less.
    The  design  of a swirl primary separator
follows:
    1.  Plant design average daily flow is 15
        I/sec (0.34 mgd)
    2.  Removal  efficiency  of  suspended
        solids desired is 45 percent
    3.  Use  two  swirl  primary  separators.
        Design  flowrate per  unit is 7.5 I/sec
       {0.17 mgd). Peak flowrate is 11.2
        I/sec (0.26 mgd).
    4.  Enter Figure 1 la or 1 Ib with  design
        flowrate.  For 45 percent efficiency,
        select 77 = 3.7 m (12 ft). Surface area
       is 10.5 m2 (113 ft2). Overflow rate is
                  61,295 1/day/m2 (1,505 gal/day/ft2).
              5.  Enter Figure 12 with design flowrate
                  of 7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd) and D of 3.7
                  m (12  ft).  Detention  time is  37
                  minutes.
          Note:  For conventional settling  units,  the
          detention time would be 51 to 63 minutes.
              6.  Enter Figure 1 la with peak flow of
                  11.2 I/sec (0.26 mgd) and D of 3.7 m
                 (12 ft). Read recovery is 38 percent.
              7.  Enter  Figure  12 with peak flow of
                  11.2 I/sec (0.26 mgd) and D of 3.7 m
                 (12 ft).  Read  detention time is 25
                 minutes.
              8.  Determine dimensions of structure
                 from Figure 13, as follows:

              D  =3.7m(12ft) inside diameter of tank
              D! = 0.24 m (0.8 ft) inlet (side of square)
              D2 = 2.4 m (8 ft) skirt diameter
              £>4 = 2.1 m (7 ft) gutter diameter

              From the values given for D2  and Z)4 the
          circular gutter width is 0.3 m (1 ft). D4 does
          not appear to be a critical dimension insofar
          as  the  tank performance is concerned and
          therefore we assume the gutter width could
                                     TABLE 2
                  COMPARISON OF DIAMETER, DETENTION TIME, AND
SUSPENDED SOLIDS REMOVAL FOR SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR AND DETENTION
    TIME FOR CONVENTIONAL SETTLING FOR VARIOUS OVERFLOW RATES
                                    Swirl %S.S. Removal
                    30                   40               50                60


Diameter
m
1.8
3.6
5.5
6.1
(ft)


I/sec
6 4.5
12 15
18, 27
20 28

Flow
(mgd)
0.1
0.34
0.60
0.62
Detention
Time
(min)

Flow
I/sec (mgd)
8 2.8 0.06
19 9.8 0.22
30. 15 0.33
35
Detention
Time
(min)


Flow
I/sec
13 2
30 6.5
54 10

(mgd)
0.05
0.15
0.22

Detention
Time
(min)

Flow
I/sec, (mgd)
18 1.6 0.04
45
75

Detention
Time
(min)
24



               CONVENTIONAL SETTLING TANKS
               % S.S. Removal
                             Overflow Rate
                        l/day/m2
             Detention Time
                 (min)
gal/day/ft2   (10 ft depth or over)
60
50
40
30
36,653
57,017
51,453
114,034
900
1,400
2,000
2,800
120
77
54
38
                                         29

-------
Table 2 (continued)
                   OVERFLOW RATE COMPARISON FOR SWIRL SEPARATOR
                                  Flow              Overflow Rate
                               I/sec    mgd        l/day/m2     gal/day/ft2
Diameter 1.8




Diameter 3.6



Diameter 5.5



Diameter 6.1

.m (6 ft)
4.5
2.8
2
1.6
m(12ft)
15"
9.8
6.5
m(18ft)
27
15
10
m (20; ft)
28

0.1
0.06
0.05
0.04

0.34
0.22
6.15

0.6
0.33
0.22

0.62

144,170
86,340
72,085
57,625

122,585
79,415
54,165

96,110
52,945
35,230

80,435

3,540
2/120
1,770
1,415

3,010
1,950
1,330

2,360
. 1,300
865

1,975
be changed if  greater width is necessary to
carry off the weir discharge.
    Ds is not a critical dimension. Suggest Ds
= 0.2 m (0.67 ft).
    D6   is  not  a  critical  dimension  and
designer  may   select  size  depending  on
hydraulics. Suggest D6  = 0.2 m (0.67 ft).
    HI = 0.2 m (0.67 ft) slot height.
    H2 =  0.25 m (0.84 ft) vertical distance
from invert to junction of tank slope and tank
side.
    H3 = 0.45 m (1.5 ft) height of  circular
gutter.
    HH  =  0.73  m  (2.4 ft) vertical distance
from top of circular gutter to junction of tank
slope and tank side.
    Hs =  0.15 m (0.48 ft) vertical distance
from circular gutter top to overflow weir.
    H6  =  0.15 m (0.48  ft)  depth of weir
gutter. Designer should check to make sure,
this depth is adequate.                       ;
    HI =  0.69 m (2.28 ft) vertical distance;
from gutter top to invert of outlet pipe.
    Hs=  2.92 m (9.6 ft)  depth of chamber
with sloping sides. The horizontal dimensions
of sludge  hopper  bottoms  are usually  no
larger than 0.61 m (2.0 ft). If the bottom is
given this width then H8 will be reduced by
0.53 m (1.73 ft). Hence Hs = 2.4, m (7.9 ft).
    EI = 0.1 m (0.33 ft) weir gutter-width.
    E2  =  0.1 m (0.33 ft)  slot width at right
angles to slope.
    The size of the resultant structure  for an
average design flow of 7.5  I/sec (0.17 mgd) is
shown in Figure 14.
    The design and size of the overflow weirs
and  effluent  gutters  should be based  on
principles  used  in conventional primary tanks
and should be revised from the values derived
from Figure 13 as required.

CONSTRUCTION COSTS
    A conventional round tank  designed  to
handle  the  same  flow  and  at the same
suspended removal efficiency 7.5 I/sec (0.17
mgd), 45  percent suspended solids,  would
have  essentially the same  diameter, but less
depth.
    Cost  estimates of  the swirl  primary
separator  were made for two purposes: 1)  to
indicate the probable construction cost of the
facility; and 2) to compare its costs with that
of  a  conventional primary  settling tank-
designed for the same efficiency.
                                           30

-------
   CAPACITY
7.5l/sec<0.17mgd)
                                                             Inlet 0.25m (10 in.)
                                                         NOTE: Provide surface skimming
                                                               device for floatables
                               SECTION A-A
                FIGURE 14  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR

                                       31

-------
     The  cost estimates  are considered to be
 reasonable   engineer's   estimates.  However,
 during periods of economic inflation, it is not
 unusual  for contractors' bids  to  materially
 exceed engineers' estimates.

 Cost Basis
     The costs are based on the following::
     a.   Engineering   News  Record
         Construction Cost Index average for
         U.S. is 2,100.
     b.   Unit prices as follows:
 Steel Sheet Piling           $86/m2  $ 8/ft2
    (for temporary use during construction)
 Excavation              $16/m3  $  12/yd3
 Reinforced concrete (swirl). $ 195/m3 $ 150/yd3
 Reinforced concrete (conventional
                         $326/m3 $250/yd3
 Note:  The concrete for the swirl unit  will
 require less reinforcing steel,  thus a lower
 cost.                                  i
     c.   Contingency and engineering costs 25
         percent of the foregoing items.  ;
     The  estimated quantities of materials are
 based on the dimensions shown in Figures 14
 and 15.
     The  swirl  separator   dimensions  are
 derived in the previous section. It is assumed
 that the ground surface is 0.6 m (2 ft) above
 the crown  of the inlet  pipe and the  top of
 tank is 0.3  m (1 ft)  above ground surface.
 Since the top of overflow weir is 0.2  m (0.7
 ft) above crown of inlet pipe, this provides
 0.7 m (2.3 ft) of freeboard above the weir.
     The  conventional primary  settling tank
 dimensions  are inside diameter  of 3.6 m  (12
 ft) and side water depth  of 2.44 m  (8  ft).
 These dimensions provide an overflow rate of
 61,260 1/day/m2  (1,500 gal/day/ft2)  and a
 detention time of. 57 minutes. The tank is set
 to provide a freeboard of 0.7 m (2.3 ft) with
 top of wall 0.3 m (1 ft) above ground surface.
    The following assumptions are  made  for
both structures:
    a.  Excavation is all in  earth.  The unit
        price includes cost of backfilling.
    b.  Temporary  steel  sheet  piling  is
        required 0.61  m   (2   ft)  outside
        exterior walls of structure.
    c.  Equipment  cost  for conventional
        settling  tank  includes  cost  of
        rake-type sludge collector with fixed
        bridge  and  center  drive,  scum
        collector,  weir  plates,  telescopic
        valve, and electrical work.
    d.  Miscellaneous  costs  for  swirl
        separator includes cost of skirt, weirs,
        gutters,  telescopic  valve, center
        support for weir gutters, piping, and
        railing around tank.
    e.  Miscellaneous costs for conventional
        settling tank includes piping within
        limits  of structure,  gratings,  and
        railing around periphery of tank.

Cost of Swirl Separator as
a Primary Separator
    The estimated construction cost of a swirl
separator with a capacity  of 7.5 I/sec (0.17
mgd) is $55,250. The breakdown of this cost
is shown in Table 3.
                  TABLE 3
      CONSTRUCTION COST OF SWIRL
          PRIMARY SEPARATOR
         Capacity 7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd)
   Item             Quantity        Amount
Sheet Piling            128m2         $ 11,000
                    (1,380ft2)
Excavation            340m3            5,450
                    (440 yd3)
Reinforced Concrete     125m3           18,750
                    (160yd3)
Miscellaneous Costs       Job              9,000
Subtotal
Contingents
Engineering Costs
 25%+

Total"
$ 44,200

  11,050

$ 55,250
Cost of Conventional Primary Settling Tank
    The  estimated construction  costs  of a
conventional primary  settling  tank with a
capacity of 7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd), based on the
dimensions shown in Table 4, is $75,940. The
breakdown of this cost is also shown in Table
4.  . .
    As   the  capacity  of  the  swirl  unit
increases, there is  a rapid increase in cost as
compared to the cost of conventional  units,
due  mostly to  the  increased  excavation
sheeting  and amount of reinforced concrete.
Similar  construction calculations  were  made
for comparable  units having a capacity  of
                                            32

-------
                 CAPACITY
              7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd)
   Inlet
   0.3 m (1
\
I
\
\
\

j~ir:
f
/ |
(}
Outlet
0.3m
, 9
i
(1ft)
              Telescopic
               Valve
                                      PLAN
                                                      Railing
                                                                              0.64m (1.3 ft)
   0.31 m (1 ft)
NOTE: Drawing not to scale
                                                                     0.31 m (1 ft)
                                      SECTION A-A
               FIGURE 15 CONVENTIONAL PRIMARY SETTLING TANK
                                             33

-------
                     TABLE 4
             CONSTRUCTION COST
              OF CONVENTIONAL
           PRIMARY SETTLING TANK
             Capacity 7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd)
    Item
Sheet Piling
 Excavation

 Reinforced Concrete

 Equipment
 Miscellaneous
 Subtotal
 Contingent &
 Engineering Costs
               .96m2
             (1,050ft2)
              345m2
             (450yd3)
               40m3
              (51yd3)
                Job
                Job
               25%+

              Total'
     $ 8,230

       5,520

      10,000

      35,000
       2,000

     $60,750

      15,190

     $75,940
21.9 1/sec (0.5  mgd) with a suspended solids
efficiency of 65 percent.  The construction
cost of the swirl unit was estimated to be
$55,250 and the conventional unit $75,-940.
Figure 16 is a  plot of the cost comparisons
made.
  300
  250
§
ti200
  100

   50
   Key
   • -Conventional
   • -Swirl
$55,250
12ft,
$138,000
 38 ft, 65% ss
              $75,940
              20 ft 45% ss
           3       6      9      12
           (10)    (20)    (30)    (40)
              Diameter - m (ft)

  FIGURE 16   COST VS DIAMETER, SWIRL
              AND CONVENTIONAL PRIMARY
              TREATMENT UNITS
    Operating and  maintenance costs for a
43.8 I/sec (1 mgd)  unit, the smallest size for
which  USEPA  data  is  available,  can  be
estimated as shown in Table 5.
Comparison of Costs
    From  the foregoing it  is seen that the
construction cost  of the swirl separator will
be $55,250  compared  to  $75,940  for  a
conventional  settling  tank.  Annual  O & M
costs  may  be  $3,000 less with the swirl unit.
The surface area required for units of this low
volume  does  not  appear to  warrant  a
comparison of land cost savings.
    This comparison  assumes that the  two
structures will  produce  equal   results  in
removal of suspended solids in raw sewage.
The  sizing   of  the   conventional primary
settling  tank  is  based on  standard  design
criteria.  The  sizing  of the  swirl primary
separator is based on model results  in the
laboratory  using IRA-93   resin  as
representative  of  suspended solids  in  raw
sewage.
    Cost comparison of large size units do not
appear  warranted  at  this time.  A different
configuration  is obviously needed for large
units  to avoid the adverse construction costs
of such a deep structure. A flat bottom with
scrapers  as suggested by Smisson, sacrificing
the principal  of  no   moving parts  appears
reasonable.
PRESENT WORTH
    The  present worth of the swirl separator
units is shown in Table 6. The present worth
is based  on a life of 20 years and an interest
rate of  6-1/8  percent.  Hence  the  present
worth  of the operation and maintenance costs
for a 20-year period is 11.35 times the annual
cost.
    For  the unit with capacity of 7.5 I/sec
(0.17  mgd) at  45 percent ss removal  the
present  worth  of the conventional  unit is
$117,500 and the swirl separator is $62,500.
Thus the present worth of the conventional
unit is 88 percent greater than that of  the
swirl separator.
    For the unit with capacity of 21.9 I/sec
(0.5 mgd) and  60 percent ss removal  the
present worth  of the conventional  unit is
$179,500 compared to $282,200 for the swirl
separator. Thus the present worth  of  the
conventional unit is 57 percent less than that
of the swirl separator.
                                           34

-------
                          TABLE  5
  COMPARISON OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
             FOR PRIMARY TREATMENT UNITS
1.  Labor: Operation, 1 hr/day @ $7/hr
        Maintenance, 0.54 hr/day @ $7/hr

2.  Materials and Supplies:
        $300/yrx325   (Ratio 1975/1971 EPA
                 150.6  Cost Index)
3.  Power: 2 pumps @ 1/2 hp, 1 hr/day $0.03/kwh

4.  Annual Maintenance @ 3% of capital cost
        Primary tank sludge collections
        Raw sludge plunger pumps

        Total Annual O&M
Conventional

 $1,820
    910
    650

    100


    100
     80
 $3,660
                                                           Swirl
$455
 100
  80
$635
                          TABLE 6
                      PRESENT WORTH
                SWIRL SEPARATOR PRIMARY
                     TREATMENT UNITS

                              Conventional      Swirl
                                 Tank        Separator

          Capacity 7.5 I/sec (0.17 mgd)
                  (45% ss removal)
          Construction Cost        $75,940       $55,250
          Operation and
           Maintenance Cost       41,540         7,200
          Cost Total PresentWorth $117,480       $62,450

          Capacity 269 I/sec (0.5 mgd)
                  60% ss removal
          Construction Cost      $138,000      $275,000
          Operation and
           Maintenance Cost        41,540         7,200
          Cost Total PresentWorth $179,540      $282,200
                               35

-------
                                       SECTION 4

                  PILOT TREATABILITY EVALUATIONS WITH SEWAGE
    The opportunity to investigate the swirl
 separation phenomenon in the field was made
 available by the installation of a pilot unit at
 the Humber Wastewater Treatment Plant of
 the  Municipality  of Metropolitan Toronto,
 Canada.
    The findings described in this section are
 based  on  conditions  at  the Toronto
 installation and the comparison between the
 swirl  pilot  performance and that  of the
 conventional settling tanks in use at the plant.
 While specific conclusions have been drawn as
 a result of the swirl pilot study they must be
 characterized  as   applying  only to these
 conditions. No single field investigation of a
 previously unevaluated  treatment method —
 whether it demonstrated highly  favorable or
 unfavorable performance  — can be taken as
 the  final proof  of applicability.  Further
 investigations, under different conditions and
 for different applications and purposes, would
 be desirable.
    The Humber Wastewater Treatment Plant
 has six  rectangular-shaped  primary settling
 tanks, each with a  width of 10.36 m (34 ft), a
 length of 72.24 m  (237 ft), and average depth
 of 3.24 m (10.62 ft). The six tanks have total
 surface  area  of 449 m2 (48,350 ft2) and  a
 volume  of 14,540 m3  (513,400  ft3). The
 plant, during  the period of the 1975 tests, was
 operating far in excess of design capacity.
 Plant  additions were under construction to
 add treatment and sludge handling facilities.

 Pilot Test Results                      :
    The swirl separator  was installed initially
 near the grit removal chamber in September
 1974. Several preliminary test runs were made
 at this location on sewage pumped out of the
 effluent end of the grit chamber.
    These  tests indicated  removal of total
 suspended solids ranging from 0 percent to
 64.7 percent  for various flows. No data were
 available on test procedures  for this
 preliminary tryout  run.
    Following these preliminary test runs, the
swirl unit was moved to the influent  end of
the primary  settling tanks  and  .installed as.
 shown in Figure 17. The initial evaluation was
 made with two test runs, each of seven days
 duration,  with average  flows of 13.1 I/sec
 (0.30  mgd)  and   19.7  I/sec  (0.45  mgd),
 respectively,  in  the swirl   separator.  The
 overflow rates for these flows would be 0.932
 and  1.4 m3/day/m2 (2,650  and 3,980 gal/
 day/ft2) with corresponding detention times
 of 20 and 13. minutes. The flow in the swirl
 was varied in accordance with the diurnal flow
 to the plant.
    In order to gain information concerning
 conditions  during periods of stormflow, the
 swirl  separator testing was modified during
 actual storm periods.
    If rainfall occurred during the tests and
 the plant flow exceeded the diurnal  flow by
 788 I/sec (18 mgd) the_swirl was operated at a
 constant rate of 18.8 I/sec (0.43 mgd). The
 detailed test schedule for dry-weather periods
 is shown  in  Table 30,  and  the tests for
 wet-weather periods in Table 31 of Appendix
 D. Limited tests for heavy metals on  influent
 and  effluent  samples to the primary  tank
 during  dry-weather  flow periods  were also
 conducted  to  allow  an  evaluation  of
 treatability. These tests were scheduled on a
 weekly basis.
    The first series of tests was  carried out
 between April 29th and June 12, 1975. There
 were  eight separate storm  events  in this
 period.  The  results  for  the  swirl separator
 with a flow of 18.8 I/sec (0.43  mgd) are given
 in  Tables 32  and 33 .  Tables  34
 and  35 show the comparable results for
 the primary  settling' tanks,  including  the  .
 test results for heavy metals.  The  heavy
 metal testing  indicates  considerable concen
 trations of the metals in the  sludge   with
 greater  uniformity  of concentration  in
 the  sludge  than  in the effluent.
    For the eight storm  events,  the removal
 of total suspended solids in the  swirl separator
ranged from  zero to 34.4 percent, with an
average of 10.4 percent. The removals for the
primary  tanks ranged from   zero to  79.7
percent,  with an average of  32.8 percent.
These results are shown in Table 7.
                                          36

-------
                                    PILOT
                                    SWIRL
                                    PRIMARY SEPARATOR
   PARSHALL
   FLUME
                                                      EFFLUENT
              STEEL DRUM
              FOR SLUDGE
             VARIABLE
             SPEED PUMP
         AERATED
         INFLUENT FLUME

CONVENTIONAL
PRIMARY
TANKS
1


1 '

       FIGURE 17
                                      1    INFLUENT GRAB SAMPLE
                                      2    SWIRL EFFLUENT GRAB SAMPLE
                                      3    PRIMARY SETTLING TANK GRAB SAMPLE
               TEST LAYOUT - HUMBER PLANT - TORONTO, CANADA 1975
                               TABLE 7
REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS - WET-WEATHER FLOW,
                       MAY4-JULY 12, 1975
                                      Percent Removal
                                   Swirl         Primary
                 Date            Concentrator     Tanks
Average Flow
May 4
May 5
May 6
May 7
May 15
May 31
June 4-5
June 12
Total
Average
18.8 I/sec
(0.43 mgd)1 -2
0
0
0
17.7
34.4
4.0
0
27.1
83.2
10.4
5,688 I/sec
(130 mgd)3
0
37.5
19.0
79.7
70.4
0
10.2
45.6
262.4
32.8
Constant Flow, overflow rate: 155 ,
gal/day/ft2); detention time: 14 minutes.
Sludge drawoff interval — 4 hours.
                      rr>3/day/m2
(3,805     Average for days during which storm occurred, overflow
         rate: 110 m3/day/m2 (2,688 gal/day/ft2); detention time:
         42 minutes.
                                        37

-------
    The diurnal flow of the Humber Plant,
based on hourly measurements taken in April
1975, is shown in Figure 18. The total flow to
the primary tanks is shown with and without
waste activated sludge for the period.
    Waste activated  sludge  is  normally
pumped to the primary tank influent only
during  the night hours  but  some  waste
activated sludge may return to the primary
tanks by gravity  during the daytime  hours.
Figure 18   also  shows the variation in total
suspended solids  and  volatile  suspended
solids. The concentration of total and volatile
suspended solids is highest between the hours
of  2:00 a.m.  and 8:00 a.m.  when  flow is
lowest due to the return of waste activated
sludge to the plant influent. The variation in
suspended  solids  during the daytime hours
may be due to  discharge of industrial wastes
which enter the  metropolitan sewers. It is
recognized  that unpredictable  slugs of such
wastes may affect the plant influent at any
time of any day.
    The return  of waste activated sludge to
the primary tanks will be discontinued in the
future  by modification  in  design; and
operation.  To avoid the presence of waste
activated sludge in the influent and its effect
on  effluent quality  to the greatest  extent
possible during the study, the final tests on
the  swirl  unit  and  on  the plant primary
tanks during  runs in September 1975 were
conducted  from 1100 hours (11:00 a.m.) to
1500 hours (3:00 p.m.). During this  period
the total plant flow,  based on Figure 18 data,
is  fairly constant and  decreases  only about
five percent.
    Based on the developmental work at the
LaSalle  Hydraulic Laboratory it was decided
to  use a swirl  separator with a  diameter of
3.66  m (12  ft)  for parallel tests with the
Humber Plant  conventional primary  tanks.
Based on  data given in Figure  13b, the
dimensions selected for the swirl separator are
shown in Figure 19 and 20.
    The Toronto pilot unit was constructed
with  a  mechanized  skimmer  for  scum
collection in the outer ring instead of using a
scum pipe as recommended by the hydraulic
laboratory and as shown in 'Figure 19 and 20.
A washing spray was provided to convey the
scum out of the swirl chamber. The chamber
was sized for a minimum flow of 7.88 I/sec
(0.18 mgd)  and a design flow of 16.2 I/sec
(0.37 mgd). However,  in the final tests the
flows were 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd) and 19.7 I/sec
(0.45 mgd). The surface  area  of the swirl
concentrator is  10.49 m2 (113 ft2). The total
volume below the weir  elevation is  16.34 m3
(577  ft3). When  the bottom of the cone is
filled 0.91 m (3 ft) deep with settled  solids,
the liquid volume is reduced to 15.86 m3
(560  ft3). Thus, the^verage volume is 16.1 m3
(568.5 ft3)  and at a flow rate of 13.1 I/sec
(0.3 mgd) the detention time is 20.4 minutes.
A variable speed suction pump was installed in
the aerated influent flume to the primary tanks
for the purpose of providing the swirl unit with
the same raw wastewater as was being handled
by the plant tanks. The flow was lifted about
3.6 m (12 ft) and conveyed through a Parshall
flume to the swirl separator. The swirl effluent
was returned to the primary tanks. Sludge was
withdrawn from the  swirl separator by gravity
into a 0.18 m3 (50 gal) steel drum and, after
measurement and sampling, was discharged
into the primary tanks.  A line diagram  of the
layout is shown in Figure 17. The sampling
points to compare performance of the swirl
chamber  and  the plant primary tanks are
shown.

Series of Tests
    Relatively  poor performance of the swirl
separator  during  early  test  periods  was
observed.  It was  thought that the causes of
the poor performance  were the return of
waste activated sludge during the night hours
and  infrequent sludge  drawoff.  The  sludge
removed from the swirl  separator at four-hour
intervals  had a solids content of about 4.5
percent. This is similar to the solids content
of the sludge removed from the  conventional
tank. The separator sludge volume was only
about  12  percent  of  the  sludge volume
removed from the primary tanks based upon
flow.
    It was concluded that the swirl separator
hopper lacked the storage volume  to  permit
withdrawals at four-hour intervals and  that
the relatively large volume occupied by  sludge
in the upper cylindrical portion  of the swirl
unit   was consequently carried  out by the
dynamic  swirling flow  in  the  effluent
                                          38

-------
                          I/Bui 'uojieajuaouoQ spi|os papuadsng
        s
in
CN
to
                         <  oo
in
r^
CO
                                          J.
                                                                                      C/5


                                                                                      <
                                                                                      D

                                                                                      CC
                                                                                      HI
                                                                                      LU
                                                                                      CC
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      in
                                                                                      u.
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      ui
                                                                                      cc
                                                                                      LU
                                                                                 >    ~a

                                                                                 2    1
                                                                              52 5    W,
                                                                                 
-------
                      3.66m(12ft)Dia.
  3 Slots in Pipe
for Sludge Removal
                                                              24 cm (9.5 in)
    0.10m (0.33 ft) Plug
      Valve for
     Sludge Drawoff
                                       Theoretical Apex
                                         of Cone
                      SECTION A-A
  FIGURE 19 SECTION OF SWJRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                              40

-------
                                                                  Inlet
0.2m (0.67ft)
Scum Pipe
                                     PLAN

              FIGURE 20  PLAN OF SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                                                                       0.15m (0.5 ft)
                                                                        - 0.24m
                                                                        (0.8 ft) Sq.
                                       41

-------
discharge. Therefore, it was decided to limit
the  tests to  four  hours  during the  peak
daytime hours when it was assumed that there
was little or  no  return of  waste activated
sludge, and  to reduce the number of tests as
shown in  Table  46  of Appendix  D..  To
improve  sludge withdrawal  from  the  swirl
separator a  horizontal disc was installed as a
baffle immediately above the sludge opening
in the vertical riser pipe.
    The  second series of tests (June 23 to 27,
1975) were  run with an average flow of; 13.1
I/sec  (0.30 mgd); and from July 2 to 8,  1975,
with  an average flow of 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd).
These flowrates were varied to agree with the
diurnal flow to the plant. The results of these
tests  are given  in Tables '47,48,49. and 50 of
Appendix D and all results are  for dry weather
conditions.  With an average flow of 13.1: I/sec
(0.30 mgd)  to  the swirl separator, and hourly
                                    removal  of  sludge,  the  removal  of  total
                                    suspended  solids ranged  from 9.8  to  49.5
                                    percent, with an average of 36.6 percent. The
                                    removals in the primary  tanks ranged  from
                                    14.1 to 57.3 percent, with an average of 43.8
                                    percent.  Thus, the  removal in  the primary
                                    tanks was about 20 percent greater than the
                                    removal in the swirl. These results are shown
                                    in Table 8.
                                        During  the second series  of tests, the
                                    average flow  to  the  swirl  separator  was
                                    increased to 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd), and sludge
                                    withdrawal  was  increased  to  half-hour
                                    intervals to prevent excessive build-up in the
                                    swirl hopper. The removal of total suspended
                                    solids in the swirl separator ranged from 2.8
                                    to  27.2 percent  with an  average of  17.7
                                    percent. In the primary  tanks the removals
                                    ranged from 0 to 50 percent with an average
                                    of  16.6  percent. These results are shown  in
                                         TABLE 8
              REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS, JUNE 23-27, 1975
                                     (DRY-WEATHER)
                                    PERCENT REMOVAL
                             Average
                             Influent
                           Concentration        Swirl
                              (mg/l)         Separator1'2
  Date

Average Flow
                                                        Primary
                                                      Settling Tanks3
                                         13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)  .    4,239 I/sec (96.9 mgd)
June 23
24
25
26
27
380
525
488
904
368
49.5
36.8
48.4
38.5
9.8
42.1
57.3
42.6
62.8
14.1
          Average
                                             36.6
                           ADDITION OF WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE
                                                                     43.8
Time Pumping
Ceased
9:00
8:00
10:00
9:30
9:30
Duration of
Pumping (Hrs)
9
8
10
9.5
9.5
             Date

          June 23
               24
               25
               26
               27

          1Overflow rate: 108 m3/day/m2 (2,650 gal/day/ft2); detention time: 20 min.
          2Sludge drawoff at 1 hr intervals
          3Overflow rate: 81.8 m3/day/m2 (2,004 gal/day/ft2); detention time: 57.1 min.
                                            42

-------
Table 9.  These  removals  were less than  50
percent of those obtained in the initial second
series tests at the lower flow of 13.1 I/sec (0.3
mgd). Therefore, it was decided to carry out
additional  tests  using  slightly  revised
procedures  which  were   conducted  in
September 1975.
    The detailed  data  for the dry-weather
tests made from May 1 to June 10 are given in
Tables 36,37 and 38for the swirl separator,
and  for the primary settling  tanks in Tables
41,42 and 43, Appendix D. With a flow of
13.1 I/sec (0.30 mgd) in  the swirl separator
the removal of total suspended solids ranged
from zero to 50.3 percent, with an average of
23.5 percent for the 14 days. When the flow
through the swirl  separator was increased to
19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd), the  removal ranged
from zero to 16.9 percent, with an average of
7.2  percent   for  the   seven  days.  By
             comparison,  the  removals in  the  primary
             tanks ranged from 48.8 to 88.3 percent with
             an average of 68.8 percent for the first period
             of 14 days.  For the second period  of seven
             days,  the removals in the  primary tanks
             ranged  from 30.4  to 83.8 percent  with an
             average  of 62.1 percent.  These results  are
             shown in Table 10.
                 The sampling and analytical program for
             the third and fourth series of tests is shown in
             Table 51  of Appendix D.  These tests  are
             similar  to  the  previous series  except  that
             analyses were limited to  determination of
             solids and were taken hourly on a composite of
             two samples rather than once in four hours on a
             composite of four samples. The flowrates to
             the  swirl  concentrator  were kept  constant
             during the four-hour test period because  the
             variation in plant flow in that period was only
             10 percent.  Tests  for BOD and COD were
                                        TABLE 9
               REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS, JULY 2-8,1975
                                    (DRY-WEATHER)
                                    PERCENT REMOVED
                            Average
                            Influent
                          Concentration       Swirl                 Primary
            Date              (rng/D         Separator1 <2           Settling Tanks3
         Average Flow
       19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)     4,244 I/sec (97.0 mgd)
July 2
3
4
7
8
464
436
512
500
440
25.8
2.8
16.4
27.2
16.4
17.2
0
15.6
0
50
          Average
            Date

          July 2
            ,  3
              4
              7
              8
                                             17.7
                          ADDITION OF WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE
                                                                 16.6
Time Pumping
   Ceased

   11:00
   9:00
   9:00
   9:00
   9:00
 Duration of
Pumping (Mrs)

    11
     9
     9
          10verflow rate: 162 m3/day/m2 (3,980 gal/day/ft2); detention time: 14 min.
          2Sludge drawoff at 0.5 hr intervals
          3Overflow rate: 82 m3/day/m2 (2,005 gal/day/ft2); detention time 42.6 min.
                                            43

-------
                                         TABLE 10
            REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS - DRY WEATHER FLOW,
                                   May 1 -June 10,1975
                             Average
                             Influent
Date
Average Flow
May 1
2
3
8
g
10
11
30
June 2
4
7
8
g
10
Concentration ;
(mg/l)

576
412
432
456
460
512
476 •
660
620
668
632
572
712
472
Swirl
Separator
13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)
32.6
13.6
12.0
21.0
21.7
10.1
0.0
30.9
25.2
50.3
44.3
20.3
37.6
g.s
Primary
Settling Tanks
4,01 2 I /sec (91 .7 mgd)
66.5
55.7
85.3
74.2
58.5
77 .g
67.7
62.3
48.8
65.g
88.2
88.3
60.8
63.7
          Average
          Average Flow

          May  12
               13
               14
               15
               16
               17
               18

          Average


         Flow
 444
 428
 476
 604
 476
 428
 568
  23.5
19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)
   8.1
   0.0
   7.6
   g.s
   8.4
   0.0
  16.g
                7.2
    Swirl Separator
13.1 I/sec    19.7 I/sec
(0.3 mgd)    (0.45 mgd)
         Overflow Rate
         m3/day/m2  '          108         162
         (gal/day/ft2)         (2,650)      (3,080)
         Detention Time (min)     20.4         14
deleted.  Sludge was removed from  the  swirl
separator at one-half hour intervals. Effluent
samples were collected at time intervals;after
the influent samples, more or less equivalent
to the detention  time in the unit. Effluent
   68.8
3,924 I/sec (89.7 mgd)
   52.0
   30.4
   56.5
   65.4
   68.5
   83.8
   78.2
                          62.1
              Primary Settling Tanks
             4,012 I/sec   3,924 I/sec
             (91.7 mgd)   (89.7 mgd)
                             79.2
                          (1,896)
                             60.3
                            73.7
                        (1,855)
                            61.7
                   samples from  the primary tanks were taken
                   one  hour  after  the  influent  samples, to
                   conform with  the theoretical  detention  time
                   of the units.
                       The  data  for  the  tests  made  from
                   September 2 to 15, 1975, are  given in Tables
                                            44

-------
 52' to 61' in Appendix D. Data for tests made
 from June  16 to 25, 1976, are given in Tables
 39,  40, 44 and 45 of Appendix D.
     The April 1976  tests were conducted to
 determine solids removal efficiencies  at  6.6
 I/sec (0.15 mgd) and 8.7 I/sec (0.2 mgd). The
 overflow rates  were thus 54.1  m3/day/m2
 (1,376  gal/day/ft2)  and  72  m3/day/m2
 (1,766 gal/day/ft2).
     The percent removal of the various solids
 parameters  for the September 1975 tests are
 shown in Tables 62 to71 in Appendix D. The
 removals are shown for each hourly test, and
 averaged for each day and for the five days'
 run at  each flow. The data show that on some
 days there  was considerable variation  in  the
 percent removal for the hourly  tests. This
 may have been due to three factors: (1) Grab
 samples were used  for sampling.  Tests were
 made  on  composites of two grab samples
 taken one-half hour apart.  Grab  samples of
 raw  sewage may vary considerably in solids
 content.  More  consistent results  may have
 been obtained if automatic samplers had been
 used to provide a composite  over a four-hour
 period  with samples taken  at intervals of a
 few minutes. (2) The actual detention times
 may  have  differed  from  the   theoretical
 detention times since the flow in both  the
 swirl separator  and the primary  tanks may
 have been subject to "short  circuiting." The
 actual detention time may have been as much
 as  50  percent of  the  theoretical detention
 time.  For this  reason  the  effluent samples
. may  not have reflected the true change in  the
 influent samples.  (3) There were industrial
 wastes  in the raw influent flow. Further, the
 discharge of industrial wastes into the sewer
 system tributary to the Humber  plant may
 have caused temporary but abrupt changes in
 the percent of solids in the plant influent or
 the  settling  velocities of  the  industrial
 discharged solids.
    The foregoing  reasons may account foi|
 the erratic results obtained in the hourly tests]
 Therefore, it  is  considered  appropriate  to
 disregard the  hourly results  and use  the
 averages of the daily tests and the  average of
 the five-day test runs. These results are shown
 graphically in Figures 21 through 25.
    During  the  five-day  test period, with a,
 flow  of 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd) and an overflow
 rate of  108 m3/day/m2 (2,650 gal/day/ft2)
 and a detention time of 20.4 minutes in the
 swirl separator, the removal percentages of all
 five of  the  tests  were greater in  the swirl
 separator  than  in the primary tank.  The
 removal  of total suspended solids for all five
 days was 43.1 percent for the swirl separator
 compared  to  41.9 percent for  the primary
 tanks.
    With a flow of 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd) and
 an  overflow  rate of 155 m3/day/m2  p,B05
 gal/day/ft2)  and  a detention time  of  14
 minutes  through   the  swirl   separator,   it
 outperformed the primary tank in removal of
 settleable solids — 47.7 percent for the former
 versus 36.3 percent for the latter. In terms of
 suspended  solids, the swirl chamber removed
 25.3  percent  versus  36.0 percent  for the
 primary tank.
    The  average of the five  four-hour test
 runs is shown in Table 11.

     EVALUATION OF SOLIDS TESTS
    The  Recommended Standards for Sewage
 Works by the Great Lakes-Upper Mississippi
 River  Board  of  State Sanitary  Engineers
 (commonly  referred  to  as the  10-State
 Standards)  contain criteria   for design of
 primary  settling tanks  for use in secondary
 treatment plants.  These stipulate depths of
not less than 2.13  m (7 ft) but no mention is
made of criteria for removal  of settleable or
 suspended  solids.  A curve is  given for BOD
 removals based on  surface  settling rate — i.e.,
 overflow  rate. The percent   BOD  removal
 ranges from 22  percent at overflow rate of
 81.46 m3/day/m2,  (2,000 gal/day/ft2), to 32
percent  at 36.66  m3/day/m2 (900
 gal/day/ft2),  and  to  37  percent  at 16.29
m3 /day/m2 (400 gal/day/ft2 ).
    The   ASCE   Manual of  Engineering
Practice No. 36* is more specific. This manual
states that the object of settling tanks is to
remove settleable  solids and  to reduce the
suspended  solids  content  of  the sewage.  It
states that both displacement time (detention
time) and surface area should be considered in
design and that  detention  periods of 60 to
 120 minutes should, in theory remove 50 to
70 percent of the  influent suspended solids.
Figure 6' of ASCE Manual No. 36'4.indicates
the relationship  between overflow rate  and
                                           45

-------























9-











•2











-75





























• •





9-











3











-75



































M





1 ""•





-75
:



[. h






_1____























9-











5











-75


	
































9-











8











t*
























I:

0

0








I
C
»
3






A

QL
<
I-
"-
k
i "! -





-L





	






80



_i
40 o
5
UJ
5?


0

   Swirl 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd>
   Primary 4,121 l/sec(94.2 mgd)
AVERAGE FLOWRATE

 Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2,650 gal/day/ft2)
 Overflow rate - 79.42 ma /day/rr>2( 1.950

















mr
III
9-9)









-75
































9-IC









l-7£























'







Ml









-75
AVI




>




ERA









GE I












9-12
=LO









-7J
\NftA









fTE



























—




Ml-Td






















_J
fK

CO







AL

>-

•£
Q.





L










80


_,
40 i
UJ
S?

o

   Swirl'lfi .7k|/sec (0.45 mgd)       Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2.650 gal/day/ft2)
   Primary 4,340 l/seciaa.2 mgd)    Overflow rate - 83.5 m3/day/m2(2,050 gall/day/ft2)

§ —










DAU.Y AVERAGE OF 4 TESTS
Atrcn Ar»c r»c on TCOTO














«
— fr


'4 —
^


if —




fc




FIGURE 21  DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS
             TORONTO, September 1975
                                        46

-------
'•



r











i
fTTTi

9-2-75
; :


i
I



















9-3-75
1 • • i '••







mil — i
9-4-75



1





9-

MMf





5-75

















$-8-75


t£


ft


U) a.


















AUL
80


40
'


0

                                                                                111
                            AVERAGEFLOWRATE


 Swirl 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)        Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/ma(2,650 gal/day/ft2)

 Primary 4,121 l/sec(94.2 mgd)    Overflow rate - 79.42 m3/day/m2 (1,950 gal/day/ft2)
j






















9-











•S




j 	 -t

.




-re
- r s.























'f











3-











-I
i1










M














i
i
i






\











J-











II

*









-7S



































3-











12
;










-7J














_i








IB











MJ











^71
~f V



















1






f

C






I


J
f
i
0






a

>-
rr
; <
' E
; °-






,L












1
art



40





0

                                                                                I
                                                                                IU
                                                                                oc
                             AVERAGE FLOWRATE


   Swirl 19..7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)      Overflow rate — 108 m3/day/m2 (2,650 gal/day/ft2)

   Primary 4.340 l/sec(99.2 mgd)   Overflow rate - 83.5 m3/day/m2(2,050 gal/day/ft2)








'










Dt


I
• I • '
r





ULY AVERAGE OF 4 TESTS '
1 .
.,.
i
i • i
i







!





j





















^



, „

fc


j
i

FIGURE 22  DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF FIXED SUSPENDED SOLIDS

             TORONTO, September 1975
                                    47.

-------



-- — —





— - -•






9-2-75





















9-3-75
• !





















. 9-4-75









..












9-5-75




















>
.

u_
^  ' r~p
CO Q-
ff*

'•" 	 |~
f


9-8-75












ALL
BO


40 jo
'• cc
is?
1
1
o

                              AVERAGE FLOWRATE

     Swirl 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)       Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2.650 gal/day/ft2)
     Primary 4,121 l/sec(94.2 mgd)   Overflow rate - 79.42 m3/dayAn2( 1.950 gal/day/ft2)






™-_.__^__^__


— -
-—
...








9-9-75



— _i_
_____















9-10-75
'

•
















9-IIJ-75


"






I
i








9












-1^-75








* :

















-










9-15-75






•
or
^
CO




f|

i —
*>* !
1 U_
Q.








ALL
80


>
4qi

f
1

0

                             AVERAGE FLOWRATE
    Swirl 19.J I/sec (0.45 mgd)      Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2,650 gal/day/ft2)
    Primary 4^40 l/sec(99.2 mgd)    Overflow rate - 83.5 m3/day/m2(2,050 gal/day/ft2)
: f
« 4 	 I
i,
DAILY AVERAGE OF




i 1 1 1
AVERAGE
4 TESTS
!b?
' ' ^


20 TESTS "^
j
> 1


• ! i *^

! '|
«j 1 ft
• A
	 | X^ !
. r . .;, .
	 f
FIGURE 23   DRY-WEATHER  REMOVAL OF VOLATILE SUSPENDED SOLIDS
              TORONTO, September 1975
                                      48

-------


1









9
I ' '








-2















-75
t










3-
:
















3-75:


! ' •































9-4^75
- . :























9-S-75



























9-8-75
>.
_i <
^ S
CO CL
" "








HOBM




	




; ALL


80

VAO1A13
; LL
1
1
0

                               AVERAGE FLOWRATE

      Swirl 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)       Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2,650 gal/day/ft2)
      Primary 4,121 l/sec(94.2 mgd)   Overflow rate - 79.42 m3/day/m2(1,950 gal/day/ft2)
— I









| }













M


i













-75
I 'il '
; I '•





I




i









i











M0-75
! I
'" '
— |—






9- 1














(-75 I



:











£K










\-7i
r









'. i . i-.









< i'













3-I4-75
»v*
_j S
ce 2
=£ a:
cb Q-





/










ML '
80


^
o
40,^
cc
!5?


0 |
I
i
                               AVERAGE FLOWRATE
      Swirl 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)      Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2,650 gal/day/ft2)
      Primary 4.340 l/sec(99.2 mgd)    Overflow rate - 83.5 m3/day/m2(2.050 gal/day/ft2)

4—



















L


" -
)AILY AVERAGE OF 4 TESTS
	 J 	 1 	 1 	 M 	 1 	 1 	 1— • 	 1 	 ! 	
,AVLKAub Ur £\j 1 to 1 o











.





-f>



^
S
,
!

S*-TT—
. i . '.
'
— 1»


!
i
i

FIGURE 24  DRY-WEATHER  REMOVAL OF SETTLEABLE SOLIDS  BY VOLUME
             TORONTO, September 1975
                                        49

-------















9-Z-75
.











,.
















"•""






k-3-75
;•

i





—













9-4-75
-
i ; " I ':








p





-G







^75




































9-8-75
IV
1™
_j 4^
' ^
4
c






i o:
0 Q-













ALL i

80


!_i
400
re


o

                            AVERAGE FLOW/RATE
     Swirl 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)       Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2,650 gal/day/ft2)
     Primary 4,121 l/sec(94.2 mgd)   Overflow rate - 79.42 m3/day/m2 (1,950 gall/day/ft2)









••L









9-9-75









••



•





•
9-IO-75











9-


•
i
11^75















?














-1^-75















\



£-
















IS-75
,.,.,. , , .
ft"
_l! <
\ O£i ^
. ^
'; <*>











JE.



Q.





AliL






80


<
402
in
1°=
ss

0

                              AVERAGE FLOWRATE
     Swirl 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)       Overflow rate - 108 m3/day/m2(2.650 gal/day/ft2)
     Primary 4.340 l/sec(99.2 mgd)    Overflow rate - 83.5 m3/day/m2(2.050 gal/day/ft2)
1 t f
f — . 	 1 	 J 	
^-r-r i
i
5 .BJ,t.J=ss!!a-s,
DAILY AVERAGE
	 1 	 1 	 1 	 1 	 1 	 r|
	 	 , 	 , 	 _J 	 1 	 1_^
! AVERAGE
, , i 1 • i
OF 4 TESTS
OF 20 TESTJ
1
i
1 	 h 	
« <
' 1
— i — i — | — n
— . — i — , —

i ; . •


4 —


i 	 L_
\—#—

— »



FIGURE 25  DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL  OF SETTLEABLE SOLIDS BY WEIGHT
             TORONTO, Septemb&r 1975
                                      50

-------
  Swirl Flow
                                      TABLE 11
                                SUMMARY OF TESTS -
                                  SEPTEMBER, 1975
                                  (DRY-WEATHER)
            PERCENT REMOVAL
                        (only samples where
     (all samples)         positive removal)
 'Swirl  i        Primary	Swirl   Primary
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45




Settleable solids, ml/I
Settleable solids mg/l
Total suspended solids, mg/l
Volatile suspended solids, mg/l
Fixed suspended solids, mg/l
Settleable solids, ml/I
Settleable solids mg/l
Total suspended solids, mg/l
Volatile suspended solids, mg/l
Fixed suspended solids, mg/l
Swirl Constant Flow
I/sec mgd •
13.1 0.3
19.7 0.45
75.2
60.4
43.1
45.8
26.5
47.7
42.0
25.3
25.9
22.0
Primary Average
I/sec mgd
4,121 94.2
4,340 99.2
49.1
48.8
41.9
44.8
24.2
36.3
49.7
36.0
35.8
37.1
Flow



75.2
67.3
43.1
45.8
38.3
47.7
43.7
25.3
25.9
29.8




49.1
55.3
• 46.3
47.2
45.4
43.4
49.7
36.0
35.8
57.4




   Note: Each result is average of five four-hour tests
suspended  solids removal, based on actual.
plant results. The median line on this graph is
an  indication  of expected  performance
although actual plant results vary widely from
this  line. Based on the foregoing criteria, a
primary settling tank with an overflow rate of
36.66  m3/day/m2  (900  gal/day/ft2)  would
remove 60  percent of suspended solids. Such
a tank, with an average depth of 3.05 m (10
ft) would have a detention time of two hours.
Work  by  Smith5  confirms  these  general
guidelines.
    The  detention  times and overflow rates
for the 10 four-hour tests made in September
1975 are shown in Table 12. During the first
five tests, the average detention time  was 0.93
hour  and  the  overflow  rate  was  83.50
m3/day/m2 (2,050  gal/day/ft2).  The average
removal of suspended solids was 36.0 percent
compared to 40 percent indicated in Figure 6
of ASCB Manual No.  364.  Thus, it can be
concluded  that the  primary  tanks  were
removing on the average a reasonable amount
of suspended solids, especially if it is assumed
that  some  flow  of waste activated  sludge
continued to circulate  through  the  primary
tanks throughout  the  day hours while the
tests were underway.
    Additional tests were conducted on the
primary treatment units in June of 1976, and
these data are shown at the bottom  of Table
13. These results are more varied than those
taken in the September 1975 tests, regardless
of  the  fact  that  the detention times and
overflow rates are similar.
    The  pilot swirl separator, as constructed
at the Humber Plant, is shown in Figures 19
and 20.   The  gross volume below  the weir
elevation is  16.28  m3  (575  ft3). During the
September  1975  series of tests, sludge was
withdrawn  at  one-half hour intervals.  The
maximum sludge volume collected during the
four-hour test run was 3.54 m3 (935 gal). With
seven drawoffs, the average amount stored in
each  half  hour  period between  pumping
periods  was 0.44 m3-(67 gal).  This volume
of sludge would occupy about 0.62  m (2 ft)
of depth in the bottom hopper and would
reduce the volume available for sewage to
16.03 m3 (566 ft3). Using this volume, the
detention time for a flow of 13.1 I/sec (0.3
mgd)  would be 20.4 minutes; for a flow of
                                          51

-------
Date
                          TABLE 12
         DETENTION TIME AND OVERFLOW RATE -
     PRIMARY TANKS, SEPTEMBER 1975 AND JUNE 1976
                       (DRY-WEATHER)
I/sec            Flow            Detention       Overflow Rate
                                Percent Removal
                               mgd
Time Hours   m  /day/m2 gal/day/ft2 Suspended Solids
1975
9-2 4,218 4.22
9-3 4,139 4.14
9-4 4,169 4.17
9-5 3,373 4.05
9-8 3,369 4.04
Average
Maximum Deviation
9-9 3,491 4.19
9-10 3,426 4.11
9-11 3,964 4.76
9-12 3,933 4.73
9-15 3,281 394
Average
Maximum Deviation
1976
6-16 4,350 4.35
6-17 4,150 4.15
6-18 4,170 4.17
6-19 3,870 3.87
6-22 4,060 4.06
6-23 4,170 4.17
6-24 4,200 4.20
6-25 4,490 4.49

96.4
94.6
95.3
92.5
92.4
94.2

95.7
93.9
108.7
.107.9
90.0
99.2


99.4
94.7
95.3
88.4
92.6
95.2
96.0
102.5

0.99
0.97
0.97
1.00
1.00
0.98
2%
0.96
0.98
0.85
0.85
1.02
0.93
10%

0.93
0.97
0.97
1.04
0.99
0.97
0.96
0.90

0.678
0.689
0.692
0.671
0.671


0.696
0.682
0.787
0.783
0.653



0.722
0.688
0.692
0.642
0.673
0.692
0.698
0.745

1,930
1,960
1,970
1,910
1,910
1,940
2%
1,980
1,940
2,240
2,230
1,860
2,050
10%

2,055
1,957
1,970
1,827
1,914
1,968
1,984
2,119

14.0
57.5
48.2
43.2
42.7
41.9

30.9
29.6
22.9
49.8
46.0
36.0


66.0
75.0
0
61.0
3.0
15.0
6.0
72.0
TABLE 13
TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS


Influent
Concentration %
REMOVAL

Removal
(mg/l) in Swirl Separator
Swirl Primary Flow:
• 8.7 I/sec (0.2 mgd)
June 16, 1976
June 17, 1976
June 18, 1976
June 21, 1976

Swirl Primary Flow:
6.8 I/sec (0.1 5 mgd)
June 22, 1976
June 23, 1976
June 24, 1976
June 25, 1976


133
164
162
175
Average —
i

187
169
138 !
158


62
48
63
72
61.25


72
72
72
67
(DRY-WEATHER)


I/sec


4,354
4,148
4,174
3,872



4,056
4,170
4,205
4,490
Flow in
Primary
mgd -


99.4
94.7
95.3
88.4



92.6
95.2
96.0
102.5

% Removal
in Primary


66
75
0
61



3
15
6
72
                                  Average - 70.75

        Swirl 0.15 mgd corresponds to 1,326 gpd/ft2 (54.1) m3/day/m2 — 40 minute detention time
        Swirl 0.2  mgd corresponds to 1,768 gpd/ft2 (72.2) m3/day/m2 - 30 minute detention time
                                        52

-------
19.7  I/sec (0.45  mgd)  it  would  be  13.6
minutes. These calculations are based upon
the volume available for the liquid. In reality,
much of the cone hopper volume is not used
as flow-through space. If only the volume of
the  cylindrical portion  of the swirl  were
considered, its volume would be 9.8 m3  (349
ft3) resulting  in  a  detention time  of  12.4
minutes at a flow of 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd) and
8.3 minutes at  a flow  of  19.7 I/sec  (0.45
mgd). Thus the real detention time is between
these values. For economic comparison  with
conventional primary settling tanks, the most
adverse condition was chosen.
    The  surface area of the swirl separator is
10.5  m2  (113.1  ft2). With a flow  of  13.1
I/sec (0.3 mgd) the overflow  rate is  107.9
m3/day/m2.  (2,65.0 gal/day/ft2), and with a
flowrate of  19.7  I/sec  (0.45 mgd)  the
overflow  rate  is  162.1  m3/day/m2  (3,980
gal/day/ft2). In Table 64 the removal of total
suspended solids in the swirl separator with a
flow of  13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd) is 43.1 percent
compared to  41.9  percent in the  primary
tanks. Therefore, the performance of the swirl
separator with a flow of  13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)
and an  overflow rate of 108.3 m3/day/m2
(2,650 gal/day/ft2) may  be considered to be
equivalent to  the  primary  tank  with  an
overflow  rate  of  81.46  m3/day/m2  (2,000
gal/day/ft2)  and a one-hour  detention time.
    In Table  69  the removal  of   total
suspended solids in the swirl separator with a
flow of  19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd) is 25.3 percent.
This  percent  removal  is  below  design
standards and  hence it is concluded that the
swirl  separator  of  the  size used  was not.
suitable  for this high rate of flow.
    Additional tests conducted on  the  swirl
pilot unit during June 1976 at the lower flow
rates of  6.57 I/sec (0.15  mgd) and 8.76  I/sec
(0.2  mgd)  yielded  total  suspended solids
removals in  the  swirl  unit  which  were
significantly  better than  those  discussed
earlier.  The averages for the two  tests are
61.25 and 70.75 percent respectively for the
two flowrates. The  calculated "test data are
shown in Table 13  and the actual data are
presented in Tables 39,49,44  and 45  in
Appendix D. All test procedures were similar
to those used  in the September, 1975, tests.
The increased  detention times  resulted in
significant  improvement  in removal
efficiencies.
     One of the purposes of these tests was to
 confirm the laboratory results obtained at the
 LaSalle Hydraulic Laboratory where synthetic
 sewage solids were used. The resultant design
 curves were given in Figure 11.
     The results obtained in the Toronto tests
 for a swirl separator with a diameter of 3.66
 m  (12 ft) are compared in Figure 26 with the
 results  predicted from the laboratory model
 tests. Thus with a flow  of  13.1 I/sec (0.30
mgd)  the  laboratory  predicted  37  percent
removal,  versus  43.1 percent  obtained at
Toronto. For a flow of 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)
the laboratory predicted  a  removal of  28
percent, versus  25.3  percent  obtained at
Toronto. The two results obtained in the field
do   not  vary   enough from the laboratory
findings to cause any change in the curves
developed from the LaSalle model study. Thus,
it can be concluded that the  field work has
confirmed  the laboratory work, based on the
tests to date.
     Figure 27 compares  the time to achieve
treatment  for  the swirl  primary   and  the
conventional unit at Toronto. The high initial
efficiency of the 3.7 m (12 ft) unit is evident.
     For the June 1976  tests, the 6.57  I/sec
(0.15 mgd) flow shows  a predicted removal
efficiency of 57 percent in Figure 1 la, while
the 8.76  I/sec  (0.2  mgd)  flow  shows a
predicted removal efficiency of 48 percent. In
both cases, the actual  removals exceeded the
predicted performance.

      EVALUATION OF BOD TESTS
    The Recommended Standards for Sewage
Works by the  Great Lakes-Upper Mississippi
River  Board  of  State  Sanitary  Engineers
(10-States Standards)   includes  a figure
relating BOD removals to  overflow  rates in
primary  settling  tanks.  It  also  states:
"However, BOD  removals  for   sewage
containing  appreciable  quantities of industrial
wastes should be determined by laboratory
tests and  consideration of the quantity and
characteristics of the waste."
    In the second series of tests conducted
for  four-hour periods from June 23 to July 8,
                                           53

-------
100-
 90-
                     TORONTO PILOT TEST SEPTEMBER 1975
                I
                     I
                     ||
 30  40 50      100
  FLOWRATE - I/sec

i  i  I i  I         i
                                                  200   300    500
t  t  i i L
          0.2   0.3  0.40.5       1        2;0   3.0  4.0 5JQ
                            FLOWRATE - mgd
                                     10
  FIGURE 26 PREDICTED VERSUS ACTUAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS REMOVAL
                               54

-------
                         conventional primary

                         swirl separator


                         	I
                     60
                                      120
                        Time (minutes)
 FIGURE 27 COMPARISON OF TIME TO ACHIEVE
            TREATMENT
        BODS tests  were carried out; 'the results are
        shown in Tables47,  48, 49 and 50.  The
        percent removal of BODS derived from these
        tests is shown in Table 14., During the  test
        period, the  average percent removal in  the
        primary  tanks  was  13.1  percent. For  the
        overflow  rate  of 81.46 m3/day/m2  (2,000
        gal/day/ft2) in the primary tank the 10-States
        Standards indicates a removal of 22 percent.
        Hence, the removal was about 60 percent of
        the  anticipated  amount.  The  removal
        percentage for the swirl separator with a flow
        of 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd) and an overflow rate
        of 108 m3/day/m2  (2,650 gal/day/ft2)  was
        slightly less than for the primary tank.
            In the tests made from July 2nd to 8th,
        the removal percent in  the primary tanks was
        5.2 percent,  versus 22  percent shown in  the
        10-States  Standards. Thus,  the removal was
        about 24 percent of expectation. Again,  the
                                        TABLE 14
                                  REMOVAL OF BODs-
                                  JUNE 23-JULY 8, 1975
Date
1975
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
Average
Influent
(mg/l)
284
301
300
382
339
321
Swirl
248
278
247
361
289
285
Effluent (mg/l)
Primary
251
227
277
343
295
279
% Removal
Swirl ' Primary
12.6 11.6
7.6 24.6
17.6 7.7
5.5 10.2
14.7 13.0
11.2 13.1
               Data for above
Flow: SwirrSeparator = 13.1 I/sec (0.3 mgd)i
       Primary Tanks = 4,245 I/sec (96.9 mgd)
Overflow Rate:
             Swirl  = 108 m3/day/m2 (2,650 gal/day/ft2)
       Primary Tanks = 81.46 m3 /day/m2 (2,000 gal/day/ft2)
                       332              326
       7-2
       7-3
       7-4
       7-7
       7-8
                       296
                       361
                       307
                       347
Average
295
309
307
343
316
                       329
                Data for above
Flow: Swirl Separator = 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)
       Primary tanks = 4,254 I/sec (97.1 mgd)
Overflow Rate:
              Swirl = 155 m3/day/m2 (3,805 gal/day/ft2)
       Primary Tanks = 81.87 m3/day/m2 (2,010gal/day/ft2)
321
290
314
332
302
312
 1.8
 0.0
14.4
 0.0
 1.1
 4.0
 3.3
 2.0
13.0
 0.0
13.0
 5.2
                                            55

-------
removal in the swirl separator with a f!0w of
 19.7  I/sec (0.45 mgd) was slightly less than
that in the primary tanks — 4.0 versus 5.2
percent. Basically,  the function of primary
clarification  is  removal of  suspended and
settleable solids rather than BOD.

     SETTLEABILITY OF COMBINED
          SEWAGE FLOW SOLIDS
    A  report  was  prepared by  :Beak
Consultants  Ltd.  on  the  settling velocity
characteristics of Toronto  wastewater solids
in storm  flow periods and on the hydraulic
character  of the  swirl separator  and  the
primary  settling  tanks.  This  report  is
contained as an Appendix C to this report.
    Samples were  collected of the  sewage
influent to the plant during two storm events.
Samples  were  collected from the influent
channel  to the primary tanks during  the
rising, peaking, and falling phases of the storm
flows. Settling column  tests  performed on
these  samples  indicated that the  settling
characteristics of the combined sewage solids
were  similar to the Amberlite IRA-93 anion
exchange  resin used to simulate sewage solids
in the previous laboratory work by LaSalle.
    The settling  column tests also  showed
increased  settleability of  the solids during the
storm  event. Thus, in the  first storm, for a
constant  overflow rate  of  173 m3/day/m2
(4,240  gal/day/ft2),  the  predicted   solids
removals  were 74, 76,  and  81 percent for
rising, peaking, and falling  storm conditions,
respectively.  In the  second storm  event for
the same  overflow rate,  the predicted solids
removals  were  60, 80,  and  83 percent for
rising, peaking, and falling storm conditions,
respectively.  The  actual removal of total
suspended solids during  the  first storm was
zero percent in the swirl separator and 10.2
percent in the primary tanks. The overflow
rate  in  the  swirl  separator  was1 155
m3/day/m2  (3,800 gal/day/ft2). The average
overflow rate for the day  in the primary tanks
was 59 m3/day/m2  (1,449  gal/day /ft2 i) but
during the storm  period it was as high as
105.4 m3/day/m2 (2,575  gal/day/ft2).
    In the second  storm event no  records
were provided for solids removals in the swirl
separator and the primary tanks.
    Tracer  studies,  using  fluorescent  dye,
 were conducted on the swirl and the primary
 tanks  to  determine  the  character of  the
 hydraulic flow. The results of the tracer study
 showed that the hydrodynamics of the swirl
 separator lie  more  towards the plug flow
 regime of mixing than they do in the primary
 clarifiers. The  apparent  decrease in  active
 volume  and shift towards plug flow which
 occurs  as  the  flow  increases  in the swirl
 separator would indicate  that the quiescent
 cone of fluid along the axis of the swirl may
 increase with increasing flow.
    Removal  efficiency  decreases  as  the
 mixing  regime  shifts from plug  flow   to
 well-mixed'  conditions.  The results  of  the
 tracer study would  predict that the  swirl,
 being closer to plug  flow  in all cases tested,
 would accomplish the same removal as  the
 primary clarifiers but at a  significantly higher
 upflow velocity or surface overflow rate.

     INTERPRETATION AND OTHER
              APPLICATIONS
    The  statement was previously made that
 the   results  should  be  interpreted   as
 specifically  relating to the  flow conditions,
 wastewater  character,  and  treatment  plant
 operating  procedures indigenous  to  the
 demonstration  installation.  This  statement
 was  intended  to limit  the  findings of this
 single  investigative  application   to  this
 application only, and to avoid the hazard of
 extrapolating these findings to represent what
 a  similar swirl  separator  might accomplish
 under other test circumstances.
    With  this disclaimer,  it is possible   to
interpret the performance of the swirl unit at
 the Humber plant,  vis-a-vis the  treatment
efficiencies of the primary  settling  tanks at
this location.  Recognition must be made  of
the possible deleterious effect of "hang-over"
waste activated sludge in the influent on  the
performance of  the swirl unit  which would,
necessarily,  be  relatively  incapable   of
retaining light, semi-colloidal solids under  the
flow  pattern conditions in  such  a  settling
device.  In  addition,  the  unpredictable
presence  of industrial wastes of some types
could have  had an adverse  effect  on
clarification  under swirl  flow  conditions.
                                          56

-------
Further, indeterminate phenomena may have
failed  to  be  disclosed  because  of  grab
sampling and compositing practices during the
test runs. These, and other factors, have been
referred to in the preceding portions of this
pilot report.
    However, the following interpretations of
the study data are valid for the Toronto pilot
installations:
    • The Toronto swirl  pilot,  in  general,
confirmed the  basic findings  of  the LaSalle
Laboratory research study, as described in Ap-
pendix  C. Some phases of performance were
better  than  anticipated;  others  were less
effective.
    •  The  Toronto   swirl  unit,  thus,
demonstrated the  ability  of this  type  of
hydraulic   flow  to  achieve  removals  of
wastewater solids under both dry-weather and
wet-weather flow conditions.
    • The Toronto swirl separator offered no
advantages over the primary settling tanks at
the treatment plant, based on standard design
criteria, in terms of solids removal. For small
treatment facilities if 60 percent suspended
solids removal  was not required, the  swirl
might be cost effective.
    • With heavy solids which are a character-
istic of wet-weather flow conditions, the
efficiency of solids removal  is improved  as
compared to dry-weather flow conditions.
  •  • The Toronto swirl separator, due to
the nature of the wastewater flow,  achieved
lower BOD  removals  than the conventional
primary settling  tanks,  and less  removal
efficiency than  would normally be expected.
Later tests  performed at  lower  flow rates
yielded  total  suspended solids removals which
exceeded predicted performance.
    • The   basic  advantage  of the swirl
clarification principle is  that it  requires no
mechanical  devices  or  equipment  for the
removal  of settled solids from the  retention
hopper.  This advantage  is  achieved by
providing  greater  depth  than required by
so-called  conventional  mechanical  primary
settling tanks, thus, imposing additional cost
and  construction  problems  for the  former
type of primary facility.
    As  stated, a swirl  pilot unit  under
operational  conditions  other than  those
imposed  at  the  Toronto  plant  may show
primary  settling  efficiencies  that  offer
advantages over regular clarification facilities,
but this  can  be demonstrated only by other
test  installations.  Such further applications
should be encouraged to avoid the drawing of
overall conclusions that are based on only one
installation at Toronto. Further investigations
must  be proposed  and  made  with full
recognition of the comparative performances
described in this report.
    The absence of mechanical solids removal
devices in  the swirl  separator  may  make it
particularly  applicable and  advantageous  in
some locations and for some purposes where
clarification  is carried out  at other  than
treatment  plant  sites  that  are  adequately
manned  by  operation  personnel.  Such an
application could be one at a combined sewer
overflow location upstream of the treatment
plant or adjacent  to  an automatic pumping
station.
    The  handling  of  sludge  from the swirl
hopper would require periodic removal of this
material to some type of storage and disposal
facility. In addition, scum removal equipment
will  be needed. Both the  scum and sludge
withdrawal problems are common to all types
of primary treatment units.
                                          57

-------
                                      SECTION 5
                                      GLOSSARY
    Long-Flow  Pattern  - The path of the
swirl flow pattern through the swirl separator,
induced by proper baffling which causes the
liquid to traverse the  circular chamber more
than once and prevents the incoming flow
from being diverted or short-circuited directly
to the overflow weir, thereby inducing the
solids to discharge into the foul sewer channel
and outlet.
    Settling  Velocity  — Downward velocity
of a particle in sewage.
    Settledble Solids —  That portion of the
solids contained in the wastewater flow into a
swirl  chamber  which will  subside and  be
collected in  the chamber due to gravity and
other liquid-solids kinetic conditions induced
by the controlled swirl flow pattern. (Note:
Not all suspended solids are  settleable solids,
such as colloidal or  other  finely dispersed
solids.)
    Suspended Solids —  1) The quantity of
material deposited when a quantity of water,
sewage, or other liquid is filtered through an
asbestos mat in a Gooch Crucible or a 0.35
m-0.45 m millipore fiberglas filter.6 2) Solids
that either float on the surface of, or are in
suspension, on  water,  wastewater, or other
liquids,  and  which are largely  removable by
laboratory filtering.
REGISTERED TRADEMARKS
Plexiglas
Amberlite
Tygon
Petrothene
Petrothene X
Polythene
                                     REFERENCES
 1.  American Public Works Association  —
    The  Swirl Concentrator as a Combined
    Sewer  Overflow  Regulator Facility; EPA
    Report No. EPA-R2-72-008, NTIS No.
    PB 214 134, September, 1972.

 2.  Sullivan,  R.H.,  et  al -  The  Swirl
    Concentrator as  a Grit Separator Device,
    EPA  Report  No.  EPA-670/2-74-026;
    NTIS No. PB-233 964. June, 1974.

 3.  Dalrymple, R.J., et  al  —  Physical and
    Settling Characteristics of Particulars in
    Storm  and Sanitary Wastewaters — ^EPA
    Report No. EPA-670/2-7 5-011, NTIS No.
    PB-242 001, April, 1975.
4.  Society  of Civil  Engineers  —  Sewage
    Treatment  Plant Design; Manual No. 36,
    ASCE-WPCF, New York, 1959.

5.  Smith,  R.  —  Preliminary  Design  of
    Simulation of Conventional  Wastewater
    Renovation Systems  Using the Digital
    Computer  —  U.S.  Department of the
    Interior, FWPCA, 1968.

6.  Standard Method for the Examination of
    Water and Wastewater — American Water
    Works Association, Water Pollution Con-
    trol Federation, American  Public Health
    Association, 14th edition, 1975. p. 94.
                                           58

-------
                                      APPENDIX A

                              HYDRAULIC MODEL STUDY
    Previous studies of the swirl concentrator
 principle have investigated its application as a
 combined  sewer overflow  regulator and as a
 grit  chamber.  Hydraulic  model  research
 resulted in the development of swirl chamber
 configurations   and  dimensions  that  will
 produce effective solids-liquid separations and
 design  criteria for  prototype installations
 were   evolved.  The  present   study  was
 undertaken to determine  the application of
 the swirl chamber principle to the primary
 clarification of wastewater flows.
    The same  model used in  the previous
 studies  was retained and modified to meet the
 new criteria of primary clarification facilities.
 These criteria  involved differences, in solids
 content  and  characteristics,  and  reduced
 flows,  with slower,  gentler  rotation in the
 chamber.  Changes  in  solids content  of
 influent flows involved the use of lighter and
 finer solids material in the model to simulate
 actual   conditions  in   field prototype
 installations.
    Utilization  of  such  finer material
 introduced the need for laboratory measuring
 techniques not available through the  LaSalle
 Hydraulic . Laboratory staff, so model test
 monitoring analyses were performed by Beak
 Consultants, Ltd.*

 Principle and Scope of the Study
    The principle used in the primary  settling
 structure is a controlled combination of solids
 settling, rotational velocity, flow equalization
 of  spill of clarified liquid  over the overflow
 weir, and the slope and shape of the chamber
 floor in order  to  produce the best possible
 removal of. the solids.
    Although  a. foul outlet  was  provided
 during fabrication of the hydraulic models, no
 regular use of it was made to test its collecting
 efficiency.  Intermittent draw-off during flow
 was assumed to be the means of removing the
 settled  solids,  or sludge, in actual prototype
 units.
    The basic layout was evolved from several

* See Section 11, page 6.
 different  sources:  Mr. Smisson's  general
 arrangement  with deep  skirt;  60  degree
 bottom chamber cone from the experience of
 Sogreah  Hydraulic  Laboratory,  Grenoble,
 France; larger diameter inlet,  weir and  skirt
 diameters from. LaSalle's previous experience.
 The initial layout is shown in Figures 2 and 28.
    In  order to establish practical prototype
 values for the study, the same scale  of  1:12
 already  used  for  the  earlier studies,  was
 retained. This means the model would be
 operating with a 1.22 m (4 ft) square sewer
 coming  into  a  10.98   m (36 ft) diameter
 chamber during the first stage of the study.
 Later, the square sewer was reduced  to  0.72
 m  (2.36  ft),  while  the chamber remained
 unchanged.
    The size chamber, with the weir crest  2.75
 m (9 ft) above the  chamber floor, would give
 21 minutes of retention to 0.31 m3/sec (11
 cfs),  corresponding to   0.632  lit/sec (0.022
 cfs) on the model.
    To  simplify the  testing,   three  model
 discharges  were selected  whose prototype
 equivalents would be as  follows:
Model
  I/sec •
  0.5
  1.0
  1.5
0.25
0.50
0.75
Prototype
   cfs
   8.8
   17.6
   26.4
                        mgd
 5.7
11.4
17.1
          MODEL DESCRIPTION
    The central feature of the model was the
separation  chamber itself,  which took  the
form  of a vertical concrete cone with 60
degree side slope, topped concentrically by a
vertical cylinder  91.5  cm (36 in) diameter
made of 13  mm (0.5 in) Plexiglas®. In  the
first stage of  the tests, the height of the cone
was adjusted so as to leave between the top of
the cone and  the cylinder a 10 cm (4 in) wide
annular flat bench called the chamber floor,
as shown in Figure 3. Later, for subsequent
series of tests, the concrete cone was extended
                                           59

-------
                                                             Empty Chamber Showing
                                                             Conical Bottom and Low
                                                             Inlet — Invert Level with
                                                             Outside Floor
                                                                 Original Layout
                 FIGURE 28 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                            (CONICAL BOTTOM AND LOW INLET)
           A.
Raised Inlet — Crown 22.86 cm
(9 in) Above Outside Floor
     Modification 2
     FIGURE 29 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR, MODIFICATION 2,
                (RAISED INLET 61cm [24 in]  DIAMETER WEIR AND 71 cm [28 in]
                DIAMETER SKIRT)
                                      60

-------
                                                                       B.
                                                           Conical Bottom and Raised Inlet
                                                           with 61 cm (24 in) Diameter Weir
                                                           Inlet Crown Level with Weir Lip
                                                                Modification 2
           C.
Conical Bottom and Raised
Inlet Chamber with 61 cm
(24 in) Diameter Weir and
71 cm (28 in) Diameter Skirt
     Modification 2
   FIGURE 29  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR, MODIFICATION 2,
                (RAISED INLET 61 cm [24 in] DIAMETER WEIR AND 71 cm [28 in]
                DIAMETER SKIRT)
                                         61

-------
upward to the periphery of the chamber;wall
so as to eliminate the horizontal bench floor.
    A  Plexiglas  skirt,  supported  by  the
chamber wall and concentric to the cone jaxis,
divided the chamber into two parts; the inner
and outer  chambers.  The vertical distance
from the bottom of the skirt to the surface of
the cone determined the slot height below the
skirt. The distance could be changed at will
by means of calibrated supporting blocks.
    In  the center of the cone, an embedded
PVC pipe, 15.2 cm (6 in)  inside diamfeter,
provided the support for the circular weir and.
the  outlet  to  evacuate the clear  overflow
spilling over the weir.  The level of the jweir
could be raised or lowered at will by adding
or  removing  custom-cut  pieces  of, the
supporting pipe.
    The overflow pipe was later removed to
leave the inner  chamber unencumbered; and
the weir was attached to the  chamber skirt.
The bottom of the cone was  closed and the
clear overflow was evacuated by means of a
circular gutter fixed around the skirt in the
outer chamber connecting with two 2.5 cm (1
in)  diameter Tygon® hoses passing through
the chamber wall.                      I
    Inflow   to  the  chamber  was  supplied
through  a poly vinyl chloride (PVC) pipe  10
cm (4  in) diameter set at a slope of 1/ljOOO.
A vibrating solids injection system was placed
on  this supply line 2.14 m (9 ft) upstream of
the  chamber.  Water supply  to the model
through the pipe was taken directly from the
constant level tank in one of the laboratory's
permanent   pumping stations. This  supply
device  was used as long as the recovery of the
large-size grain material injected presented no
problems. When  smaller grain sizes were used,
a closed circuit  device was built. The  PVC
supply pipe was removed and replaced  by a
76.2 cm  (30 in)  long Plexiglas pipe while the
solids  injection  system  was  changed  to
provide just a hopper attached to the top of
the inlet duct,  by means  of which diluted
material  was introduced into the model at a
constant rate.                          t
    Overflow from the central pipe, and later
from  the  collecting annular  gutter,  was
delivered to a large settling basin equipped
with a  calibrated V-notch weir.
    A  point gauge in a manometer pot read
the level in the basin, thus determining the
discharge passing over the V-notch weir, and,
hence, the total discharge passing through the
separation chamber.

Solids Simulation
   The swirl settler development tests were
being carried out  at the same time that Beak
Consultants  were  conducting  studies to
characterize the suspended  solids in actual
sanitary sewage,  and to identify a  suitable
material  to be  used  in the  laboratory to
simulate this material. While Beak's work was
underway,  first-stage  testing was  performed,
using  shredded  Petrothene®. This  was
adequate  to guide  basic  chamber shape
choices.  When  the  result  of  Beak's
investigations   became  available,  a  new
material, an Anion Exchange Resin designated
as IRA-93, manufactured by Rohm and Haas,
was used as described in Section II.

Testing Procedure
   Operation of  the  swirl concentrator as  a
primary  settler  would normally involve  a
continuously varying discharge, which can be
characterized by the average daily flow taken
as the  design  discharge.  Since  it  was the
purpose of the model to adjust the chamber
dimensions to the discharge to be treated, the
range of  the  study was extended  to cover
three different flows.
   This process allowed observation of the
behavior of the separation chamber  and the
variation of the recovery rate when conditions
of operation changed.  It has already  been
mentioned that the selected discharges used
for each layout  were  0.5 I/sec (0.017  cfs),
1.0 I/sec  (0.035  cfs)  and  1.5 I/sec (0.053
cfs). These three  series of results emphasized
the combined influence of the inlet  and slot
velocities on the settleable separating process.
Different combinations of weir and skirt were
also tested.
    For each individual test,  the steady-state
discharge  was established in the model and
equilibrium conditions established. One 1 (34
oz)  of wet  Petrothene, sg  1.01, grain size
ranging from 1 to 3 mm (0.039 to 0.118 in),
was  injected into the supply pipe using the
same vibrating rate  for all tests. The  full liter
was added over a period of 5 minutes and the
model was  allowed to run  10 minutes after
the end of the injection.
                                           62

-------
    The amount of Petrothene found on the
 bottom of the cone or floating in the outer
 chamber  was  measured  separately.  The
 Petrothene floating in the settling basin was
 also  measured.  The  remaining  portion
. deposited in the settling basin was found  by
 subtraction, assuming no material was lost.
    The  recovery  rate  was  taken  as  the
 percentage  represented by  the  amount
 measured on the  bottom  of  the cone  as
 compared to the total found in the cone and
 on the bottom of the settling basin.

          SETTLEABLE SOLIDS
          RECOVERY RESULTS
    In discussing settleable   solids  for  the
 purpose of  this section  of the  report,
 reference is  made to  the recovery rates for
 shredded  Polythene®  and Petrothene X.  As
 described   in  Section n,  the shredded
 Polythene and Petrothene X was considered
 as  representing organic materials  over the
 ranges as  defined in the  discussion. The
 different steps followed in the model testing
 are recorded in Table  15.

 1.  Tests Carried Out With
    Circular Weir
    a) Material  Used  for Testing: }Shredded
 Polythene: Although   the recovery  rate was
 encouraging (84 percent for 1  I/sec and a 1.2
 cm [0.5 in]  slot height), the first tests carried
 out with the inlet sewer at the same level as
 the outside floor in the chamber revealed the
 existence of undesirable turbulence and under
 the weir in both the outer and inner chambers.
    Subsequent tests performed with the inlet
 crown raised to the level of the weir lip, 22.9
 cm (9 in) above the floor — and with other
 conditions unchanged, as shown in Figure 29,
 showed no. improvement in the recovery rate
 (78%), as shown in Figure 3(X  However, it
 appeared evident that  the turbulence created
 in the chamber was mainly due to the bottom
 of  the skirt  being just above  the horizontal
 floor or bench.
    The flb^y tended  to descend outside the
 skirt,  turn under the  lip quickly, and roll  up
 inside, creating a degree of turbulence. This
 turbulence  entrained more suspended
 particles in the effluent passing over the weir.
    This led to the use of a smaller diameter
 skirt which would sit lower in the cone. A 61
 cm (24  in) diameter skirt,  together  with a
 50.8  cm  (20  in)  diameter  disc  weir,  as
 portrayed  in Figure  31, were selected and
 tested. The whole series of tests and the results
 are shown in  Figure 32.  The curves appear
 and the  results  are shown  in  Figure  31,
 Prototype  Particle  Sizes  Simulated   by
 Shredded Petrothene. The  curves  appear
 relatively  uniform  in  that  the  recoveries
 improved  as  the discharge decreased or the
 retention time  increased. On the other hand,
 slot height tests were inconclusive at this stage
 of  the test program.  The  smaller  diameter
 skirt,  sitting deeper  inside  the  cone,
 noticeably improved the recovery rate.
    Test 27 carried out without a skirt, as
 shown in Figure 33, showed a sharp drop in
 the recovery rate (less than  50 percent) and
 proved that the skirt was an essential part of
 the separation chamber.
    b)  Tests  Carried  Out  with   Ground
 Petrothene X: The results of tests 28 and 33,
 shown in Figure  34, which  were repeats of
 tests 20 to 27,  proved the consistency of the
 results   already  obtained  with  shredded
 Polythene, as shown in Figure 30.
    Further tests carried out  with 1.0 and  1.5
 I/sec    (0.035   and  0.053   cfs)  discharges
showed that the recovery  rate remained high
 for  small and  intermediate flows, then
dropped  slightly when the skirt was removed.
For the high flow 1.5 I/sec, the recovery rate
started in the 50 percent range, but showed a
progressive improvement as the slot opening
was increased.
    Removal of the skirt  proved  to  be less
significant  in  this  case,  as  shown  on the
right-hand side of Figure 34.
    Visual  observations  of the flow  pattern
obtained with  a  50.8 cm (20 in) diameter
weir showed the existence of a central mass of
water around the central overflow pipe, under
the weir, representing a zone 5 cm (2 in)  to
7.65 cm (3 in) wide, which apparently had
no  flow-through discharge, was not rotating,
and  in which  very few  sediment particles
could be detected. This observation  led  to
reducing the weir diameter. The extreme case
was  selected first:  that  is, the weir was
                                           63

-------
                                           TABLE 15
                         MODIFICATIONS TESTED ON THE MODEL
Mod Ref.
Nbr. Figure



1 2

2 12

3 14

4 15

5 17

6 19

7 28

8 21


9 35

Tests Skirt Height Inlet Recovery
Number 0 0 Above Elevation Fig. Ref.
cm (in) cm (in) Chamber Floor
Material Used Shredded Polythene (up to Test 27) and Petrothene X
10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in) Inlet Duct, 10 cm (4 in) flat chamber floor
11.0 [ 61.0 23.0 Invert at bottom
(28) I (24) (9) Elevation
1to19 71.0 : 61.0 23.0 Crown at 13
(28) i (24) (9) WeirElev.
20to45 61.0 51.0 23.0 Crown at 13 and 16
(24) (20) (9) Weir Elev.
27,28,34 61.0 51.0 23.0 Crown at 16
and 40 (24) (20) (9) WeirElev.
46 to 68 61.0 17.0 23.0 Crown at 18
(24) (6.625) (9) WeirElev.
69 to 91 61.0 38.0 23.0 Crown at 20
(24) ' (15) (9) WeirElev.
92to112 61.0 closed 23.0 Crown at 29
(24) bell (9) WeirElev.
113 to 136 61.0 38.0 33.0 Crown 10 cm 22
(24) (15) (13) (4 in) under
weir level
137 to 160 61.0 4 radial 23.0 Crown at 36
(24) gutters (9) Weir level
10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in) Inlet Duct, Cone Extended to Chamber 0
10 37






10 37



161 to 184 71.0 4 radial 12.4cm Crown at 38
(28) gutters (4.875 in) Weir level
; above top
of cone
Material Used Anion Exchange Resin IRA-93
149 u d 74 u
6 x 6 cm (2.4 x 2.4 in) Inlet Duct, Cone Extended to Chamber 0
185 to 195 71.0 4 radial 12.4cm Crown at 39
(0) (10) (28) gutters (4.875 in) Weir level
above top
of cone ^
Noto: Test numbers In parentheses refer to second series started with fine material.
                                            64

-------
 TABLE  15 (continued)
Mod
Nbr.

Ref.
Figure

Tests
Number

Skirt
0
cm (in)

0
cm (in)
Height
Above
Chamber Floor
Inlet
Elevation

Recovery
Fig. Ref.

                                   Central pipe overflow removed
                     6 x 6 cm (2.4 x 2.4 in) Inlet Duct, Cone Extended to Chamber 0
11 41 196 to 204 7.1.0 8 radial Weir lip 2 cm Crown 12.4 cm 47 and 49
(11) (19) (28) gutters (0.78 in) above (4.875 in) above
232 to 235 top of duct top of cone
(48) (51)
12 42 205 to 231 61.0 8 radial Weir lip 2 cm Crown 12.4 cm 47 and 49
(20) (47) (24) gutters (0.78 in) above (4.875 in) above
236 to 243 top of duct top of duct
(52) (59)
lOO-
se
I 90-
cc
HI
O 80-
0
HI
cc
70-
6O-



	 i
4
— —
<

/


i"""
»
— 	 	 !
> <
[
i

""" "~~ i
-».

~~~ "H




)~*— --— .'

3 	 . 	
t




^-""'c
^_ 	 '
	 ____ t


!t«.
^
\ 	
]
-
]

0.63cm 1.27cm 2.54cm 3.79cm 5.08cm
(0.25 in) (0.5 in) (1 in) (1.5 in) (2 in)
                                                      SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
TESTS   5-9:QM=  1 I/sec (0.035 cfs),   SKIRT 0.71 m (28 in)        0	•   ®
TESTS  10-14: QM = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs),   SKIRT 0.71 m (28 in)       0

TESTS  15-19: QM = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs),   SKIRT 0.71 m (28 in)       0
	O  (2)
TESTS  20-27: QM = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs),   SKIRT 0.61 m (24 in)         0	
                    MATERIAL USED: shredded polythene - nominal SG 1.01
                                     — grain sizes 1-3 mm (0.039-0.118 in)
                                     irregular shapes
     A  (3)
        MOD
        FIGURE  30 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                    OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 2 AND 3

                                            65

-------
90°
                                           0.91 m 0
                                           (36 in)

                                           °-61m0 Skirt
                                           (24 in)
                                            0.50m  0
                                            (20 in)
Chamber
  Weir
                                             320°  FOUL OUTLET
                                                       DISC WEIR
                                                            0
                                                         5.08cm (2 in)
                                                           L79 cm (1.5 in)
                                                           2.54 cm (1 in)
                                                            1.27cm (0.5 in)
                                                           / 0.63 cm  (0.25 in)
                                               Section A-A
       FIGURE 31  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                   MODEL LAYOUTS FOR TESTS 20 TO 45
                   MODIFICATION 3
                                  66

-------
 0.0
(0.0004)
                              PARTICLE DIAMETER, mm (in)

        FIGURE 32  PROTOTYPE PARTICLE SIZES SIMULATED BY
                  SHREDDED PETROTHENE
                               67

-------
                                           0.91 m 0 Chamber
                                           (36 in)
                                           0.50m 0 weir
                                           (20 in)
                                         320° FOUL OUTLET
-«^-

^->*--" _— -i?^
•
°° , A
                   PLAN
                                 ELEVATION
                                 Section A-A
FIGURE 33 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
          MODEL LAYOUTS FOR TESTS 27, 28, 34, AND 40
          MODIFICATION 3 AND 4
                             68

-------
   100
       0.63 cm
       (0.25 in)
   1.27cm
   (0.5 in)


WEIR 0.50m (20 in)
2.54cm  3.79cm 15.08 cm          12.70cm
 (1 in)    (.1.5 in)   (2 in)             (5 jn)
     SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
   22.9 cm (9 in) HIGH,   SKIRT 0.61 m (24 in)
 TEST 28-33 : Qm = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs)
 TEST 34-39 : QM =  1 I/sec (0.035 cfs)
 TEST 40-45 : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)
                                    Q.-.
                                               MATERIAL USED:
                                       Ground Petrothene X - nominal sg 1.01
                                       Grain sizes - 1-3 mm (0.039-0.118 in)
                                       irregular shapes
           FIGURE 34 SWIR L PR JIM ARY SEPARATOR
                        OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 3 AND 4
completely removed, leaving just the central
pipe opening, 16.8 cm (6.63 in) in diameter,
as shown in Figure 35. Furthermore, in order
to pinpoint the recovery fall-off point, a 12.7
cm (5 in)  slot height was added to the five
already used.
    Results obtained  with the 16.8 cm (6.63
in) diameter weir showed a fairly constant 98
percent recovery  rate for the 0.5 I/sec (0.15
gal/sec) flow. Greater discharges provided less
successful  recoveries.  The  recovery rate
decreased   as  the  slot  height  increased,
achieving very low values for higher openings,
as shown in Figure 36.
                                Observations showed  that  this reduced
                            recovery was caused by a rising helical flow
                            generated inside the conical chamber around
                            the  central overflow pipe.  As  the  flow
                            increased,  the current  stirred  up  sludge
                            sediment which had already deposited on the
                            bottom after sliding down the conical hopper
                            wall.  The bottom  deposit was caught by the
                            ascending current  and carried up to the weir
                            lip and discharged with the overflow.
                                An intermediate solution was then tested,
                            using  a 38.1 cm (15 in) diameter weir disc as
                            portrayed in Figure 37. No helical flow pattern
                            was observed.  As  shown  in  Figure 38, no
                                          69

-------
                                            0.89m, 0  Chamber
                                            (35 In)
                                            0.61 m 0  skirl
                                            (24 in)
                                            16.82cm  0 Weir
                                            (6.67 in}'
90°
                                            320° FOUL OUTLET


t.'1
L 22.9cm J
' P"
0.89 m


•f^^^MHV

0.61 m

(6.67 in)<


k
i
                                                      -12.70cm (5 in)
                                                       5.08cm (2 in)
                                                        3.79cm (1.5 in)
                                                         2.54 cm (1 in)
                                                          ,1.27cm (0.5 in)
                                                           0.63cm (0.25 in)

                                                         i
                                            ELEVATION
                                            Section A-A
            FIGURE 35 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                       MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 46 TO 68
                       MODIFICATION 5
                                  70

-------
    100
     90
     80
     70
 5?

 CC
 Ul
  o
  111
  CC
     60
     40
     30
     2O
      10
                                       NO SKIRT CONDITIONS
        iiiiiiiiiilimiiiniiiiiiiiHiitminuiiii!!
       0.63cm         1.27cm
       (0.25 in)         (0.5 in)

               WEIR 16.82 cm (6.67 in)
    i  i i  i 11 i rTTniiimmmiiuiiiiiiiinminimiiiiiim
2.54cm  3.79 cm 5.08 cm          12.70cm
 (lin)   (1.5 in)   (2 in)             (Sin)
         SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
       22.9 cm (9 in) HIGH, SKIRT 0.61 cm (24 in)
TESTS 46-52 : Qm = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs)
TESTS 53-59 : Qm = 1.0 I/sec (0.035 cfs)
TESTS 60-68 : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)
                       MATERIAL USED: Ground Petrothene X - nominal sg 1.01
                                       Grain sizes - 1-3 mm (0.039-0.118 in)
                                       irregular shapes
            FIGURE 36  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                         OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 5
                                          71

-------
90°
                                               0.91 m 0
                                               (36 in)
                                               0.61 m
                                               (24 in)
                                               0.31 m
                                               (15 in)
  Chamber

0 Skirt

0 Wetr
                                              320° FOUL OUTLET
                                                 PLAN
                                                 FLAT DISC. WEIR
                                                   0.31m US")
                                                  12.70cm (Bin)
                                                        5.08cm (2 in)
                                                         3.79cm (1.5 in)
                                                          2.54 cm (1 in)
                                                           1.27cm  (0.5 in)
                                                            0.63 cm (0.25 in)
                                               ELEVATION
                                               Section A-A
     FIGURE 37 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 69 TO 91
                 MODIFICATION 6
                                  72

-------
  100
   90
   80
65  70
>•
oc
LU

0  60
HI
oc
   50
  40
                                                   D
No Skirt Conditions
                                       i  i  i 11111 minim
       0.63cm        1.27cm,       2.54cm  3.79 cm, 5.08 cm
       (0.25 in)        (0.5 in)         (1 in)   (1.5 in)  (2 in)
                            SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
                 12.70cm
                  (Sin)
           FLAT DISK WEIR 0.31 m (15 in)      22.9 cm (9 in) HIGH, SKIRT 0.61 m (24 in)
 TESTS 69-76 : QM = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs)   O-
 TESTS 77-84 : QM = 1.0 I/sec (0.035 cfs)   •-
 TESTS 85-91 : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)   D
                     MATERIAL USED: Ground Petrothene X - nominal sg 1.01
                                     Grain sizes 1-3 mm (0.039-0.118 in)
                                     irregular shapes
             FIGURE  38 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                         OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 6
                                        73

-------
change in the recovery curve occurred for the
small discharge of  0.5 I/sec  (0.0187 cfs).
However, the two  other curves showed a Very
interesting phenomenon, with the slot between
3.7 and 5.4 cm (1.5  and 2 in). High recovery
rates were not less than 94  percent  for
the  three discharges, then dropped off with
greater or smaller slots.               (
    c) Recovery Rate Versus Height of Weir
Above the  Chamber Floor:    In  ordejr  to
pinpoint the influence  of weir height above
the  chamber floor,  results were determined
for the 38.1 cm (15 in) weir disc. At  23 cm
(9 in) above the floor, as shown in Figure 38,
the  recovery  curves diverged  for  the three
discharges considered except in the slot range
3.7  to 5.4 cm (1.5  to  2 in), where recovery
rates were not less  than 94 percent.      ;
     Raising  the weir lip  to 33 cm  (13  in)
 from  the  floor,  as shown  in Figure 39,
 resulted in flattening the recovery curves and
 brought them closer to the 0.5 I/sec (O.pl87
 cfs) flow efficiency  which stayed constant at
 98 percent, as shown in Figure 40. Hence, for
 slots of 5 to  12.7 cm (2 to 5  in) high,
 recovery rates were  not less than 97 percent.
 Recovery dropped off  for greater or smaller
 slots.
  ' d) Flow Velocities Inside the Chamber: A
 series of measurements was carried out with
 the  38.1   cm   (15  in.) weir  disc, with
 configuration as shown in Figure 29. Flow
 velocity was taken  inside the chamber by
 means of a midget current meter successively
 set  up  at  positions shown  on Figure  41.
 Measurements were  made  with a model flow
 discharge of 1  I/sec (0.035  cfs),  a  2.5  cm
 (1 in) slot, and a 61  cm  (24 in) skirt.
     Results  plotted   are  the  horizontal
 tangential component  of the  flow velocity.
 Direction  of flow is assumed going into  the
 paper.   Interpolation  between  measured
 positions yielded the velocity contours shown
 on  Figures  42 through  45.
     e) 38 cm (15 in) Weir Disk-.
        At  0°  position, close to  the sewer
 inlet outside the skirt, flow velocity ranged
 from 25.9 cm/sec (0.85 ft/sec) at the bottom,
 to 36.6 cm/sec (1.2 ft/sec) at the surface. As
 the flow progressed to  the different positions,
 it showed a slight decrease  of  the surface
 velocity accompanied  by a  slight  increase
 at  the  bottom.
   Momentum inside the skirt progressively
lessened  from the  slot inlet  to  the  free
surface. Under the weir itself, velocity contours
were  featured by flow  patterns  simulating
rotating concentric cylinders whose velocity
increased with the distance from the  central
downdraft pipe.

2. Tests Carried Out with Closed
   Bell and Four Orifices
   In order to avoid concentration of flow in
the area  extending between the weir  lip and
skirt, a new weir was tested consisting of a
closed bell with four orifices of 3.8 cm (1.5
in) diameter, as shown in Figure 46 for Tests
92 to 112.  Results obtained are presented in
Figure 47.  They showed  a fairly constant
recovery  rate   for  the  three  discharges
considered over the 5 cm to 33 cm (2 to 13
in) slot height range. Recovery efficiency for
the  largest discharge of  1.5 I/sec  (0.053 cfs)
proved to be only two percent below the
intermediate and low flow performances.
   a) Flow  Velocity Inside  the  Closed Bell
Chamber  with Four  Orifices  3.8 cm (1.5
in):   Flow velocities were taken inside the
chamber  at  positions shown in  Figure 48.
Flow contour patterns are shown in  Figures
49 to 52. The same phenomenon as described
above occurred in the chamber outside the
skirt although it  was less pronounced. Within
the  skirt, high velocities concentrated under
the   orifices  with  a  marked  tendency to
increase the rptating effect 24.4 cm/sec (0.8
ft/sec) at  180 degrees. The  same concentric
layers with increasing velocity outward from
 the   central  downdraft pipe  existed,  with
 maximum   velocities  present  under  the
 orifices.
     Since  the  closed bell  with  orifices
 improved the recovery rate, and flattened the
 curves at the highest  values, it was expected
 that better  results  could  be achieved  if the'
 orifices were placed so as to produce a better    /
 radial flow  distribution. That  was to be the
 next step in the study approach, but a radial
 weir gutter  was  suggested during discussions
 in a team meeting as more likely to provide
 better upward flow distribution inside the
 skirt. If successful,  the new  device would
 avoid both  an undesirable concentration of
 flow on the  one hand,  and helical ascending
 currents  on  the other. It would, however,
                                            74

-------
                            *-A
90°
                                                      0.91 m 0 Chamber
                                                      (36 in)

                                                    °-61 m 0 Skirt
                                                    (24 in)
                                                     0.38 m 0 Weir
                                                     (15 in)
                                            320° FOUL  OUTLET

;
15
rr>
to
ti
i


1 -•*;
ll
1

\





60°)i
r



^-^


0.91 m
;/
	 .^--^^
[o°(36in)_^A
0.61m (24") _

0.38m

-^
i
i
i
fk


\
16.8
(6.6'
I
(15 in) I
ljr/"
f
cm
Mn)
I
*—

^^



^^ )
^^ m

^
~
' \

&&::?
PLAN
^FLAT DISC WEIR
^ 0.38 m (15 in)
'.-s
u
::2g 1^20.32 cm (Sin)
?•— ° * 12 70 cm (Bin)
1 f j ^______ — -5.08 cm (2 in)
i: p 	 ^3.79 cm (1.5 in)
^- T i ~~ — 2.54 cm (1 in)
10.161 ^XSi^? cm (0.5 in)
cm r* 	 ^-0.63 cm (0.25 in)
(4 in)
ELEVATION
Section A-A
   FIGURE 39  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
               MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 113 TO 136
               MODIFICATION 8
                                75

-------
  69

  CC
  LU
  O
  111
  CC
       100
        90
        80
        70
        60
        50
        40
        30
                           nzrrf^-ffl	 .fr1^
                           -•—	••	*>->-.—
                                No Skirt Conditions
niiiiiiiiiiiniiiniiiiiiiwuTrTTrninTnnniimi'
           0.63 cm    1.27 cm   2.54 cm 3.79 cm5.08 cm
           (0.25 in)    (0.5 in)    (1 in)   (1.5 in) (2 in)

                             SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
                                                                             rnTiT
                                              12.70cm  20.32cm    43.18cm
                                              (5 in)      (Sin)       (17 in)
         FLAT DISC WEIR 0.38 m (15 in)    0.33 m (13 in) HIGH, SKIRT 0.61 m (24 in)
TESTS 113-119,135 : QM = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs)  O
TESTS 120-126,136 : QM = 1.0 I/sec (0.035 cfs)  •
TESTS 127-134     : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)  O
                     MATERIAL USED: Ground Petrothene X - nominal sg 1.01
                                    i  Grain sizes — 1-3 mm (0.039-0.118 in)
                                    1  irregular shapes
            FIGURE 40 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                         OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 8
                                         76

-------
2.74m
Oft)
 SCALE:  1 cm = 0.48 m
        (1in = 4 ft)
    FIGURE 41  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR LOCATION OF
              LOCATION OF MEASURING POINTS FOR VELOCITY
              CONTOUR TESTS 10.98 m (36 ft) CHAMBER
              PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
              MODIFICATIONS
                            77

-------
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (to get cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)

       FIGURE 42 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                  TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 0° POSITION
                  10.98 m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                  DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                  PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                  MODIFICATION 6
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (to get cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)

        FIGURE 43 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                  TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 90° POSITION
                  10.98m (36:ft) CHAMBER
                  DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                  PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                  MODIFICATION 6

                                  78

-------
                                                        i
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (to get cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)
      FIGURE 44 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                 TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 180° POSITION
                 10.98m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                 DISCHARGE-0.49m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                 PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                 MODIFICATIONS
                                                       T.
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (to get cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)

       FIGURE 45 SWIRL PR I MARY SEPARATOR
                 TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 270° POSITION
                 10.98 m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                 DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                 PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                 MODIFICATION 6
                                79

-------
                                         0.91 m 0 Chamber
                                         (36 ft)

                                         0.61 m 0 Skirt
                                         (24 in)

                                         4-3.79 cm (1.57-1.49 in) 0
                                           Weir  Orifices
                                                 12.7cm (5 in)
                                                  5.08cm (2 in)
                                                   3.79cm (1.5 in)
                                                    2.54cm (1 in)
                                                     1.27cm (0.5 in)
                                                      0.63cm (0.25 in)
                               ELEVATION
                               Section A-A
FIGURE 46 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
            MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 92 TO 112
            MODIFICATION 7
                          80

-------
     cc
     o
     LU
     cc
         100
          90
          80
          70
          60
          50
          40
          30
               O	
                                         -a"
                                                          =§=-
                   —~ D —
                                                 No Skirt Conditions
            .  D
                                             •imiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiiiimiiiiiMiiiMiiiiiiiii
                                      _LU
                                                                      t«*MMWMMMMMMmaM
               0.63cm   1.27cm  2.54cm 3.79 cm 5.08 cm     12.70cm       33.02cm
               (0.25 in)  (0.5 in)    (1 in)  (1.5 in) (2 in)        (5 in)           (13 in)

                                            SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
TESTS  92-98  : Qm = 0.15 I/sec (0.005 cfs)
TESTS  99-105 : Qm = 1.0 I/sec (0.035 cfs)
TESTS 106-112 : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)
O-
            FIGURE 47 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                        OPERATING EFFICIENCIES OF CLOSED BELL
                        WITH FOUR ORIFICES - 3.79 cm (1.5 in) 0,
                        22.9 cm (9 in)  HIGH, SKIRT 0.61 m (24 in) 0
                        FOR MODIFICATION 7

-------
       2.74m
       Oft)
                (1ft) (2 ft)   (2ft) 1ft
FIGURE 48 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
          LOCATION OF MEASURING POINTS FOR VELOCITY
          CONTOUR TESTS 10.9? m (36 ft) CHAMBER
          CLOSED BELL WITH FdUR ORIFICES - 0.457 m (1.5 ft) 0,
          2.74 m (9 ft) HIGH, SKIRT 7.32 m (24 ft) 0
          PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
          MODIFICATION?
                                 82

-------
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (to get cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)
        FIGURE 49 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                   TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 0° POSITION
                                10.98 m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                                DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                   PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                   MODIFICATION?
                                 83

-------
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (to get cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)
         FIGURE 50 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                    TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 90° POSITION
                                10.98m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                                DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                    PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                    MODIFICATION?
                                84

-------
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (for cm/sec, multiply by 30.5)
        FIGURE 51 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                  TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 180° POSITION
                              10.98 m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                               DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec (17.6 cfs)
                                    PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                                      MODIFICATION 7
                                85

-------
NOTE: Velocities in ft/sec (for cm/sec, multiply by 30.5}
         FIGURE 52 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                   TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS AT 270° POSITION
                                10.98 m (36 ft) CHAMBER
                                DISCHARGE = 0.49 m3/sec {17.6 cfs)
                                    PROTOTYPE SCALE 1/12
                                      MODIFICATION 7
                                 86

-------
 introduce obstacles into the free motion flow
 at least at the surface.

 Tests Carried Out with Radial Weir Gutters
    a) Flat Chamber'Flo'of 10'cmT4 in) Wide
 with Four Weir Gutters: Gutters were 7 cm
 wide by 5 cm high  (2.75 in by 2 in), inside
 dimension. They extended  radially 29.2 cm
 (11.5 in) from the center line of the chamber.
 The gutter crests were _set horizontally 23 cm
 (9  in) above the chamber floor, as depicted
 in Figure 53.
    b) Recovery Rate  Vs Slot Height: Figure
 54  presents the results of the study of recovery
 rates vs slot height. Results were disappointing,
 considering  previous recovery rates obtained
 with the closed bell and 4 orifices 3.8 cm (1.5
 in) diameter. The curves converged at the 5
 cm (2  in) slot where the recovery rate was 98
 percent for the 0.5 and 1.0 I/sec (0.0187 and
 0.0375 cfs) discharges, and 95 percent for the
 1.5-1/sec (0.0562 cfs) discharge. The efficiency
 dropped off for greater or smaller slots.
    c)  Conical  Bottom  Extended  up  to
 Chamber Wall: The 10 cm (4 in) flat chamber
 floor utilized  in  the studies up to test 160
 delayed  the fall of particles into the conical
 bottom  zone  as  they  entered the chamber.
 The model showed that Petrothene grains
 described an   angular  trajectory  of about
 90  degrees, after leaving the inlet duct before
 crossing the edge  of  the  flat floor.  This
 phenomenon  produced  a substantial
 concentration of grains in the 90 degree to
 270 degree area, which hampered the free
 falling motion of grains. This was particularly
 true for small slot heights.
    In  addition to this, some deposits formed
 on  the flat  chamber floor, about 45 degrees
 from  the  inlet  when  small  discharges 0.5
 I/sec (0.0187  cfs)  were tested.  To  avoid .
 these  difficulties the  flat portion of the
 chamber: floor was eliminated  and the conical
 section was  extended  up  to meet  the full
 chamber diameter. The inlet bottom was then
 set  2.2 cm (0.875 in) above the cone top, as
 shown in Figure 55.
    To  remain  consistent with the previous
test  approach,  the crests of the four gutter
weirs were set at the  same elevation as the
inlet top, as shown in Figure 53.
    d)  Increase of  the Skirt  Diameter: By
taking advantage of the new chamber floor, a
 larger skirt could be built in order to increase
 the size of the internal chamber. Subsequent
 tests were  performed with a 71 cm (28 in)
 diameter skirt, thus reducing the width of the
 external channel to 10 cm (4 in).
    The slot  height  was measured as  usual
 with  respect  to   the  level   of  cone
 corresponding to 71  cm (28 in) diameter, as
 shown in Figure 56.
    e) Recovery Rate Vs Slot Height: These
 new conditions gave fairly good results, since
 flattening of  the recovery curves was greatly
 improved.   As  shown in  Figure  57,  the
 efficiency  corresponding  to  small  (0.5  I/sec
 [0.0187  cfs])  and   intermediate  (1  I/sec
 [0.0375 cfs]) discharges  reached  to the 99
 percent  level  for  the whole range  of slot
 heights,  including  no-skirt  conditions.  The
 recovery rate  for  high discharge   (1.5  I/sec
 [0.0562 cfs]) dropped for slot heights under
 2.5 cm (1 in), then remained constant at the
 98 percent level up  to the  20.3  cm (8  in)
 slot height.  Removing the skirt caused a drop
 of two percent, bringing the efficiency rate
 down  to 96  percent. Figure 58  shows the
 conditions involved.

         FINE GRAIN RECOVERY
            TEST PROCEDURE
    Anion Exchange Resin IRA-93 with  grain
 size \49n>d>74iJ. (passing No. 100 sieve and
 retained on No. 200) was used to represent
 settleable  solids.   An  improved  measuring
 procedure was developed  with the  assistance
 of Beak Consultants, Ltd., for the subsequent
 tests.
    The principle involved in this phase of the
 model study was to treat the same amount of
water  (1,800  1 [478  gal])  with a constant
 influent concentration of 38 ppm, at different
 discharges  and to  analyze  samples  of the
 overflow liquor.
    Selected  discharges  were,   respectively,
0.1,  0.3, 0.5, 0.75  and  1  I/sec  (0.0035,
 0.010, 0.018,  0.026, and 0.035 cfs). Constant
solids concentration was obtained by injecting
3 cc of material at equally spaced intervals of
time depending upon  the discharges. 100-cc
samples of  overflow  and pump  inlet  were
regularly   taken  so  as  to provide  two
composite samples.  Sampling  operations
began after four retention times had elapsed,
 as depicted  in Figure 59,  and made at the
                                          87

-------
                                            0.91m 0 Chamber
                                            (36 in)
                                            0.61 m0 Skirt
                                            (24 in)
                                           10.16x10.16 cm INLET
                                              (4x4 in)

                                           20.32 cm (8 in), 12.70 cm (5 in)
          r5.08 cm ( 2 in), 3.79 cm (1.5 in)
	2.
                                             54 cm (1 in), 1.27 cm (0.5 in)
                                             0.63 cm (0.25 in)
                                    ELEVATION
FIGURE 53 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
           MODEL LAYOUT FOR TESTS 137 TO 160
                       MODIFICATION 9
                           88

-------
         ITTTIIIIIIIIIIIHLUIIIIIIlIiniDMIillillllllllllll I I  I I I I I III
65
>•
EC
LU

8'
in
QC
      100
      90
       80
70
60
      50
      40
      30
                                                                  cr
                                                       No Skirt Conditions
           0.63 cm
           (0.25 in)
                 1.27 cm 2.54 cm,3.79 cm 5.08 cm
                 (0.5 in)  (1in)  (1.5 in) / (2 in)
12.70 cm ,20.32 cmi 33.02 cm
 (5 in)      (8 in)     (13 in)
                                               SLOT HEIGHT UNDER SKIRT
          4 RADIAL GUTTER WEIRS 7.62 cm (3 in) x 5.08 cm (2 in) - 22.9 cm (9 in) HIGH
                                  SKIRT 0.61 cm (24 in)
 TESTS 137-144 : Qm = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs)   O
 TESTS 145-152 : Qm = 1.0 I/sec (0.035 cfs)   «
 TESTS 153-160 : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)   b
                     MATERIAL USED: Ground Petrothene X - nominal sg 1.01
                                      Grain sizes — 1-3 mm irregular shapes

             FIGURE 54 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                          OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 9
                                        89

-------
                    270°
                                            0.91m 0 Chamber
                                             (36 in)
                                            0.71m 0  Skirt
                                             (28 in)
                                           I 10.16 x 10.16 cm INLET
                                           V   (4x4 in)

                                           2.21 cm (0.87 in)

                                         Former Chamber Floor
                                      ELEVATION
FIGURE 55 SWIRL PRIIVIARY SEPARATOR
           MODEL  LAYOUT FOR TESTS 161 TO 184
                     MODIFICATION 10
                           90

-------
    90-
    80-
    70-
    60-
>-  so-
ar
UJ


8  40-
UJ
ar


    30-
     20-
     10-
QDm
Qn CfS
              O.I
0.2
 0.3     0.4   . 0.5
I	|	
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
                                               I
                           10
                15        20

                  Discharge
       25
                                                                  30
        FOR MODEL CONDITIONS  SEE FIGURE  37
        SLOT HEIGHT 5.08 cm (2 in)
        Material Used = Anion Exchange Resin IRA-93
        Grain  Size   = !49/£>cl > 74/i

        •	•  Results obtained by volumetric measurements of recovered material

        A----A  Results obtained by sample analysis done by Beak
         FIGURE 56 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR

                     OPERATING EFFICIENCIES FOR MODIFICATION 10
                      Increase of Skirt Diameter
                                        91

-------
   oc
   o
   o
   Ul
        100
        90
         80
         70
        60
         50
        40
        30
                     ruTiiiiinrrrnTTTrnniiminmn—
                                                          IKIMUI i i i mTTrmTm'ii
                        D
                                                    No Skirt Conditions
                                     I i  i i i i 111
            0.63 cm
            (0.25 in)
1.27 cm    2.54; cm 3.79 cm 5.08 cm
(0.5 in)    (1in)  (1.5 in) ! (2 in)
12.70 cm j20.32 cm 30.48 cm
 (Sin)     (Sin)    (12 in)
                          SLOT  HEIGHT  UNDER  SKIRT
           4 RADIAL GUTTER WEIRS 7,62 cm (3 in) x 5.08 cm (2 in) LIP AT TOP OF
           INLET - SKIRT 0.71 m (28 in) (£> (SEE FIGURE )
TESTS 161-168 : Qm = 0.5 I/sec (0.017 cfs)   O-
TESTS 169-176 : Qm = 1.0 I/sec (0.035 cfs)   •-
TESTS 177-184 : Qm = 1.5 I/sec (0.052 cfs)   a-
                   MATERIAL USED: Ground Petrothene X - nominal sg 1.01
                                    'Grain sizes — 1-3 mm (0.039-0.118 in)
                                    irregular shapes
                                    i
           FIGURE 57 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                       OPERATING EFFfclENClES FOR MODIFICATION 10
                        Recovery Rate versus Slot Height
                                         92

-------
                                                            Petrothene grains reaching end
                                                            of 10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in) inlet
                                                                  Modification 10
 Petrothene grains sliding down
 against the cone wall near inlet
       Modification 10
FIGURE 58  MODIFICATION 10, PETROTHENE GRAINS REACHING END OF INLET,
             AND PETROTHENE GRAINS SLIDING DOWN AGAINST THE CONE WALL
             NEAR INLET
                                       93

-------
e
 E
*-

12-


 II-


10-

 9-


 8-

 7-

 6-

 5-


 4-

 3-

 2-

 I-
 E
 a.
40-
30-
20-
 10-
rr~ Inside 71 cm (28 in) Skirt



   Inside 0.61 m (24 in) Skirt
                              Discharge Model
QpCfs
   Q0mgd
                        0.5              1.0              1.5
                   DISCHARGE  PROTOTYPE  SCALE  1/12
              O.I     0.2    0.3 :   0.4     0.5    0.6    0.7    0.8
                          10
                             15
      20
25
30
                                               I
                                                       i   1   I
                      5       i      10             15

   	  RETENTION TIME WITH CENTRAL OVERFLOW PIPE
   	RETENTION TIME WITHOUT CENTRAL OVERFLOW PIPE
                                                          20
     FIGURE 59 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                RETENTION TIME Vs DISCHARGE WITH SCALE 1/12
                                   94

-------
 rate   of  one  100-cc  sample  every  two
 injections.
    The  model was left  running  without
 injection for  one  more retention time,  then
 stopped.  In addition  to collecting  samples
 which were sent to Beak  for concentration
 analyses,  volumetric measurements  of the
 material  respectively  deposited  in  the
 chamber and overflow tank were also carried
 out. The volumetric measurements proved to
 be  too time-consuming and they were later
 discontinued.
    A new test numbering  series was started
 for studies with the fine material. Test  1 in
 the new series corresponded to Test 185 in
 the old series.  Both numbers are given in the
resume in  Table 15, whereas only the new
series is referred to in Table  16.

Original Model Conditions
    The first series  of tests with  fine material
was carried out with the layout  shown on
Figure  55. This configuration  provided  the
following details:
   •   The  conical section extended up to
       the  chamber diameter, eliminating the
       flat floor.
    •   Four radial weir gutters, 7 cm (2.75
        in) wide by 5 cm (2 in) high - inside
        dimensions — extended radially 29.2
        cm (11.5 in) from the chamber axis.
    «   The  weir lip  was located  at  inlet
        crown elevation.
    •   The skirt was 71.1 cm (28 in)  in
        diameter.
    •   The central  overflow cylinder had an
        outside  diameter of 16.8  cm (6.87
        in).
    To  provide  uniform comparable results,
 the slot height  under the skirt for this series
 of tests was set at  5.1 cm (2 in), the value
 which  gave the  best recovery rate  for
 Petrothene with discharges ranging from  0.5
 to 1.5 I/sec (0.98 to 0.0525 cfs) as shown in
 Figure 54.
   The results  of this second series  of tests
are recorded in Table 16.

Fine Grain Recovery
Results and Comments
   As shown on Figure56 , the  recovery of
fine  settleable solids  dropped progressively
with increasing  discharge rates.  Such results
were expected since  the time allowed for a
                                     TABLE 16
                 SUCCESSIVE MODIFICATIONS OF THE MODEL AND
                 RECOVERY RESULTS WITH ANION EXCHANGE RESIN
                              IRA 93    149M>d>74M
Stage No. Mod.
Skirt
Inlet Size
1 Mod. 10
71. 1cm (28 in)
10x 10cm
(4x4 in) Inlet
2 Mod. 11
71. 1cm (28 in)
6 x 6 cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
Other
Model
Features

4 radial wiers
Central column
No deflector
8 radial weirs
gutter in outer ch
No central column
No deflector

Discharge Qm l/s and O^ mgd
Qm 0.1 0.3
Op 1.14 3.42

91 62
(D ©

96 52
rtfft (2^



0.5 0.75 1.0
5.69 8.54 11.38

52 32 30
0(D ® (D

40 31 27.5

vJ vJ J)


                                         95

-------
TABLE  16  (continued)
                                                            Discharge Qm l/s and Op nngd
Stage No. Mod.
Skirt
inlet Size
2aMod. 11
71. 1cm (28 in)
6x6 cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
3 Mod. 12
61 cm (24 in)
6x 6cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
3aMod. 12
61 cm (24 in)
6x 6cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
SbMod. 12
61 cm (24 in)
6x 6cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
3cMod. 12
61 cm (24 in)
6x 6cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
3d Mod. 12
61 cm (24 in)
6x 6cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
3iMod. 12
61 cm (24 in)
6x 6cm
(2.37 x 2.37 in)
Inlet
other
Model
Features
Same as 2
22.9 cm (9 in)
emerging
deflector

8 radial weirs
gutter in outer ch
no central column
no deflector

Same as 3
22.9 cm (9 in)
Emerging def.
to bottom of duct

Same as 3
radial deflector
Top of duct
to top of cone

Same as 3
24.1 cm (9.5 in)
long deflector
Top of duct to
top of cone
Same as 3
24.1 cm (9.5 in)
long deflector
Top of duct to
bottom of duct
Same as 3
Draw off
underflow 5%


Qm 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.75 1.0
Qp 1.14 3142 5.69 8.54 11.38
87 54 37
! H) ty ©



33 © 23 @>
81 (26- 64 (fjl) 30 @> 66.8 © 33.7 (f§)
65.3 @ 41 @ 40 @
90.5 36 @
i (58 53 ©
40 ®l
56 42 @
@) 52 @
42 @


55 35 27
® © HH



49.5 38 37.4
@ @* @



51.6 43.7 30T.5
-*• y — v /"" — S / — "\
,44' @ @ (59)



i 44 23
; Qy ^y


 Note: Porcantnge recoveries given in plain typed figures'in body of table; i.e. 44.
      Tost numbers in second series shown in circles; i.e. E24)
                                                    96

-------
particle to settle shortened progressively  as
the discharge increased, as portrayed in Figure
59.
    Efficiency  rates  determined  from
volumetric  measurements decreased from 91
percent for 0.1  I/sec (0.0035  cfs),  to 24
percent for 1  I/sec  (0.035  cfs).  Recovery
values  derived  by  Beak  from  the sample
analyses were slightly higher, as shown by the
dotted line .in Figure 59.
    This can be explained by the difficulties
encountered in recovering the finer material
for the volumetric measurements. Part of the
solids  material  was  lost during  each test
despite  all precautions  taken.  The loss
probably  represents  the portion  of the
material   finer  than No.  200  sieve (74
microns), but which was retained  as dust  in
the sample during the original dry sieving.
    The results  of the concentration analyses
performed  by  Beak  must be  accepted  as
providing  the better representation of the
recoveries.

     MODIFICATION OF THE MODEL
    FOR FINE RECOVERY - STAGE 2
    The next steps  taken in  the attempt  to
increase the efficiency of the swirl chamber
consisted of:
1)  Removing  the central cylinder used for
    overflow evacuation.
2)  Increasing  the  number  of  radial  weir
    gutters to 8, so as to better distribute the
    flow inside the chamber.
3)  Increasing  the  inlet  velocity  to  avoid
    solids deposits in the inlet.
    The new structural details of  the model
are shown in Figure 60. They include:
    •  8 Radial Weir Gutters were provided,
       4 cm (1.6 in) high by 2 cm (0.8 in)
       wide with crest at 2 cm (0.8 in) above
       the inlet crown elevation.
    •  The inlet was reduced to a 6 x 6 cm
       (2.35 x 2.35 in)  square duct, with top
       elevation at  the  same  level  with
       respect to the end of cone wall as in
       previous conditions.
    •  The .skirt was  71 cm  (28  in)  in
       diameter.
    •  The slot height was 5 cm (2 in).
   •   The  overflow was discharged over a
       circular gutter 8 cm (3.5 in), high by
       3 cm (1.2 in) wide fixed around the
       outside  of  the   skirt   and
       communicating with  the  overflow
       tank by two .2.5 cm (1 in) diameter
       tygon tubes were passing through the
       chamber wall.

    TEST RESULTS AND COMMENTS
     (MODIFICATION 11) - STAGE 2
   Tests  carried  out  under  the  new
conditions with the same material  proved to
be  disappointing.  The  recovery rate varies
unevenly, showing  some gain  for  the  small
discharge of 0.1 I/sec (0.0035  cfs)  but a loss
under all other operating conditions.
   This  was probably  due to the velocity
increase which occurred in the outer chamber,
resulting from the simultaneous reduction of
the inlet duct cross section and of the outer
chamber volume due to the presence of the
circular gutter for collecting the overflow.
    A  similar  test run with  the  0.5  I/sec
l(0.018 cfs) discharge, and Arizona Road  Dust.
with grain size 20/jL^d^ 10;rarid  SG-2.65,
showed  a  relatively minor decline  of the
recovery rate —  36 percent instead of the
previous 40  percent obtained with  IRA-93
Anion Exchange Resin.
    Additional tests carried out with  a 22.86
cm (9 in) long,  deflector at  the  inlet end
(Stage  2a) did not  prove to be conclusive in
the improvement of the recovery rate.

     MODIFICATION 12 - (STAGE 3)
    In   order  to  decrease  the velocity
prevailing in the  outer chamber,  the  skirt
diameter  was reduced to 61 cm (24 in),
giving  a  ratio  D^/D  (skirt to  chamber
diameter) equal  to 2/3.  The radial   cross
section  of  the  outer  chamber was,   thus,
increased by about 50  percent, as shown in
Figure 61.
    Results obtained when tests were repeated
did not always yield the same  values. Plotted
points  were  widely scattered,  especially for
the 0.5  I/sec (0,18 cfs)  dishcarge.  In this
zone, the repeated  values ranged from 30 to
50 percent.  Conversely, at  the  0.3  I/sec
                                           97

-------
                                B
       Skirt
3 cm (1.39 in) Wide
Circular Gutter
8 cm (3.13 in) High
Circular Gutter
                                                                   6cm 0 Pipe
                                                                   (2.34 in)
                                                                  6 x 6 cm Inlet
                                                                  (2.34 x 2.34 in)'
                                                                   Skirt  0.7I m 0
                                                                         «28")
 6x6cm Inlet
(2.34 x 2.34 in)
                                                                  6.35 cm 12.5 in)
                                                                   11.45 cm (4.5 in)
           FIGURE  60 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                       MODEL LAYOUT FOR MODIFICATION II
                                        98

-------
Overflow
                            _0.91_m.j36jn).

                             0.71 m (28 in)
                                                           Skirt 0.71m I
                                                               (28 in)
.^.Overflow
                          SECTION B-B
       FIGURE 60 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                  MODEL LAYOUT FOR MODIFICATION II
                                 99

-------
  3cm (13x16 in)
         WIDE
     CIRCULAR
      GUTTER
       SKIRT
6 x 6 cm Inlet Duct
(2.34 x 2.34 in)
   8 cm
(3.13 in) HIGH
 CIRCULAR
  GUTTER
         FIGURE 61  SWIRL PR I MARY SEPARATOR
                    MODEL LAYOUT FOR MODIFICATION 12
                                100

-------
 (0.011  cfs) level,  results showed a relative
 consistency at 65 percent.
     In  an attempt to improve the recovery
 rates by slowing down the flow velocity in the
 outer chamber, various baffles were tested at
 the inlet. The first baffle  tested was set in
 between the outside  chamber wall and  the
 circular collector gutter on the skirt, as shown
 in  Figure  62.  As listed  in  Table 16,   this
 produced a slight improvement in recoveries.
 However, it was found that having the baffle
 emerge  from  the water, stopping the surface
 flow, also impeded the floatables movement,
 leaving them  randomly scattered around  the
 outer chamber.
     A submerged baffle, as shown in  Figure
 63, was  tried next. This radial arrangement
 decreased the recoveries for all discharges. A
 layout with the same cross section as 3b, but
 with the  baffle  tangential  to the  skirt  was
 next tested,  as  shown  in Figure 64. This
 provided 'an improvement,  but still did not
 perform the recovery achieved with Baffle 3a.
     Finally, the configuration shown in Figure
 65 was  tested. Results from these tests were
 inconclusive,  showing slightly less  recovery
 for 0.3 I/sec (0.011 cfs) and slightly more for
 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs)  than  for baffle   3a.
 However,  since  baffle 3d  combined fairly
 satisfactory recoveries and  the advantage of
 leaving the surface  uninterrupted, it  is the
 recommended form.

      INFLUENCE OF CONTINUOUS
        UNDERFLOW DRAW-OFF
    Only  two  tests were carried  out with a
continuous discharge  of  deposited slurry
being drawn  off through  the foul  outlet.
These tests were performed with total inflow
discharges of  0.3 and 0.5 I/sec (0.011 and
0.018  cfs), respectively.  In  each  case,  5
percent of the inflow volume was withdrawn
through  the foul outlet. The  model layout
used was that for Modification 12, without
any baffles, as shown in Figure  61.
   The  results, as outlined  in Table 16, for
Tests 24  and  25, showed a distinct drop in
recoveries' when  compared with  the tests
achieved  without  any   foul  draw-off.
Observations on the model indicated that the
discharge  going to the foul  outlet catalyzed
increased velocities in the lower regions of the
 conical  bottom.  These, in  turn,  were
 sufficient  to  resuspend particles which had
 been settled out along  the floor higher up in
 the cone. Once in suspension for the second
 time,  a greater portion of the particles was
 intrained upward and carried over the gutter
 weirs with the chamber overflow liquid.

 Comments
    Analysis of the recovery values for the
 various layouts  tested in  the  fine  grain
 materials series  given  in  Table  16  shows
 considerable random scatter. Some of this was
 obviously due  to experimental error, but the
 time was not  available to  carry out repeat
 tests in many cases.
    It   was  necessary,  therefore,  to  decide
 subjectively on the recovery curve which best
 described  the  structure's  operation  in the
 laboratory.  The one selected  is shown  on
 Figure 66. This curve was developed graphically
 as  representing the best  mean of the data
 points  for the tests performed with baffles.
 In  fact, the test results  were not  decisive
 enough to allow an absolute selection of the
 best  baffle  configuration.  However,   from
 observations on the model it appeared that
 the  Type  3d  layout  presented  certain
 advantages,  so  this one is recommended for
 prototype testing.

         PREDICTED PROTOTYPE
           SOLIDS RECOVERY
    As  discussed in the preceding section of
 this report, recovery curve evolved for the
 IRA-93 in the model studies is as shown in
 Figure 66. For the five  model discharges used
iin the tests, the corresponding recovery rates
 are  given  in  Table  17.
                 TABLE 17
        RECOVERY RATE OF IRA-93
        AT VARIOUS FLOWRATES
 Model Discharge:
 I/sec  '  0.1     0.3    0.5     0.75   1.0
 cfs     0.0035  0.0106  0.0176 0.0264  0.0352

  Recovery Rate:
 %      91      58    41     31     27
   In order to  transpose this model curve  to
prototype, reference was then made to Figure
                                         101

-------
                                               	6x 6cm
                                                 (2.34 x 2.34 in)
                                                   Inlet Duct
3 cm wide
circular
gutter
(1.18 in)
Skirt
8 cm high
circular
gutter
(3.15 in)
                                                    DEFLECTOR
                                                      type 3 a
    FIGURE 62 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
               MODEL LAYOUT WITH MODIFICATION 12 AND INLET
                          !  BAFFLE TYPE 3a
                              102

-------
                                                   6x 6cm
                                                 (2.34x2.34 in)'
                                                 Inlet Duct
        t
3 cm wide
circular
gutter
(1.18 in'
Skirt
                                                    DEFLECTOR
                                            PLAN /  type 3b
8 cm high
circular
gutter
FIGURE 63 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
          MODEL LAYOUT WITH MODIFICATION 12 AND INLET
                   BAFFLE TYPE 3b
                              103

-------
                         B-*
                                                      6 x 6 cm
                                                   (2.34x2.34 in)
                                                   Inlet Duct
3 cm wide
circular
gutter
(1.18 in)
Skirt
8 cm  high
circular
gutter	/
(3.15 in)
 FIGURE 64 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
            MODEL LAYOUT WITH MODIFICATION 12 AND INLET
                         BAFFLE TYPE 3c
                              104

-------
                         B -*
                                                    6x 6cm
                                                  (2.34x2.34 in)
                                                  Inlet  Duct
         t
3 cm wide
circular
gutter
 (1.18 in)
Skirt
8 cm high
circular
gutter
(3.15 in)
                                                      DEFLECTOR
                                             PLAN    type 3
6cm
(2.34 in)
    FIGURE 65 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
              MODEL LAYOUT WITH MODIFICATION 12 AND INLET
                          BAFFLE TYPE 3d
                               105

-------
CC
UJ
>
o
o
UJ
o:
     100-
      90.
      80-
      70-
      60-
50-
40-
      30-
      20-
                                 • •- t :••}:•.-; -.;:)••—:; ::;..:;-:••;;
                                 "•.::"•'.-I	 - -A-—..._<•...:


                                                                Il'I^Vj^.'^T'TAl" r'--T^-'r f~TT-T--'"
               ;'.,"i"






             i:-.:-":;::1::--.":*-.-:-!:

             H"H-iTrmr:T"'~;":Tr"
             ,;i. ;:;}'•:.. ;,;•:!::;•;.
                        :.rr.~4:in:.:>CT~-.,. :+.. r.::,:.: IT:.™
                        ., ,.,.::.*..... .;J.TS^.I-....  T^_-^.:r-i..---

                                                     '._:.; ;,t^T:"^'rrj;~iLr Mr;~:; i :.iinT™.r:"
                                                              . .I-  •-~'""



       to-
   Qml/s 0      0.1
0.2    0.3     0.4     0.5     0.6    0.7     0.8


 DISCHARGE  PROTOTYPE SCALE  1/12
                _l_
                  J_
                               _i_
                                              _L
                                                _L
J_
                                                              _1_
                                                                      0.9
                                                     -U
                       1.0
               0.05    0.10    0.15    0<20    0.25    0.30    0.35    0.40    0.45   0.50

         L    i    i    i   i     i    i    t •   i     i    i    i    i     i—i—i—i	1—
   Q.cfs 0    I    234   5    6   7   8    9   10   II   12  13   14   15   16   17
    r    i                             i
  Qpmgd o
                                                                     10
           61 cm (24 in) Skirt Slot Height 5 cm (2 in) Inlet Deflector
          FIGURE 66  SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                        SUGGESTED RECOVERY CURVE FOR ANION
                        EXCHANGE RESIN IRA-93 IN MODEL

                                  149M>d>75ju
                                            106

-------
36, which charted the portions of prototype
sewage  represented  by  the  IRA-93  in the
model.  Values  were  selected  from  the
recommended curve,  Figure  36, for each of
the scales being considered, as shown in Table
18'.
               TABLE 18
    REPRESENTATION OF IRA-93 TO
  SEWAGE, BASED ON SCALE FACTOR
SCALE
1:12   1:8   1:4   1:2
Model
 Percent
Represented,  56     64   79  100       100
Prototype
Chamber (m) 10.98   7.33  3.66  1.83
                         0.915
Diameter (ft)  36
        24   12
    Finally, each "Percent Represented" value
 from  Table  18  was .multiplied  by  the
 "Recovery Rates" from Table 16, and plotted
 in Figure 67 as a function of the appropriate
 scaled-up discharge, and chamber diameter.
    It is therefore possible  to  use a given
 discharge in  Figure 67,  to  determine what
 solids recovery from sanitary sewage could be
 obtained with various sized chambers. It must
 be remembered that these recovery rates were
 based on the  sewage samples as defined by the
 settling velocity distribution curve in  Figure
 35.
    Since it is possible that  other  uses of the
 swirl concentrator as a primary settler may- be
 considered, it was necessary to  express the
 recovery rates for a range of different particle
 settling  velocities.  The  first step in
 determining  this  was to refer to tests carried
 out  for the 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs) case on the
 model using materials covering  a range of
 settling velocities. The data  for these tests are
 shown in Figure 68.
    Next, the model recovery curve in Figure
 66  was  re-drawn as  the bold line on
 semi-logarithmic  paper  in  Figure 69a.  This
 curve corresponds to the IRA-93 with particle
 sizes 74/u< d < 149/u. The point indicated as a
 star is for the 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs) discharge
 for this  material. Vertically above this point,
 in circles, were plotted even settling velocities
 at  their corresponding recovery rates taken
 from Figure 68.
    The  final step is based on the rationale
that,  although these other particle settling
velocity  materials were tested only for one
discharge, it is assumed that they would have
the same form of recovery rate curve as the
IRA-93,  74ju< d< 14%  over the range of
discharges for which it was tested. Following
this approach, the curve of the bold line on
Figure 69a was re-drawn to form a family of
curves, each  one  passing through .the control
point on the 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs) line.
    With  these  curves established  for the
model a  straightforward  application of the
Froude.Law  transposed the original bold line
to Figures 69b,  c, d, and e for the larger
prototypes. The same procedure was followed
in laying out the different settling velocity
control  points   above the  working  point
scaled-up from the 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs), and
then  drawing the family of parallel recovery
rate curves.
 •   After the ranges of discharges of normal
operation for the  different sized  chambers
had   been determined,  computations  were
carried  out  to ascertain  the  corresponding
retention times. The  approach followed was
to -consider the whole volume of the chamber,
both  inside  and outside the skirt, up to the
radial gutter crest level. The results of this
work are presented in Figure 12.
    The  design procedure is given in Section
HI.

Conclusions
  1. With  an  inlet pipe to  chamber diameter
    ratio  of  0.11, the solids recovery  in the
    chamber was relatively  high. However, the
    velocities in the  inlet  were so low  that
    solids deposition would certainly occur
    there.
  2. The  inlet was reduced  to a ratio of 0.07,
    meaning  that prototype velocities in the
    inlet would be in the range of 30.5 cm/sec
    (1 ft/sec), thus eliminating the possibility
    of  serious  deposition.   The  chamber
    recovery  rate dropped slightly.
  3. Tests with the inlet below the water level
    in the chamber gave poor recoveries. Later
    testing with the inlet crown  at the same
    level  as  the overflow  weirs proved  that
    this was the best setting.
  4. The  flat  floor around the  outside
    perimeter of  the chamber was eliminated
                                           107

-------
          009Ol    OS  OS O4O9
           DISCHARGE - mgd
       005   01  OIS 01  OS 0« 0,8
           DISCHARGE -eft    i
                                         09    10    20   VO 40 90
                               I          DISCHARGE mgd             I
                               I.   .  .  I  ... .1   .   I	I	I I  i i I il —U
                               02  030409    I,    20  3040 90   K>I9
                                          DISCHARGE cfs
FIGURE 67 SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
           PREDICTED PROTOTYPE SOLIDS RECOVERY FROM
           SANITARY SEWAGE
                            108

-------
     100
      90-
      80-
      70-
      60 H
   o
   o
   LU
   o:  40 -
      30 -
      2O -
       10 -
        O.OI
                                IRA- 93, 297ju «£ d ^ 590/u
                                                                     '  x
                                           'SHREDDED
                                           PETROTHENE
                                           0.5-0.3 mm
                                           (0.02-0.118 in)
                                           O IRA-93, I49JU ^ d ^ 297At
          IRA v 93, 74/j;Sd $149/1
                     « ARIZONA ROAD tttJjST
           O.05       O.I        O.2    0.3 0.4 0.5
PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY - cm/sec
                                                                          1.0
NOTE: Tests with different materials done for discharge
      0.5 l/s (0.02 cfs)
           FIGURE 68  RECOVERY RATES ON MODEL AS FUNCTION OF
                        PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY
                                      109

-------
FIGURE 69a RECOVERY RATES FOR 0.91 m (3 ft) DIAMETER CHAMBER
          WITH DIFFERENT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITIES



001

1 .
005



... 1
0
1 .
005;
f


. 1
01
DISCHARGE
1 .... 1
05 10
. 1 , ,
05



. 1
1 0

                                              mgd
  FIGURE 69b RECOVERY RATES FOR 1.83m (6ft) DIAMETER CHAMBER
             WITH DIFFERENT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITIES
                             110

-------
. , 1
O.I
1 .... 1
. , 1 . , .
o s
: 1
. 1
1.0
.... 1
. 1 ....

di
                              0.5
                             DISCHARGE
  FIGURE 69c RECOVERY RATES FOR 3.66m (12 ft) DIAMETER CHAMBER
             WITH DIFFERENT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITIES
                                             1000
1 .
o.s
, ' .
. . . 1
1.0
1 .... 1
1 1 , , , . 1
5 10
. 1 .... 1
1
20

1 i
30 40
I i
FIGURE 69d RECOVERY RATES FOR 7.33m (24 ft) DIAMETER CHAMBER
           WITH DIFFERENT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITIES
                            111

-------
1 	 . . . 1 .
5

... 1
10
1 .' . .

1
20
. 1
10
1
30
20
1 ,
SO

. . . 1
100
1 , ,
50
' -
ISO
, 1
100
                                                              mgd
     FIGURE  69e  RECOVERY RATES FOR 10.98m (36 ft) DIAMETER CHAMBER
                   WITH DIFFERENT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITIES
  on  two grounds; first, it caused-a flow
  disturbance  as the flow went over the
  edge down  into the cone section of the
  chamber; and second, deposits formed on
  it and remained entrained there.
5. The  60  degree  conical  floor  angle,
  continuing up to the chamber perimeter
  diameter provided  the  best  geometrical
  pattern.                            ;
6. A skirt-chamber diameter ratio of 2:3 was
  found  to  be the  most  efficient.  This
  arrangement left a  sufficiently  large
  annular  chamber to  allow first-stage
  sedimentation for the flow.           '
7. The skirt  was  lowered  until the  slot
  .between  its lower edge and  the  conical
  floor was 0.08D. At this position, the slot
  entrance  to the  inner chamber  was
  sufficiently far enough below the inlet to
  eliminate any inflow disturbance.     ;
8. Circular  overflow weirs  inside the skirt
  were eliminated, because they left a large
  dead  water  zone around   the  central
  downpipe under the weirs.
9. Closing the top  of the skirt to  forrri a
  closed  bell  with orifices in  the top for
   clear overflow showed some promise, but
   this pattern involved problems with dead
   water zones at the center under the bell.
10. Radial overflow gutters  proved to be the
   most  efficient arrangements  to   create
   upflow over the whole cross section of the
   inner chamber.
11. Tests  carried out with fine grain material
   were difficult and time-consuming, and the
   results were indeterminate.
12. Analysis  of these data presented  a good
   indication of  the structure's   general
   capabilities at the model scale. However,
   it  was not possible  to obtain  specific
   detailed  measurements  to  make  a
   selection  among the various forms  of inlet
   baffles that were tested.
13. Construction of the first prototype unit
   should  make  provision   for  testing
   different  baffle arrangements.
14. A  first design procedure was developed,
   based on the "typical" sewage used in this
   project.
15. A  second  design  procedure  was then
   developed for use  over  a range  of
   prototype particle settling velocities.
                                         112

-------
                                     APPENDIX B

                            MATHEMATICAL MODEL STUDY
                                   INTRODUCTION
   Previous studies have shown that a swirl
concentrator  can  be an effective  device for
the  separation  of grit  and  solids  from
storm water  flows.1  The  objective of  this
study was  to evaluate  whether these  same
principles  could be applied to the primary
clarification of sewage and combined sewer
discharges.  The role of the General Electric
Company   toward  the  fulfillment of  this
objective  was  to develop a mathematical
model of the particle and liquid flowfields.
   The  general  geometry- of   the  swirl
concentrator is  shown  in Figure  70,
Laboratory Swirl Concentrator Configuration.
The inflow enters the device tangentially in an
annular region between the circular skirt and
outer wall. The flow is then  directed below
the skirt  and into the central region.  The
liquid  then  flows  upward  and  leaves the
chamber at  the  top.  Although  Figure 70
illustrates  a circular overflow  weir, this weir
was  later  replaced  with radial gutters.  The
central  standpipe  was also   removed  and
replaced with a discharge structure  external to
the device.
   The  approach  to  the mathematical
modeling  of  the  swirl  concentrator closely
follows  the   techniques  used in  previous
studies of secondary motion flow devices. The
flows within  the chamber are assumed to be
axisymmetric  about the  vertical  axis.  The
chamber is then .overlaid with a computation
grid  and the  liquid  flow   velocities are
computed  at each grid  point by  solving the
liquid continuity  equation and equations of
motion. An  eddy viscosity was  utilized to
represent the turbulent  shear stress. Plots of
streamlines and velocity profiles  have been
prepared to  depict the  liquid flowfield as
predicted by the mathematical model.
   Particle paths  have been  calculated  by
superimposing particle settling velocities on
the  liquid   flowfield.  Under  certain
assumptions,  it was  demonstrated  that  a
simplified solution could be used to predict a
theoretical  upper  limit  on  the removal
efficiencies.  Good agreement  was observed
between the theoretical upper limit and actual
removal  efficiencies  observed  by  LaSalle
Hydraulic Laboratory  in its hydraulic model
studies.
    A design example is presented, illustrating
how  both the  mathematical  model  and
laboratory data  can  be  used to  predict
removal efficiencies for a prototype chamber.
Attention is  called  to the need  for  good
characterization  of the  sewage  settling
properties for proper chamber design.

     LIQUID FLOW CALCULATIONS
Equations of Motion
    The ultimate configuration of the primary
swirl concentrator was derived from meetings
of  the  project  team and  from  test data
obtained by  LaSalle  Hydraulic Laboratory.
Figure  70  depicts  the  geometry  of the
physical laboratory model utilizing a  circular
overflow weir and a central standpipe outlet
arrangement.   Certain   assumptions  were
required in order to reduce the configuration
to  a  form  amenable  to  mathematical
modeling.  Figure  71 illustrates  the simplified
configuration used in the mathematical model.
It is pointed out  that the region over which
the mathematical  model  has  been  applied
does not include the annular region between
the skirt  and outer  wall. This region  was
disregarded since most particle settling will
occur in the  main body  of the chamber. It
also greatly simplified the  specification of
the boundary conditions for the mathematical
model.
    The basic assumptions and methods used
in  developing the mathematical  model are
essentially  the  same  as  those used in the
previous study of swirl chambers as applied to
storm water overflows.2 The liquid flow has
been assumed  to  be  axisymmetric.  This
implies that the flowfield is identical at every
radial cross section and  independent of the
angular  position. This allows the use  of only
two  independent variables  (r,  the radial
                                         113

-------
  OVERFLOW WEIR
STANDPIPE
                                              CIRCULAR SKIRT
                                              OVERFLOW WEIR
                                                   , INLET
                                                                  ir
                                             N^CIRCULAR SKIRT
                                                INLET
                                             S^-REGION REPRESENTED
                                                BY MATH MODEL
            60
                                   ELEVATION


            OVERFLOW  -        -  FOUL OUTLET


   FIGURE 70  DIAGRAM OF LABORATORY SWIRL CHAMBER CONFIGURATION
                                 114

-------
                  OVERFLOW WEIR
STANDPIPE
                       COMPUTATIONAL MESH
OVERFLOW VELOCITY
PROFILE
                                                   CIRCULAR SKIRT
                                                   ENTRANCE
                                                   VELOCITY
                                                   PROFILE
                           • FOUL OUTLET
                           (WHERE APPLICABLE)
                   PLAN
       FIGURE 71   DIAGRAM OF SWIRL CHAMBER AS REPRESENTED BY
                  MATHEMATICAL MODEL
                               115

-------
position; and z,  the depth) to completely
define the  flowfield. In  addition, the liquid
inflow is assumed to occur uniformly through
an annular band. This assumption corresponds
to the passage of the entering liquid beloV the
skirt of the laboratory device into the inner
region described by the mathematical model.
The axisymmetric assumption is more valid in
this study than the previous one3 as a result
of  this inflow
      along
         p
               all
                           points on the
circumference  of  the  mathematical
representation of the chamber.
   The equations used in the mathematical
model written in cylindrical coordinates are as
follows:                             i
1. The Continuity Equation
du
W
+  9w  = 0
   9z
                            (1)
2. The Momentum Equations
          »x  ~*\	
          9r  oz
          9w -  du)  9e   ;
          9r    9z/  9z     (2)
  9r
         *r  ~ r)
                             9e
                                      (3)
    IT
9»
9z
       9e
       9r
                        9z  9z
•  (4)
where
n   —  radial component of liquid velocity
v   =  tangential  component  of liquid
       velocity                      [
w  =  vertical component of liquid velocity
r   =  radial coordinate
         z  =   vertical coordinate
         e  =   eddy viscosity
         v  =   kinematic viscosity
         p  =   liquid density
         P  =   pressure

         Boundary Conditions
            The boundary  conditions for the model
         are derived from the chamber geometry and
         flowrates. As mentioned previously, inflow to
         the chamber is  assumed to  enter uniformly
         around  the circumference of  the  skirt as
         shown  in Figure 71. Along solid boundaries
         the two velocity components parallel to the
         surface are obtained from the  skin friction
         coefficient' and  dynamic pressure.  The skin
         friction coefficient utilized was set equal to
         0.0025 based on the previous study.4
            The velocity profile for  the inflow has
         been assumed to be uniform, with a direction
         parallel  to  the  sloping floor  of  the  tank
         corresponding to the flow beneath the skirt of
         the laboratory device. Two different overflow
         velocity profiles were assumed. For the  cases
         with  the flat circular overflow .weir a skewed
         velocity profile  similar  to that used in the
         previous study was assumed. (See Figure 71)
         For the  case  where the overflow  weir was
         replaced with   radial  collection gutters  a
         uniform upflow  velocity was assumed across
         the tank surface.

         Numerical Method
            The  approach  for solving the liquid
         flowfield equations closely parallels that used
         in the  previous  study.5  The continuity
         equation  and  equations  of  motion  were
         rewritten in  terms  of the non-dimensional
         functions/,  fi , and   G defined  by  the
         expressions
                  r2                           (5)
                                              o =
                                             G =L
                                                      =L2  f
                                                      ~~
                                                                                    (6)
                                                                          (7)
                                  Summary
                                     The numerical  techniques and system of
                                  equations  used  to  define the liquid flowfield
                                  are the same as those used in the  previous
                                         116

-------
  study. 6  The  boundary  condition  and
  flowrates have been modified to represent the
  configuration  of  the  primary  swirl
  concentrator developed by LaSalle Hydraulic
  Laboratory.
     The mathematical representation of the
  device excludes  the  annular region between
  the  skirt  and  wall.  The  assumption  of
  axisymmetry is  an appropriate one, for this
  device since the  flow enters the main portion
  of  the. chamber  at   all  points  along the
  circumference of the skirt. As a consequence,
  the mathematical representation of the liquid
 flowfield is very  close to the actual laboratory
 device.
     The eddy-viscosity mixing length constant
 and  the skin friction coefficient have  been
 assumed equal to the values obtained in the
 previous study.7  A closer agreement between
 the velocity field predicted  by the model and
 the laboratory   data  may  be  obtained by
 refinement  of these values.  However, particle
 removal; efficiencies will remain essentially the
 same  for   reasons to  be   explained  later.
 Therefore,  the existing values are satisfactory
 for the purposes of this study.

     PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY
 Settling Data Analysis
 a. Experimental Approach:  In order to make
 an  accurate  prediction  of  the  prototype
 removal' efficiencies of the  sewage  solids in
 the laboratory   model, it   is necessary  to
 precisely  define  the  settling properties  of
 actual sewage and the simulated sewage used
 in  the laboratory model. Towards this end,
 extensive   column  settling  tests  were
 performed  by Beak Consultants,  Ltd. on both
 actual sewage and the simulated materials. The
 report  prepared  by  Beak, Physical  and
 Settling Characteristics of Particulates in
 Combined  Sewer  Overflow,  Sanitary
 Wastewater  and Urban Stormwater, describes
 the details of the  test procedures. The column
 test data can be used to prepare a frequency
 distribution of the particle settling velocities
 which can   be utilized  to  compare settling
 properties of different materials.
 where
 \jj   =   stream function
7?    =  | vorticity
F   =   nondimensional stream function
 M   -    nondimensional vorticity function
 N   =    non-dimensional tangential velocity
           function
 r    =    radial coordinate
 z    =    vertical coordinate
 ^ref =    reference velocity
 L    =    reference length
 The stream function, \p, is defined so that
                                        (8)
     __
     r  bz
 w  = -
       r  ^T >                          (9)
 thereby  automatically  satisfying  the
 continuity equation
    _
    dr
                                      (10)
 The equations  of motion  are  then solved,
 using relaxation techniques to obtain a steady
 state solution. Once the numerical values of/
 Si;  and  G  are  obtained,  the  velocity
 components  (u,  v, w) in the axisymmetric
 coordinate system (r,  6, z) can be found from
  u  -
 U
  ref
  ref
  V   -
T
U
  ref
                                      (ID
                                      (12)
                                      (13)
b. Test Results for Actual Sewage:  Figures 72
through  75 depict the composite results of
column settling  tests performed by Beak on
Philadelphia sewage. The data points occur in
triplicate  representing  three  separate  test
runs.  The  data  have also  been grouped  by
sampling port location to identify  the extent
to which flocculation is occurring.
    The  method  for  detecting flocculation
effects from settling column tests has been
described in a paper by Camp.8 It involves the
assumption  that a settling column is filled
with a uniformly mixed dispersion of particles
at time zero. Samples are then  withdrawn at
several  column  depths  at  different   times.
Assuming  no  flocculation   or particles
interactions, each particle will move at its free
fall settling velocity. At time zero, samples
                                          117

-------
    100 f-
     o.ooi
     (0.00003)
                      0.01
                      (0.0003)
                      SETTLING VELOCITY cm/we (ft/iec)
0.1
(0.003)
FIGURE 72
    100
SETTLING VELOCITY DISTRIBUTION AT 30.5cm (1 ft) COLUMN
SAMPLE PORT
      0.001
      (0.00003)
                       0.01
                      (0.0003)
                      SETTLING VELOCITY cm/sec (ft/Me)
FIGURE 73  SETTLING VELOCITY [DISTRIBUTION AT 61 and 91cm (2 and 3 ft)
             COLUMN SAMPLE PORT
                                     118

-------
100 —
80
cc
I-
z
UJ
o
o
4
<
p
 60
40
 20
                                                                   8
                                            COLUMN DATA AT 30.5 cm (1 ft)

                                         O  COLUMN DATA AT 61 cm (2 ft) and 91.5 cm (3 ft)

                                         V  COLUMN DATA AT 122 cm (4 ft), 152.5 cm (5 ft) and 167.7 cm (5.5 ft)

                                               ;-'..,.   ...  i  i  I     •    i   11
 0.001
 (0.00003)
                                    0.01
                                    (0.0003)
0.1
(0.003)
                                            SETTLING VELOCITY cm/»ec (in/sec)


     FIGURE 74  SETTLING VELOCITY DISTRIBUTION FOR ALL SAMPLE PORTS
  100 _
                                 122 cm (4 ft). 152.5 cm (5 ft) gnd 167.7 cm (S.S ft) DEPTH
                                                         0.1
                                                         (0.0.0031
                                        SETTLING VELOCITY cm/»c (ft/nc)
                                                                                       0.1
                                                                                       (0.03)
 FIGURE 75  SETTLING VELOCITY DISTRIBUTION AT VARIOUS COLUMN DEPTHS
                                           119

-------
withdrawn from each sample port  will; thus
have  the  same  particle  concentration.
Inasmuch as particles passing by  the  sample
port  will  be exactly replaced by  particles
above the sampling point, the concentration
should  remain  uniform immediately i after
time  zero.  If it is then assumed  thai:  the
particles with  the highest  settling velocity
move  at velocity  Vl,. the  last fractiqn  of
particles with settling velocity Vi  will1 pass
the first sample  point located at dept|i Zr
when  ti = Zi/V1 as  shown in  Figure 76.
Thus, at time ^ the particle concentration of
sample point Zl will change  to  reflect  the
absence of particles having a settling velocity
Vi.  If this principle  is  followed for all
particles, a time versus concentration  plot is
obtained at  each  sample point.  The same
concentration change and distribution  should
be observed at the second sample located at
depth Z2 beginning at time t2 = Z2 / P"i. Thus,
identical  curves  should  be  obtained  at
subsequent sample points except for a shift in
time.  This  time shift can be accommodated
by plotting C versus Z/r for each sample iport.
In actuality,  C has  been non-dimensionalized
by dividing the initial concentration C0 and
plotted versus Z(sample port)/? to provide a
distribution of settling velocities.        ;
   If flocculation  occurs   in  the  column,
particles  will  interact,  agglomerate/ and
accelerate.  This will result in an alteration of
the time  versus  concentration relationship.
Proceeding  down   the  column,  higher
concentrations will  be obtained in a  relatively
shorter time period, and the plot  of ;C/C0
versus Zft  will  be  shifted  to reflect  the
increased settling velocity as shown  in Fiigure
75. Thus,   instead  of  having one settling
velocity distribution  for all  sampling  points,
separate curves can  be drawn at each sampling
point.
   It  is apparent from the data shown on
Figure  75,  that different   settling  velocity
distributions are  occurring  at  the   lower
depths, as  a  result  of flocculation. Figure 75
illustrates this  relative effect by overlaying
curves  fitted to  data  at  different  sample
depths. At  the 30.5 cm (1 ft)  depth,  50
percent of the initial particles had  a settling
velocity  less than  0.012  cm/sec  (0.00039
ft/sec). At the 61 cm  (2 ft) and 91.5  cm (3 ft)
depth,  50  percent of  the particles had  a
settling,   velocity  less  than  0.034  cm/sec
(0.0011  ft/sec) and  only about 33 percent
•had a settling velocity less than 0.012 cm/sec
(0.00039 ft/sec). Finally, from 1.22 m (4 ft),
1.52 m (5 ft) and 1.67 m (5.5 ft) depth data,
50 percent  of the particles had  a settling
velocity  less  than  0.055  cm/sec  (0.0018
ft/sec).  Thus, the median  settling  velocity
increased  from  0.012  (0.00039  ft/sec)  to
0.055 cm/sec (0.0018 ft/sec) as the particles
settled through the column. This indicates an
increase by a factor of 4 to 5 of the median
settling  velocity  attributable to  flocculation.
It  can  be  assumed that the  flocculation  is
more  effective  in  increasing  the  settling
velocity of the larger particles since the largest
difference in the three curves occurs at the
higher velocities.

Test Results for Simulated Sewage
    Although  many   potentially  applicable
materials  were  examined  by  Beak
Consultants,  only three materials were found
suitable  for the  performance testing of the
laboratory hydraulic  model. These materials
were shredded  petrothene,  100-200  mesh
IRA-93  resin,  and Arizona  Road Dust. The
settling  velocity  distributions  for  these
materials appear as Figures 10 through 12 in
the Beak report.  No flocculation effects were
reported by Beak and a single settling velocity
distribution was  fitted to all the data points
independent  of  sampling  depth.  The
discrepancies in the 'three runs for IRA-93 are
a  result  of sieving techniques and will  be
discussed in detail in a later section.
 Settling Theory
    A  literature  search was  conducted to
 identify the  mathematical  expression  for
 describing  the  relationship  between particle
 concentration  and  particle  settling velocity.
 At  low  particle   concentrations,  particle
 interaction is minimal and each particle settles
 at its free fall velocity. In this region particle
 settling  velocity  can  be   considered
 independent of depth and concentrations. As
 the  particle  concentration rises  the
 probability  of  particle  interaction increases
 and two phenomena can occur.
                                           1.20

-------
          SETTLING
          COLUMN
CONCENTRATION
VS. TIME'PLOTS
AT EACH SAMPLE
PORT
PLOTS OF C/CC
VERSUS Z/t
SAMPLING
PORTS
                                                   c
                                                   c_
                                                              z/t
                              • NON-FLOCCULATING PARTICLES

                              FLOCCULATING PARTICLES
 F.GURE 76
                                                    FLOCCULATION vs
                                  121

-------
   One  of  these  phenomena is  called
"hindered  settlement."  In  the  regime  of
"hindered  settlement"  the  particles
continuously  collide  with one  another,
resulting  in  a  decrease of  the individual
particle settling velocities. Camp8 states that
for raw sewage, a  solids concentration  of
greater than  1,000 ppm  must  be  reached
before  hindered  settlement  will  be
encountered. Concentrations of solids  within
the  swirl  concentrator  will  only  approach
1,000 ppm towards the  bottom  of the tank.
Since  most of particle settling will  occur in
the main body of the tank, hindered settling
should not be a major factor in  determining
removal efficiency.
    The second phenomenon which  can alter
the  particle  settling velocity is flocculation.
Flocculation  causes  an  increase in settling
velocity by  the agglomeration, or clumping
together of small particles to form larger  and
heavier particles. The ability  of a suspension
to exhibit flocculation  properties  depends
primarily  on  particle  chemistry   and
electrostatic charge. Assuming that a material
has flocculating properties, agglomeration can
occur at  relatively  low concentrations and it
varies  directly  with  particle  concentration.
Raw   sewage can  exhibit  flocculation at
relatively  low concentrations  (230  ppm) as
                                            the  major  mechanisms  responsible for
                                            flocculations and agglomeration follows.

                                            Agglomeration Mechanisms
                                                Agglomeration  results from  particle
                                            collisions  induced  by  gravity,  shear,  and
                                            turbulence, as will be  discussed in greater
                                            detail. The agglomeration of small particles
                                            tends to increase the average particle size, and
                                            thus improve the  settling properties of the
                                            suspension.

                                                The  efficiency of the agglomeration  (or
                                            flocculation) process depends on the number
                                            of  particle  collisions.  Of  course,  not  all
                                            particle collisions result in agglomeration. The
                                            particles may slide past each other or, in  the
                                             case of a  stable  colloid, they may  repel each
                                             other electrostatically. Nevertheless, particle
                                             collisions are  a  necessary condition  for
                                             agglomeration, and the number  of collisions
                                             per  unit  volume per  time  can be used  to
                                             estimate  the  maximum  rate  at which
                                             agglomeration may occur.  A review of  the
                                             rather extensive  literature on flocculation and •
                                             coagulation processes has revealed  five basic
                                             mechanisms which result in particle collisions.
                                             These  mechanisms  are  discussed briefly
                                             below,  and  the  appropriate collision rate
                                             equations for the case of spherical particles
                                             are summarized in Table 19.
 noted by the Beak data. A detailed review of
                                       TABLE 19
                   COLLISION RATES FOR VARIOUS MECHANISMS
                 Collision
Equation
(14)
(15)
MfiHianism Collision Rate Eauation
Gravity JV.. =\-^- (r. + r. )2
r]-r^(
Shear Flow N.. = -|- (r. + rf)3 n. n. G'
0 \ 1/2
p~l) gn'ni

Ref.
3
4
 (16)
               Turbulent
               Acceleration
                               N  =
                               *
  (17)
                Turbulent    N  _
                Entrainment    */
r{
r.
p
                  Brownian Motion
     = kinematic viscosity
     - diameter of particle /
     = diameter of particle /
     = density of particle
     = density of liquid
e  = energy dissipation per unit mass
n.  = number density of particle /
n.  = number density of particle /
jv7.. = number of. collision of t particles
     with / particles
G ' = shear rate of flow
                                            122

-------
       1.  Gravity: Particles settling under the
   influence of gravity settle at different rates,
   depending on their size  and specific gravity.
   Faster settling  particles tend to  overtake
   slower .particles,  resulting in collisions. For
   small particles settling  in  the Stokes  flow
   regime, the collision rate is given by equation
   (17) of Table 19. If  the particles are of the
   same  size (rt = r;-), no  collision will occur.
   Acceleration  of the ambient fluid  will also
   cause collisions.  The collision  rate  in an
   accelerated fluid can be obtained by replacing
   g in equation (14) with the fluid acceleration
   Du/Dt. For the present application, the fluid
   acceleration  is  several orders  of magnitude
   smaller than  the gravitational acceleration,
   and may be neglected.
      2.  Shear Flow:  In a  shear flow pattern,
   adjacent  streamlines  move  with  different
  velocities.  A  particle  moving  along  one
  streamline may,  therefore,  overtake  and
  collide   with  a  particle  on  an  adjacent
  streamline. The collision  rate depends upon
  the collision cross section fa  + 77), and upon
  the shear  rate  of  the  flow G' (ft/sec/ft) as
  given by equation (15).
      3. Turbulent Acceleration: In a turbulent
  flow  pattern,  two or  more  large eddies is
  generally small (compared with gravity), but
  the small eddies  in the  viscous  dissipation
  range can  have larger accelerations, given by*
     •
 in which e' is the energy dissipation per unit
 mass,  and v is  the  kinematic viscosity. This
 mechanism  is  only  applicable  where  the
 particles are smaller than the scale size,  X, of
 the energy dissipating eddies,
 where4
  X =
                                        (20)
 As in the case of gravity, no collisions occur
 tor  particles of the  same  size,  since  both
 experience the same acceleration.
    4.  Turbulent  Entrainment:  If  the
 particles are comparable in size to X, collisions
 will.result when a particle entrained in  one
 turbulent eddy collides with a particle entrained
m another turbulent eddy.  This mechanism
provides for collisions of particles of the same
size, m contrast to the acceleration effect of
turbulence discussed above.
      5. Brownian Motion: Particles undergoing
  random  Brownian motion due to  collisions
  with  molecules  of the  ambient  fluid  will
  collide.  However  this  mechanism  is  only
  significant for very small particles (less than 1
  M)-5
      The collision rates given in Table 17 are
  not additive.  Saffman   and  Turner  have
  shown9 that the combined effect of turbulent
  acceleration,  turbulent  entrainment,  and
  gravity  can  be   approximated  by
  root-sum-squaring the  individual expressions
  given in Table 17.

  Agglomeration Kinetics
     If the particles in suspension are discrete
  sizes, a system of equations may be derived to
  describe the rate of change of the number
  density of the ith  species:5
  dnt  =
  dt
N.
           /=.!
                            '-1         .(21)
  In equation (21) the number density of the
  ith size particle is «., and Nt) are the collision
  rates between particles of size / and size/. It is
  assumed that the collision of an / particle and
  a  / particle results in coalescence  to form a
  particle of size / + / with radius

  TI+I =  (r? + rf  )J/3  .                  (22)

     The first term  on the  right hand side of
 equation  (21)  is the sum  over all collision
 which results in the formation of an /-size
 particle. For the collision rate Ni>k between
 particles of size / and size k, /-size particles are
 produced  only  when f  + k = /. The second
 term on the right of equation (21) is the rate
 ot  depletion of/-size particles, due to collision
 with all other possible particle sizes.
    Equation  (21)  represents  a  system of
 equations;  one   equation  for each discrete
 particle  size. Numerical  solution  of these
 equations  is   possible, but  very
 time-consuming.   Such solutions  have been
 performed by Gemmel,1 °  Fair and Gemmel 12
 Ives13andHidy,14   for   various  collision
 mechanisms.
    Where  the particle  size distribution  is
continuous  rather  than discrete,  the
                                            123

-------
coagulation process can be described with an
integro-differential equation  for  the
continuous distribution function n(r,t) which
is defined such that n(r,t)-dr is the number of
particles per unit volume of size range from r
to r + dr. The total number of particles per
cubic centimeter, 7Voo is then
             00



       =    /
r,t) dr-
                  (23)
The equation for the continuous distribution
function n(r,t)  is analagous to equation (21)
for the discrete case, and is given by
 d  n (r,t)  _
 dt
N(r,(r3 -r3)1/3)  dr
                   N(r,r)df
                  (24)
 In  equation  (24), N(r^r) is Jfte collision rate
 between particles size r and'7: As in equation
 (21), the first integral on the right represents
 the rate of production of size r particles,, and
 the second term  represents their  depletion
 due to collisions with all other sizes.     ;
    Friedlander,    has  shown  that  for  a
 settling  aerosol undergoing coagulation by
 Brownian motion, a similarity transformation
 for  equation  (24)  is  possible.  The I size
 distribution function, expressed in similarity
 variables,  does not  change with  time. In
 particular, n(v,t) is expressed as
           N
           "a
 vN0
                                       (25)
 where  v  is the  particle volume,  4>, ;is a
 non-dimensional distribution function and 8,
 is the total volume fraction of particles.
             v n (v) dv .
                   (26)
 Using equation (25) in  equation (24) results
 in an ordinary differential equation for»//', in
 terms of the similarity variable i? = vNool'e.
     The  same similarity transformation  was
 applied to coagulation by laminar shear flow
by Swift and Friedlander,  However for the
case  where both  mechanisms  (Brownian
motion  and laminar  shear) are operative, the
self-preservation hypothesis does not work.
   In  the  present  application  to  a
nonhomogenous  turbulent flowing  system,
none  of the solution techniques described
above are applicable. Equations (21) and (24)
are both derived for homogenous systems. To
include the  spatial  variations in  the
distribution  function,  n(r,t),  the  time
derivative in equation (24) must be replaced
by the substantive derivative along streamlines

dn   _  to  + v .  y  n .                (27)
                              In  addition,  because  of turbulence,  an
                              additional source term  appears on the right
                              hand  side of equation  (24) to  account  for
                              dispersion of particles across streamlines, due
                              to  turbulence.  The  appropriate equation
                              therefore is
                                               dn
                                               dt
                              +  V •   A n =
                                                      N (r,
                                                                  dr
                                 00
                            -/
                                        N (r,r)dr +   V • (ep Vn)    (28)
                               where ep is the particulate eddy diffusivity. In
                               equation  (28), n is now  ajfunction of both
                               space and time, i.e., n = n(r,x, t).
                                  The  solution  to  equation (28)   is
                               extremely  complicated. An  approximate
                               method can  be developed in which the local
                               distribution  function n(r,t) is  approximated
                               with a Gaussian profile
                                               n (r, x', t) =
                                              exp I-
                                                                 (29)
                               in  which  the  mean  radius  a, standard
                               deviation,  a, and  total number  density of
                               particles N, are each functions of space and
                               time.  Equations for Noo, a, and  a  can be
                               derived by taking moments of equation (28).
                               Using equation  (29), the  second  of the
                               integrals  which  appear  in  (28)  can  be
                               evaluated  in closed form for any  of the
                               individual collision mechanisms of Table 19.
                               However,  closed  form  integration  is  not
                               possible  with  more  than  one  mechanism
                                            124

-------
operative. Also, the first integral in equation
(28) cannot be evaluated in  closed form f6r
even a single collision mechanism.
    Consequently, it appears that the solution
to  the  coagulation  kinetics  equation  is
impractical  in  the  present  application.
Instead, an order of magnitude  estimate has
been  made  of the collision  frequencies for
each  of the mechanisms in Table  19. From
these numerical estimates, several important
conclusions can be drawn regarding the design
of the primary settler.


      NUMERICAL ESTIMATES FOR
      COLLISION FREQUENCIES BY
         VARIOUS MECHANISMS
    The settling column data by Beak can be
used to determine the probable  size range of
p articulates  in sanitary  sewage.  The  GE
analysis of the data from the 1.22, 1.52 and
1.67 m (4, 5  and  5.5  ft) depths (Figure 74)
shows that 25  percent of the particles settle
slower than 0.003 cm/sec (0.00098 ft/sec), 50
percent  settle slower  than  0.055  cm/sec
(0.0018 ft/sec) and 75 percent  settle slower
than about  0.13  cm/sec (0.043 ft/sec). The
settling velocity of a spherical particle in the
Stokes flow regime is

w, = -i- —  (X- Or2  •                (30)
  s   9   v  ^  g    '                   <•'
Equation (30)  can  be used to estimate the
particle  size  from  the  measured settling
velocity data if the specific gravity is known.
Since the specific gravity is not known, values
of  1.01 and  1.05  were assumed in order to
obtain the particle sizes corresponding to the
25  percent,  50  percent,  and  75  percent
                         settling velocities given above. The results of
                         this calculation are summarized in Table 20.
                             For each of the particle sizes in Table 20,
                         the number of particles per cc required to give
                         a  total concentration  C,  of 100 mg/1 solids
                         was calculated from
                          „ =(lQOm_g} (   II
                             '     / / UOOOcc.
                       /   3     particles\
                       u^r
                                 cc
                                     lOQOmgJ
                     =   3xlO'4
                         4-rrr3 n
                                                                (31)
                         The resulting number  densities    are  also
                         tabulated in Table 20.
                             An estimate  of the collision rate1 from
                         each of the mechanisms in Table  18 was next
                         obtained under two assumptions.
                             a.  Assume  100 mg/1 of particles at the
                                25  percent settling rate, and 100 mg/1
                                at the 75 percent settling rate.
                             b.  Assume 200 mg/1 of particles at the
                                50  percent settling rate.
                         Assumption (a) is a bimodal distribution, with
                         two discrete particle  sizes. Assumption (b)
                         corresponds  to a mono-disperse system of a
                         single  particle  size.  These calculations were
                         performed  for  each  of  the  two  specific
                         gravities  1.01 and 1.05. The calculations are
                         outlined below for assumption  (a)  at 1.01
                         specific gravity.
                         (1) Gravity
                             _  27T(0 Q246 + 0.00373)2
                                9(0.011,
       9 (0.011 cm?/sec)        '        '      I
/       \

[ ^~~ 1 I  (980'7 cmlse°2>  x( 1.59 cm'3) (4550cm"3)
                             — .219 collisions/cc/sec
                 TABLE 20
PARTICLE SIZE AND NUMBER DENSITY FOR
      VARIOUS SETTLING VELOCITIES
Specific
Gravity
(gm/cc)
1.01
1.05
Settling Velocity
cm/sec in/sec
0.13
0.055
0.003
0.13
0.055
0.003
(0.05)
(0.02)
(0.001)
(0.05)
(0.02)
(0.001)
Equivalent Spherical
Radius
cm in
0.0246 .
0.0160
0.00373
0.0112
0.00731
0.00171
(0.009)
(0.006)
(0.0015)
(0.044)
(0.003)
(0.0007)
Number Density for
100 mg/1
cm"3
1.59
5.76
455.
16.2
58.0
4,540.
                     125

-------
 (2) Shear Flow

 NtJ  =|- (rf + r,.)3 nin)G'

   The mean shear rate is obtained from the
swirl separator. Since this function is used in
the  eddy  viscosity  formulation,  it  was  a
simple matter to  average  its value over the
cross section. The resulting value of G' for the
prototype  scale  separator  is  0.209  sec"1.
   Consequently, for sg = 1.01 and rz-•¥= /•/

Ni] = A. (0.0246 + 0.00373)3 (1.59)
       (455) (0.209) = 0.00458

(3) Turbulent Acceleration
   The turbulent  energy  dissipation is
estimated, assuming that the energy inflow is
entirely dissipated in the outer annulus.
   The energy dissipation per unit mass is
                                       (32)
         JT
The volume flowrate Q = 0.52 m?/sec (17-65
cfs),  prototype (1  I/sec model scale). The
head loss, AP is

Ap =-1—  pv2                         (33)

where the entrance velocity of the 1.22 m (4
ft) entrance sewer is
                     = 1.4/ps(0.43 m/sec)
so that AP = 1/2 (10 4 kg/m3) (0.43)2 =;9.6
kg/m3  [AP = 1/2 (2 slugs/ft2 =  1.9 lb/ft2.]
(9  x  10~4  atm). The volume of the outer
annulus is about 60.88 m3  (2,150 ft3). Then
from equation (32)
  • - (17.65) f 1.9)
 6     (2150) (2)
                  = . 00782 ft*lsec3-

                  = 7.26 cm2/sec3 (1.13 foZ/sec3)

This energy dissipation rate corresponds to an
equivalent shear rate G' =-^/e'/v of 26 sec'1.
The equivalent acceleration, a,  is  equation
(19)
                                                              1/4
                                                                   = 23.7 cm/sec2 (9.33 in/sec2 )
                                               Since equations (14) and (15) for the collision
                                               rate due to gravity and turbulent acceleration
                                               are identical, except for the acceleration rate
                                               used, the collision rate for the former can be
                                               found as the ratio
                                                   turb accel
                                                                 J gravity \
                                                      = (.219)  23.7   =  00528 collisions/cc/sec


                                               (4) Turbulent Entrainment

                                                           {rt + rf)3 nt nf Jjj-.         (17)

                                                              (appears previously in Table 1)
                                                Using the  previous  result  for  the
                                                dissipation per unit mass, e',
                                                                                    energy
                                                Ntj  =
                                                             (0.0246 + 0.00373)2 (1.59) (455)
                                                               7.26 I
                                                             LoxmJ
                                                                         = 8.62 collisions/cc/sec
                                               The  results  of these order  of magnitude
                                               calculations  are summarized in Table 21.  It
                                               can be concluded from this table that turbulent
                                               entrainment  and  gravity  are the  principal
                                               mechanisms for promulgation  of flocculation
                                               in the swirl concentrator.

                                               Summary
                                                   In order to extrapolate the results of the
                                               hydraulic model testing to prototype design,
                                               it is necessary to understand the differences in
                                               settling  properties  between  the laboratory
                                               simulated  sewage  and actual sewage. From
                                               column test results performed by Beak, it can
                                               be  concluded that  the  materials  in  the
                                               laboratory  model settle as discrete particles,
                                               while  actual  sewage  exhibits  flocculation
                                               properties even at low concentrations.
                                                   A detailed analysis  of the  kinetics  of
                                               flocculation was performed. It was found that
                                               for flocculant materials,  the degree to which
                                               flocculation and agglomeration occur depends
                                               largely on  the number of  particle  collisions.
                                               Theoretical  expressions were developed for
                                               the five basic  mechanisms which  can cause
                                               particle collision. These mechanisms are:
                                            126

-------
                                       TABLE 21
                            ESTIMATED COLLISION RATES
Size
Assumption
Sg = 1.01 fj ^r2
'!='!
= 1.05r1^r2
rl/=r2
Collision Rates - Collisions per cc per sec
Turbulent Turbulent
Gravity Shear Acceleration Fnrrainmpnt
0.22
0,
4.8
o;
0.0046 0.0053
0.00015
0.044 0.12
0.0015
8.6
0.29
83.
2.8
    1.  Gravity: Differential settling rates
    2.  Shear:   Differential  flow  velocities
 along adjacent streamlines
    3.  Turbulent Accelerations:  Entrainment
 of  two  or  more  particles  in  a  single
 accelerating turbulent eddy
    4.  Turbulent Entrainment:  Entrainment
 of particles in separate turbulent eddies which
 collide  ;
    5.  Brownian Motion:  Random motion
 caused by thermal energy of water molecules.
    These expressions were used  to obtain
 order of magnitude estimates for the number
 of collisions  which  can result  from  each
 mechanism at the flow conditions existing in
 the  swirl  concentrator.   Of  the  five
 mechanisrris,  only  gravity  and  turbulent
 entrainment  appear  to  be significant.  The
 turbulent entrainment  mechanism is most
 important  in  the  outer annulus  of  the
 concentrator where most of the inlet energy is
 dissipated.
    It is most  important to recognize that the
 theoretical  analysis  of flocculation  only
 predicts  .the  number of  collisions or  the
 maximum tendency toward flocculation. The
 actual  adherence of particles  to each other
 depends on the chemistry as well. It may well
 be that there is a limiting  amount of
 flocculation  which  can  occur  as a  result of
 other  conditions.  If  this is  the  case, an
 increase  in  collisions beyond the number
 required to reach this threshold will not result
 in additional improvement in settling rates.
   The column  tests  performed by Beak on
 sanitary sewage showed  that  a  fourfold
increase in the median settling velocity can be
 observed as a result of the gravity flocculation
mechanism  alone.  Whether  further
 improvement  can  be  attained  via the
 turbulent  entrainment  mechanism  in the
 outer annulus of  the  swirl concentrator is
 unknown.
    Exact  mathematical  modeling  of the
 flocculation effects on  the particle  settling
 rate was deemed numerically impractical for
 this study. Therefore, to  accommodate the
 flocculation  of actual  sewage,  a  settling
 velocity distribution indicative of the sewage
 after, flocculation was assumed. This approach
 assumed  after flocculation occurring in the
 inlet sewer and  outer annulus of the  swirl
 concentrator  via  gravity  and  turbulent
 entrainment  mechanisms will  produce  a
 settling  velocity  distribution  equivalent to
 that obtained by the gravity mechanism in the
 settling column test. This  assumption would
 appear   to .be  conservative  since  further
 improvements  in  settling  properties might
 occur in the swirl concentrator.

    PARTICLE FLOW CALCULATIONS
 Particle Paths
    Once the liquid flow has been determined
 the particle velocities can  be determined by
 superimposing the particle settling rate, ws, at
 each mesh point. Thus,
 UP = UL                               (34)
                                      (35)
w =
          w
                                      (36)
where ws = particle settling velocity the p and
L subscripts designate the particle and liquid
velocity components.-
                                         127

-------
    The  particle  paths  can  be  found  by
superimposing  a  stream  function  due  to
settling,  t//, on the liquid  flow.  Thus, the
particle stream function $ p is
where \jj ' (r) is defined such that
   =  -1
w=  -
or
    -w.
                                      (37)
                                      (38)
                                      (39)
The particle paths for a given settling velocity,
\vs, are then determined by plotting lines of
constant.                              !
    The  particle  paths obtained  provide  a
method for visualizing the mean trajectories
of the particles in the chamber. In actuality,
turbulence  will  cause  particles  of  a given
settling  path.  The  particle  paths  do  not
provide   any  information  as to  the
concentration  field.  To  define  the
concentration field, it is necessary to  utilize
the  particle mass  continuity  equation  as
defined in the following section.

Particle Flow Equations
    Particle concentrations  throughout  the
swirl  concentrator  are  determined by
substituting  the  particle  velocities  at each
mesh  point, as defined by equations (34)
through (36),  into  the particle  continuity
equation (40).
_9c
 dt
+ V.
C) =  V (e- V C)
                        (40)
where
    vP - particle velocity vector
    C  — particle concentration         ;
    t   = time
    ep  = turbulent eddy diffusity
The use of Equations 34-36  for Vp assumes
that inertial acceleration terms are  negligible
when  compared to the gravity acceleration, so
that  particles   always  move   at  t!heir
equilibrium  settling velocity  with respect to
the liquid flowfield.
    The values of the velocities at  each grid
point  are  obtained directly from the  liquid
flowfield solution. The  boundary conditions
                                for the  particle concentrations along  the
                                chamber wall  are specified and  a relaxation
                                technique is applied to reach a  steady state
                                concentration. Removal efficiencies are then
                                computed from mass  balances utilizing  the
                                computed concentration field and  specified
                                flowrates^

                                Boundary Conditions
                                   The  boundary  conditions for  equation
                                (40)  are  as  follows:  at  the inlet,  the
                                concentration  is a  specified  constant value,
                                C0. At a solid surface the total mass flux must
                                be zero. Mathematically this can be expressed
                                by
                                                  + ep  V C) • n  =0
                                                                      (41)
                                where n is the unit inward normal. The first
                                term in equation (41) is the convective mass
                                flux, and the second term is the mass flux due
                                to diffusion. Equation  (41) can be rewritten
                                          -'(vo+'p-U-
                                                                      (42)
velocity  component normal to a solid surface
the term Vp • n must equal the component of

inward normal, n.
where d/dn denotes the directional derivative
normal  to  the wall.  Since the liquid  has no
velocity component normal to a solid surface,
the term V-ri must equal the component of
the settling velocity normal to the wall, i.e.

         -ep|^0                   (43)

in which nz  is the z-component of the unit
inward normal, 7i,
    The  derivative in  equation (43)  can  be
replaced with the first order finite difference
approximation
                                If = • (Cfc+1-CL)/A»
                                                                                     (44)
                                              in  which  Ch  denotes  the 'boundary value,
                                 b+1
                                                    is the value at the interior point,
                                                  is the distance from
                                                         Cb+1'to
                                                                               and
                                                                                The
                                              result is an equation  for the boundary value
                                              in terms of the interior point.
                                                 =  C,...
                                                                                    (45)
                                          128

-------
 where
 R = ws  A n  n2
(46)'
    For the special case of a vertical wall, nz =
 0 so that R  = 0 and the  boundary condition
 becomes
 Cb = Cb+1                             (47)

    Underneath the horizontal weir, nz = 1 (z
 is positive downward so  that ws is positive),
 and equation  (45)  is the correct boundary
 condition, with R > 0. If the settling velocity
 and mesh spacing are sufficiently small that R
 «  1,   equation  (45)  gives  a   wall
 concentration  Cb,  nearly  equal  to  Cb+1.
 However  if  R   becomes  large,  the
 concentration at the boundary becomes much
 smaller than at the interior point.  Provided
 the  settling velocity, ws,  is larger or at  least
 comparable  to  the  mean  liquid  upflow
 velocity, ws, then  Cb + 1  will itself be small
 (because  few particles  can reach the upper
 region of  the  separator),  and  no numerical
 difficulties occur. This  situation corresponds
 to the case studied in the earlier application
 of the  swirl  concentrator to  stormwater
 overflows.1
    A problem arises when R is  large but the
 settling velocity is small compared with w. In
 this case, a large number of particles reach the
 upper region of the concentrator, and Cb + 1 is
 nearly equal to the inlet concentration, C0.
 Then equation (45) requires  Cb«  Cb+1,
 which appears  as a  discontinuity  in  the
 concentration  field,  causing  numerical
 problems. Physically, a large R  and small ws
 means that the concentration is high except
 for a thin layer (smaller than one mesh space)
 immediately  under the weir. This is exactly
 the  situation  for the proposed design, for
 which ws is  typically 0.05  cm/sec (0.00164
 ft/sec) while  the prototype mean upflow
 velocity  (at  0.52  m3/sec  [17.1  cfs])  is
 approximately  1.3 cm/sec (0.0043  ft/sec).
The  R value for this case  (with mesh spacing
of 15cm [0.5 ft]) is
R =
    (0.00164) (0.5)
                   = 68
       1.2xlO's
   Thus,  the large gradient in concentration
under  the weir  occurs in a distance much
smaller than the 15 cm (0.5 ft) mesh spacing.
Under   these   circumstances,  the  proper
boundary  condition  is to neglect this very
small region and assign Cb  = Cb + 1 .
    A similar difficulty occurs at the bottom
of the  separator.  In this  case,  the
z-component of the inward  normal, nz,  is
negative (-1 along the horizontal portion, and
-  cos 60°  along the sloping  wall).  Since  R
(from equation (45)) is  then negative, the
boundary condition calculated from equation
(45)  can only  be  used if R=l. Where this
condition is satisfied (either  because a very
fine mesh is used, or because the settling
velocity  is small), the concentration gradient
at  the   wall can  be included  within the
computational  mesh  by  applying  equation
(47).   .
    When R is  large (as in the present case),
the concentration buildup at the wall due to
sedimentation occurs in a  region too small to
be resolved with the computational mesh. The
sediment  layer  must therefore  be excluded
from  the computational region. Once this  is
done, some other criteria must be applied in
order to specify the mass  flux normal to the
wall, Qn , where
                                                Qn = ~
                                                                 dn
                                              (48)
        For example, Qn can be positive or negative
        depending on whether deposition or scouring
        of the sediment layer is occurring.2 If these
        mechanisms are  in balance (no deposition or
        scour) then Qn = 0.
           The specification of the mass flux for the
        general case is quite difficult. As discussed bv
        Chen,1 r Qn is  usually  approximated by an
        empirical formula as a function of the local
        mean velocity of the main flow,12  a function
        of the local velocity at the bottom,13'14  a
        function of the boundary shear and  critical
        shear  stresses of the Yalin type,15'16 or  a
        function of the local mean velocity and depth
        of the main flow such as the Meyer-Peter and
        Muller type17.
           For  a properly designed settling tank, no
        scouring should occur, and Qn will always be
        positive  along the  bottom.  In  the present
        design, the inlet velocity may be high enough
        to scour the bottom near the inlet annulus.
        Where  scouring  does  occur,  the  sediment
        deposit will eventually be removed, so that in
        the steady state Qn = 0 for these regions.
                                          129

-------
    The simplest hypothesis for the  bottom
boundary  condition in the settling chamber is
to  assume the  bottom boundary points can
then  be  determined by  treating them as
interior  points,  except that  one-sided
difference approximations  must  be  used.
Particles reaching the bottom of the separator
are thus assumed  to  pass  outside the
computational  mesh into  a thin sediment
layer from which no  re-suspension  occurs.
This procedure will tend to over-predict the
efficiency  of the  chamber,  because
re-suspension  of the  bottom  sediment  is
neglected.
    To  summarize these findings. Table 22
has been  prepared to  indicate  under what
conditions each  type  boundary treatment
is applicable.                           ,

Numerical Methods                    ;
    A  numerical  solution  of  the  particle
continuity equation (40) can now be obtained
by  applying the boundary  conditions of the
previous section. As noted, for large settling
velocities  where ws » w, a direct numerical
solution of equation (40)  can be obtained
using  equation  (45)  for the  boundary
condition under the closed top. This solution
'and  boundary  condition are essentially
identical to that used in the previous stuliy.1.
In  addition, a theoretical  upper limit on the
removal efficiency can  be_readily defined for
this case. When ws» w, the mean particle
flow path of all the particles will intersect the
chamber floor. In the absence of turbulence, a
theoretical removal efficiency of 100 percent
should be  obtained.  In actuality, the
               mechanisms of particle scour, re-entrainment
               and turbulent diffusion will cause particles to
               be  dispersed throughout the chamber. As a
               result, an actual removal efficiency less than
               100 percent will  occur, and  concentration
               gradients will exist throughout  the chamber.
               For the purpose of this study it is sufficient
               to  state  that when ws  is comparable  to or
               greater than  w,  the performance of the unit
               will deviate from the theoretical upper limit
               of  100  percent  removal,  due to  scour,
               re-entrainment and diffusion as  noted above.
                   The second case, where1. ws^w,-. is more
               representative of the conditions projected for
               the prototype swirl concentrator as a primary
               treatment  device.  For  this  case, the large
               concentrations of  particles below the closed
               top  cause numerical difficulties, as noted
               previously, which  cannot  be handled  with a
               reasonable mesh  spacing.  To  resolve this
               problem, the particle concentration below the
               weir  has  been assumed to  be  equal  to  the
               concentration at an interior point.
                   A  second assumption was  employed to
               define the particle  boundary condition at the
               floor.  Since the definition  of  particle
               deposition, scour and entrainment mechanism
               is beyond the state of the art, it was assumed
               that all particles which reach the floor  are
               removed   from  the   device  and  the
               concentration at the  floor  equals  the
               concentration at the adjacent interior point.
               Thus,  the  large concentration gradients
               immediately  adjacent to the  weir and to  the
               floor have been neglected.
                   The net result of these two assumptions is
               that,  for  the  case  where  ws
-------
concentration everywhere within the chamber
becomes  uniform  and  equal to  the inlet
concentration,  C0. To see why  this is  so,
assume that  the concentration  is  in  fact
everywhere  constant. Then  the  turbulent
diffusion term  on the right side  of equation
(40) becomes zero', sincere = 0, and equation
(44) can be reduced to
-|£  + f£.VC+VC-

 As previously noted,

 Vn = VT  +  u>  e.
                                       (49)
                                      (50)
Where VL is the liquid velocity, and ^Tis a unit
vector in the z-direction.            z
Since  the  divergence of the  liquid  velocity
(A- VL ) is zero, and since ws is a constant

V  .  Vp =0.                           (51)

Equation (49) can therefore be written as a
total derivative
-DT^°>                               (52)
where D/Dt  is the total derivative along the
particle streamlines.
Equation (52) states that in the  absence of
turbulent   diffusion,  the  concentration
remains constant along particle paths.
    All regions of the chamber cross section
which are connected to the inlet region by a
particle path must have "a  concentration  of
C0. The remainder of the cross section (such
as the region underneath the weir) contains
particle paths which originate at the weir or at
the free surface. Since there is no particle flux
through  these surfaces in the  absence  of
turbulent diffusion, the concentration must
be zero in these regions.
    The  effect  of turbulence is  to scatter
particles from regions of  high concentration
to  regions of low concentration. Initially,
therefore, turbulence will tend to decrease the
concentration of regions with C =  C0, and to
raise the concentration in  the region with C =
0. However particles which are scattered into
the closed region  under  the  weir  tend  to
remain  there. Consequently,  in the steady
state,  this region  will fill up with particles
until  its concentration  is  also equal  to C0.
This  effect is  readily  apparent in the
laboratory  tests.  As  the particle  flow  is
initiated, the particle cloud tends to follow
the  streamlines  from  the  inlet up to  the
overflow, and the closed region under  the
weir remains clear. However, the turbidity of
the  closed  region gradually increases, and
after about   10  minutes, no  concentration
gradients are discernable.
    Once  the concentration  in  the  chamber
becomes uniform, turbulence has no further
effect because the concentration gradient, AC,
becomes negligible, and the right hand side of
equation (49) can be neglected. Under these
conditions equation (52) is applicable even in
the presence of turbulence.
    The efficiency of the concentrator can be
determined as the ratio of the particle flux
onto  the  bottom and  the  influent particle
flux.  As  shown  (equation 52),  the
concentration along the streamlines  reaching
the  bottom  will be  equal  to the  inlet
concentration,  because  DC/Dt  =  0.
Consequently, the particle flux reaching the
bottom (from equation  (48) with DC/Dt = 0,
                                              and.C=C0)is
  ' z

f
                                                                          ds
                                      (53)
                                              where  (2 " rnzds) is an element of projected
                                              surface area  along the bottom.  Since  nz  =
                                              -dr/ds,  equation (53) gives

                                              FB =  C0 w,Ab                       (54)
                                              where AB is the projected area of the bottom.
                                              For the case where some fraction, r?, of the
                                              liquid  flow  is continuously withdrawn  from.
                                              the underflow, an additional mass flux of T?  Q
                                              C0 must be added to equation (54). The inlet
                                              mass flux is
                                              where  Q is the rate  of flow of the liquid.
                                              Consequently, the separation efficiency of the
                                              chamber is

                                              * = FBlFin

                                              If the ratio   Q I-^-B  is viewed as an overflow
                                              rate for the chamber (the usual overflow rate
                                              is defined by the ratio of the flowrate to the
                                              surface area), then equation (55), with T? = 0,
                                              is identical  to the theoretical efficiency of an
                                              ideal settling basin as derived by Camp2 in
                                              1945. This is  a somewhat surprising result,
                                         131

-------
inasmuch as equation (55) was derived ijnder
considerably different assumptions and for an
entirely different geometry than analyzed by
Camp.                               !

Summary
    Particle  paths in the swirl concentrator
can be determined by superimposing a stream
function due to the settling, V, on the liquid
flow stream function.
    Under  certain  conditions  of  particle
settling rate and computational  grid size,
modification to the  boundary conditions are
required  to  solve  the  particle   continuity
equation.  These  modifications involve
neglecting  regions  of  high  concentration
gradients, where the gradient occurs over an
interval smaller than one mesh spacing. The
approximate   boundary  conditions  are
summarized in  Table 21. For  the  laboratory
model,  where particle settling velocities are
much smaller than the mean upflow velocity,
swirl concentrator separation efficiency (ratio
of  gm/sec particulates reaching  bottom to
gm/sec particulates entering the chamber) can
be approximated by equation (55).

             + 7?                     (55)

even for cases  where the settling velocity is
comparable  to  or greater than the overflow
rate, equation (55) represents  an upper limit
to the performance of the swirl concentrator.
    It is of interest to note that this equation
is  equivalent  to   expressions  used  for
computing  removal efficiencies  for ideal
settling basins.                        i

         SCALING TECHNIQUES
Scaling of the Liquid Flowfield
    Scaling of  the liquid  flowfield can  be
accomplished via  the same Froude  scaling
techniques used in the previous study.1
     Essentially the following equations can
be applied to compute dimensions, flowrates,
and velocities for a prototype scale factor bf S.

Lprototype = s' ^model               (56)
^prototype = s" V "model
                  (57)
                          where
                          S
                          Qmod
                          V
                            mod
                          -^mod

                          £"
                          ' pro
                                                         scale factor = Z,pro/Lpro
                                                         discharge rate in model
                                                         velocity in model
                                                         length dimension in model
                                                         discharge rate in prototype
                                                         velocity in prototype
                                                         length dimension iri prototype
                             To use equations (56) through (58) it is
                          necessary  to  assume a  scale factor, S. For
                          example,  assume  the  laboratory  model
                          constructed  by  the  LaSalle Hydraulic
                          Laboratory was designed  to  represent  a
                          prototype unit 12 times larger, i.e.  S = 12
                          (^prototy pe/^model  =  12>"  •  The
                          corresponding velocities and  flowrates for the
                          prototype, therefore, are larger than those of
                          the model by a factor of
                          Qnro-(12)s«-.-
                                              =  3.47Fmod
                          In  similar  fashion,  the  size  of a  device
                          designed to handle a specified flow of Q = Q
                          design  at a removal efficiency equivalent to
                          that of the  LaSalle  Hydraulic Laboratory
                          model can be obtained from equation (58)
                              Q design
                              Q model
                                                           2/5
                          The  corresponding  S can  then  be used  in
                          equation  (56)  and  (57)  to  compute the
                          required dimensions and flow velocities.
                             Certain  assumptions  are implied  when
                          applying Froude  scaling to the  laboratory
                          model.  First the  liquid  flowfield- boundary
                          conditions  as  previously  described  must be
                          maintained in the  prototype unit. This can be
                          accomplished by  maintaining geometric
                          similarity to the laboratory model.
                             The second assumption requires that the
                          degree  of turbulence, as defined by the eddy
                          viscosity e be maintained  at the same value  as
                          the  model. The nondimensional  viscosity  is
                          represented by-(l)
                                                                (59)
 ^prototype
           = s
2model
where
    0
    /
    v
    L
    W
local dissipation function
mixing length constant
kinematic viscosity
reference length
reference frequency (Uref /L)
                      132

-------
   The  first term  on  the  right is the  eddy
   viscosity  arising 'from "the Reynolds  Number
   stresses while the second term represents the
   molecular viscosity.  The eddy  viscosity  is
   independent of scale size  and flowrate  since
   neither W nor L appear explicitly in  the first
   term.  Thus, as the  size of  the  chamber  is
   increased or the discharge rate is increased,
   the turbulence level  increases in just such  a
   way  that the  same nondimensional eddy
   viscosity  results.  The  second term  on  the
   right, however, depends on both the flowrate
   and  size.  This term  is  the reverse of  a
   Reynolds Number based on reference length,
  L;  reference  velocity,  WL;  and liquid
  kinematic viscosity, v.
      In the  previous  study1  the  molecular
  viscosity term was very much smaller than the
  eddy  viscosity term and could  be neglected
  for  practical  purposes,  permitting scaling of
  the  liquid  flow. In  the  present   study,
  however,  the  flow regime  observed  in  the
  laboratory  model   cannot be  classified as
  completely turbulent.  Although flows in the
  annular region, at and below the skirt, along
  the inside wall of the skirt and at the overflow
  region  are  probably   turbulent,  the large
  central region below the circular weir appears
  to be laminar. Thus, the laboratory model  can
  be  best   characterized  as  transitional,
  containing  both  laminar and  turbulent
 regions.
     By  contrast,  the   flow regime in  the
 prototype  will  be  fully  turbulent.  For
 example, a  prototype  unit represented by a
  1:12  scale  factor  will  have  a  Reynolds
 Number 41.5  times larger than  that  of the
 model,  which should ensure fully  turbulent
 flow. Consequently, some differences  in the
 flow patterns of the laboratory model and the
 prototype are to be anticipated.

 Scaling of the Particle Flows
    Successful scaling of the particle flowfield
 hinges  on having  accurate   information
 concerning the settling  characteristics of the
 prototype  sewage.   Since  both  the  particle
 path  and concentration field equations can
 only be applied to  discrete particle settling
velocities, it  is necessary  to translate settling
column  data into this  format.  This can be
accomplished by   dividing   frequency
   distribution  diagrams, such  as Figures 72
   through 75  into several  ranges  of settling
   velocities.  A  first  approximation  of  the
   removal efficiencies for each  range can then
   be  predicted  for  a  chamber of a  given
   dimension and flowrate for Equation (55).
  E =
          Q
               +
      The  computed  removal  efficiency  for
  each settling velocity range can be multiplied
  by the percentage of particles  represented by
  that settling velocity  and  totalled  for  all
  ranges  to  determine  the  overall  predicted
,  removal efficiency. A similar technique can be
  utilized to  predict the mean particle paths
  from settling velocity data.
      For  particles  having settling  velocities
  much  lower than  the overflow  rate, i.e.,
  ws«Q/AB, equation (55) will closely predict
  observed  removal efficiency.  For particles
  having  settling  velocities  comparable to  or
  greater  than Q/AB,  100 percent  removal
  efficiency should  be  used in lieu of'equation
  (55). For these cases, the mathematical model
  will  substantially  overpredict the obtainable
  removal efficiency, since it  neglects particle
  re-entrainment and turbulent diffusion.
     Since it  was not  possible to incorporate
  flocculation  effects  into  the  mathematical
 model, it is necessary to include the effect of
 flocculation  in  the  assumed  frequency
 distribution of particle settling velocities. This'
 can be accomplished by increasing the particle
 settling  velocities  based on  column  settling
.test as described previously.
    Equation (55)  will always place an upper
limit on the attainable removal  efficiencies
and should only be used as a first estimate. To
obtain a more realistic value  for the removal
.efficiency,  the  removal  efficiency  curves
obtained by the LaSalle Hydraulic Laboratory
can be used. Scaling the laboratory results will
also  tend  to   overpredict  the  prototype
performance because the increased turbulence
in the prototype will act to resuspend some of
the bottom sediments.
    An outline of how the particle and liquid
scaling relationships can be used for design of
a prototype unit will be described later in this
report.
                                          133

-------
Summary
    In order to maintain similar liquid flow
conditions  in  different size  swirl
concentrators it is necessary to use Froude
scaling. This will insure that the ratio of the
gravitational  to  inertial  forces  will  be
maintained constant. Froude scaling requires
that liquid flow velocities be related by the
square root of the scale factor and flowrates
by  the  5/2 power of the  scale factor per
equations (57) and (58).                 ;
    A simplified  equation  (55)   can  |be
employed  for obtaining a  first estimate |of
removal  efficiency  for a particle  having a
specified settling velocity, given the size and
design flowrate  of the prototype  unit. To
obtain  a  more  accurate  estimate  of the
removal efficiency the prototype flowrate and
particle settling velocity can  be scaled back to
the laboratory model via equations (57) and
(58). A more accurate removal efficiency can
be obtained from the laboratory data.

  COMPARISON OF PREDICTED LIQUID
 FLOWFIELD WITH LABORATORY DATA
    The mathematical model  of the  liquid
 flowfield  was  exercised  concurrently ; as
 modifications  to  the  original  chamber
 configuration  were  implemented  on  the
 laboratory model. Since the objective of the
 LaSalle   Laboratory  was to  try  several
 different chamber configurations to achieve
 improved performance, no attempt  was made
 to  calibrate the mathematical model for the
 earlier  configurations.  However,  certain
 quantitative comparisons were  made  which
 closely  concurred  with  the flow  patterns
 observed by the laboratory.              ,
     At the beginning of the laboratory mddel
 development,  the  swirl  concentrator  was
 configured as shown in Figure 70.  Particmlar
 attention  is called  to  the  existence of the
 central standpipe and the  circular  overflow
 weir.  Figures,  77, 78,  and  79 show the
 streamlines,  tangential  and vertical velocity
 plots of this configuration as predicted by the
 mathematical model. A weir diameter of 46 m
 (15 ft) prototype scale and flowrate of 500
 I/sec (17.5 cfs) prototype scale, were assumed
 in these calculations.
     Figure  77  illustrates   the  cross  flow
 streamlines within the chamber.  The bottom
streamline represents one percent of the flow
which is withdrawn through the foul outlet at
the  base  of the  chamber. The remaining
streamlines which, enter beneath the skirt are
in even increments of 20 percent of the flow.
The  circular pattern  in the upper right hand
portion  of  the  cross  section  indicates a
clockwise  recirculation flow. The streamline
which outlines  the large  empty region under
the  weir  defines  a  counterclockwise
recirculation  region. The existence of  this
"dead" zone was confirmed in the laboratory
dye  studies.  The  majority  of the flow in
Figure 77 is seen to penetrate well into the
base of the separator before turning and rising
to the surface.  However, during its upward
passage, the flow tends to hug the outer walls,
creating (undesirable) high upflow velocities.
Furthermore,  a significant  fraction of the
flow turns immediately upward  after passing
under  the skirt,  and rises directly to the
surface,  constituting  a  hydraulic
"short-circuit."   The  existence  of  this
short-circuit was also  confirmed in the lab
experiments.
     The  upflow velocities at various vertical
elevations  in   the  chamber are plotted  in
Figure 79  as  a function of chamber radius.
Near the top of the  chamber (elevation  67 m
[22  ft]  prototype scale), the upflow velocity
is zero underneath the weir, and then rises to
a peak of about  1.5  cm/sec  (0.038 ft/sec).
The existence  of  the counterclockwise
recirculation  region  under  the  weir is
evidenced  by the negative values of upflow
velocity  near  the  inner standpipe.  At  an
elevation  of  51  m (16.7  ft), the upflow
velocity shown in Figure 79 is very high, 2.3
 cm/sec (0.075  ft/sec), because the rising fluid
 is  confirmed  to   a  small   annular region
 between the two recirculation zones shown in
 Figure 70.
     This large "dead" region under the weir is
 undesirable on two counts. First, it represents
 wasted volume, since no flow  enters or leaves
 this region, the dividing streamline could be
 replaced by a solid wall. Second, by reducing
 the effective upflow area, it results in a high
 upflow velocity which tends to entrain slower
 settling particles in the clean overflow.
     The  calculated tangential  contours are
 illustrated  in  Figure  78.  These can  be
                                          134

-------
100(3)
(10)
                                        200 (7)
                                            RADIUS cm (ft)
FIGURE 77  STREAMLINES FOR INITIAL LAB CONFIGURATION WITH CIRCULAR WEIR
                                   135

-------
I
                                   100
                                   (3)
200           300
(7)           (10)
 RADIUS cm (ft)
                                                                             =  0.8
                                                                             = 0.5
                                                                               0.3
                                                                               0.2
                                                                             = 0.1
                                                                             = 0.05
400
(13)
               FIGURE 78  TANGENTIAL VELOCITV CONTOURS FOR INITIAL LAB CONFIGURATION
                           WITH CIRCULAR WEIR
                                                   136

-------
CM
                                      oas/uiD AJLI0013A
                                          137

-------
compared with the velocities measured in \he
laboratories at various  radial cross  sectiqns.
The measured values are shown in Figures|49
to  56.   Since the  mathematical  model  is
axisymmetric, the calculated velocity contours
represent the average of the hydraulic model
results  over  the four measurement  cross
sections. The calculated values are presented
in terms of V/V0, where V0 is the tangential
velocity under the skirt. Since the vetocity
there is very nearly 30.5 cm/sec (1  ft/sec) in
the LaSalle results, the specified ratios can also
be interpreted directly  as velocities in cm/sec.
    A  comparison  of  Figure 78'  with ; the
hydraulic laboratory results indicates that the
magnitude  of the velocity  under the weir is
 correctly  reproduced  0.00033  to  0.00066
 cm/sec (0.1  to 0.2 ft/sec), but the velocity in
 the outer region near the skirt is too low. The
 calculated velocities decay too quickly with
 distance from the annular entrance under, the
 skirt. As a  consequence,  the  shape of the
 velocity profiles do not match the laboratory
 results  very  well.  The  reason  for jthis
 mismatch is that no calibration of the model
 parameters  was attempted. The calculations
 were based  on  the parameters  used in  the
 earlier study  of the  swirl concentrator as a
 combined  sewer overflow  regulator.1  The
 mismatch  of  the  calculated  tangential
 velocities  with  laboratory  results does  not
 appear to  affect  the calculated  streamline
 patterns,  which  were  verified in  the
 laboratory, or the conclusions of the study.
      In order to eliminate the  undesirable
 recirculation region under the weir, the design
 was modified in two  ways: the circular weir
 was  replaced with a  series of eight radial
  gutters,  and   the   central standpipe  was
  removed.  The  removal  of  the standpipe
  increases  the  available cross-sectional area,
  thereby lowering the average upflow velocity.
  The radial  gutter provides a more uniform
  withdrawal of the flow across the surface.
      The mathematical model results for the
  revised configuration  are illustrated in Figures
   80, 81, and 82.  The crossflow  streamlines
  shown  in  Figure  80 demonstrate  that the
  recirculation region has been  eliminated by
  the radial gutters providing a  more uniform
  upflow. However, contrary to expectation, a
  substantial  fraction  of the flow  underneath
 the skirt turns sharply and rises up the inner
 wall of the skirt, creating a partial short-circuit.'
 The existence of this unexpected flow pattern
 was also confirmed in laboratory studies.
     The clustering of the streamlines near the
 skirt results in relatively high upflow velocities
 in that region, as shown  in Figure 80. Note
 the sharp rise in velocities near the skirt at all
 elevations  greater  than  400 cm (13.1 ft).
 Nevertheless,  the maximum upflow velocity
 is less than half of  the values occurring in the
 earlier configuration, Figure  77, and over the
 majority  of  the cross section, the  upflow
 velocity is close to the theoretical lower limit
 for uniform upflow.
      The tangential velocity  contours  for the
 revised  configuration  are  shown in Figure
 81.  Laboratory  measurements  for  this
  configuration are not  available, so that direct
  comparison  is  not possible.  However, the
  vertical orientation of the velocity contours is
  in  better  qualitative  agreement  with the
  hydraulic   model   results  for  the  earlier
  configuration.

  Comparison of Math Model Particle Flow
  with Test Data
      a.  Particle  Paths:  The  motion  of par-::
  tides within the  swirl concentrator can be
  delineated  by  superimposing  the particle
  settling  velocity  on the  liquid flow
  streamlines. The resulting particle paths in a
  radial cross section of the separator  are then
  obtained  by plotting the  resulting particle
  stream  function.   The  results  of this
  calculation  for the initial  configuration are
  shown in Figure  83.  Only small differences
   between the particle paths, Figure 83, and the
   corresponding  liquid  flow  streamlines, Figure
   80,  are  apparent. The particles  appear  to
   penetrate further into the base of the separator
   as one would expect, and some of the particle
   paths terminate  on  the bottom, indicating
   settlement.  The dividing streamline between
   the material which settles out, and that which
   is entrained in the overflow is marked by the
   symbol (i*).
       Figure  83 also shows the existence of a
   particle  path  (symbol  0)  within  the closed
   recirculation region  under  the weir. This
•   particle path originates at the underside of the
   weir, and  is  a consequence  of assuming a
                                              138

-------
 600
 (20)
              100(3)
300(10)
400(13)
FIGURE 80  STREAMLINES FOR MODIFIED LAB CONFIGURATION
            WITH RADIAL GUTTERS AND STANDPIPE 'REMOVED
                            139

-------
                    100
                    (3)
200            300
(7) RADIUS cm (ft)  <10>
400
(13)
FIGURE 81 TANGENTIAL VELOCITY CONTOURS FOR MODIFIED LAB CONFIGURATION
          WITH RADIAL GUTTERS AND STANDPIPE REMOVED
                                   140

-------
141

-------
                       100(3)
^RADIUS cm (ft)300 «°>
                                                                400(13)
FIGURE 83  PARTICLE PATHS FOR INITIAL LAB CONFIGURATION WITH CIRCULAR
           WEIR AND PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY OF 0.05 cm/scsc (0.0016 ft/sec)
                                   142

-------
  settling  velocity  of  0.05  cm/sec  (0.0016
  ft/sec) everywhere so that particles appear to
  fall  through the  weir.  Because the weir is
  actually  a solid plate, the recirculation region
  under the weir (defined  by the symbol  t)
  would generally be devoid of particles, except
  for   those  scattered  into  this  zone  by
  turbulence.  This  phenomenon  is observed
  when operating the  laboratory  model with
  IRA-93 resin. As the material enters the skirt,
 it initially flows down toward the base of the
  separator, but then  tends to concentrate  in
 the outer area near the skirt as it rises upward.
 For a considerable period of time, the region
 under the weir remains void of particles.
    Particle  patfis  for the revised chamber
 configuration are shown  in Figures 84, 85,
 and 86. The total flowrate is 1 I/sec (0.034,
 cfs) (model scale) as before, but no  flow  is
 withdrawn from the bottom.
    In Figure 84, the settling velocity is 0.05
 cm/sec (0.0016 ft/sec), as in Figure 83 for the
 earlier configuration. Even  with the more
 uniform  upflow  velocity the  particles  in
 Figure 84' still concentrate near the skirt as
 they rise. Figure 85 also shows an interesting
 effect: as the  particles rising near the  skirt
 approach the  surface  they are  transported
 radially inward. They then tend to sink for a
 time before finally being  re-entrained in the
 overflow, (see particle path with symbol 0 in
 Figure 84). Again,  the  rising and  falling
 motion of individual particles near the surface
 has been observed in the lab studies.
    Figures 85  and 86   show  the r particle
 behavior at  progressively  larger  settling
 velocities. In Figure 85, the settling velocity
 of  0.252 cm/sec  (0.0083  ft/sec) is exactly
 equal  to  the  uniform upflow  velocity
 specified  at the  free surface. Consequently,
 none  of the particles can escape through the
 top. In Figure  86 the settling velocity of 0.3
 cm/sec (0.0098 ft/sec) exceeds the upflow
 velocity, and most of the particles drop like
 rocks  to  the  bottom. A  few, however, are
 entrained in the short-circuit hydraulic path
 up the inside of the skirt and tend to circulate
 within a confined region near the  outer wall.
     b.  Removal  Efficiency: Removal
efficiencies  were  computed  for the  final
laboratory  configuration  utilizing Equation
(55).
 Since  there was no  underflow for  the
 laboratory model runs, 17 was set equal to zero
 in Equation  (55). In order  to identify the
 value  ofws to associate with the laboratory
 material, the settling velocity distribution
 curves prepared by Beak were utilized. A wide
 variation in the  settling velocity of the resin
 was   observed.  Beak  reported  that these
 differences  are  attributable  to  different
 sieving  techniques,  and that  Run 3  is
 representative of the materials  employed by
 th? laboratory for the model testing. The data
 by  Beak were  used to  tabulate   a  step
 distribution for  use  with equation (55),  as
 presented in Table  23. Table 23 was prepared
 by dividing the abscissa axis of Beak's Figure
 10 into 10-percent segments, using the median
 settling  velocity  as representative  of each
 particle fraction.
    Using the settling velocity distributions of
 Table    23,   an   upper  limit  on   removal
 efficiency can be  predicted  from  equation
 (55) by computing a  removal efficiency for
 each 10 percent fraction, totalling the results
 and dividing  by  10.  The results  of this
 computation are  shown in the second column
 of Table  23.  If Run 3 is considered  as most
 typical for the material used in the laboratory
 model tests, the mathematical model predicts
 33.2 percent  removal as the maximum limit
 on the performance at the 0.5 I/sec flowrate
 for 100-200 mesh resin.
    The actual removal observed  by LaSalle/
 Hydraulic Laboratory  was about 50 percent.
 Four possible explanations for this apparent
 discrepancy between the mathematical model
 predictions and laboratory data  were offered,
    1.   Resin material may swell  on contact
        with  water, with   consequent
        variations in settling velocities.
    2.   Particles  may experience electrostatic
        attraction to the tank walls
    3.   Particles  may  not  be  completely
        dispersed as single particles.
    4.   Stratification may occur in the region
        under the  skirt,  giving  higher
        concentration  along  particle paths
        which reach the bottom.
    Subsequent investigations  have ruled out
possibilities  1-3.  However, measurements at
LaSalle have shown that stratification of the
material  does occur  under  the  skirt. The
                                          143

-------
                D
                19
                CD
            600 ID
            (20) rD
                CD
                CD
                §
               CD
               e
           500
           (16)
        *
        ~  400
        Z  (13)
        O
        i
 CD
 CD
 CD

 "s
 CD
 CD
— CD
 CD

  CD
        S    -•
        "       •
          300
          (10)
   CD
   a
   CD
          200
          (7)
          100
          (3)
                      CD
                      a
                                   GO
                          §
                          o
                          
-------
         600
         (20
         500
         (16
       C 400
       1 (13)
      IU
        300
        (10)
        200
        (7)
        100
        (3)
                                                                mm
         m
         I
         •
         m
        m
        m
        m
                        I
                    *     A  +
                    »      A  4-


                    1     * +
                    *     *  •*•
                                                          * *  m"
                                                          I	I
                      100(3)
200(7)         300(10)
    RADIUS cm (ft)
                                                               400(13)
FIGURE 85 PARTICLE PATHS FOR MODIFIED LAB CONFIGURATION WITH RADIAL
           GUTTERS AND STANDPIPE REMOVAL AT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY
           EQUAL TO AVERAGE UP FLOW VELOCITY OF 0.252 cm/sec (0.0083 ft/sec)
                                     145

-------
I
LU
                 100 (3!
400(13)
                                   200(7)        300(10)

                                     RADIUS cm (ft)

FIGURE 86 PARTICLE PATHS FOR CODIFIED LAB CONFIGURATION WITH RADIAL

           GUTTERS AND STANDPIPE REMOVED AT PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY

          OF 0.3 cm/sec (0.0098 ft/sec)
                              146

-------
                                      TABLE 23
                          PARTICLE SETTLING VELOCITY
                   DISTRIBUTION FOR 100-200 MESH IRA-93 RESIN
                                   (From Beak Report)
Particle
Class
90-100
80-90
70-80
60-70
50-60
40-50
30-40
20-30
10-20
0-10
median
settling
velocity
Particle Settling Velocity cm/sec (ft/sec)
Run 1 Run 2 Run 3
cm/sec ft/sec cm/sec ft/sec cm/sec ft/sec
0.051
0.037
0.031
0.0262
0.023
0.020
0.0165
0.011
X
X

0.0215

0.002
0.0012
0.001
0.0008
0.0007
0.0006
0.0005
0.0004
X
X

0.0007

0.130
0.083
0.050
0.043
0.032
0.022
0.01
X
X
X

0.026

0.004
0.003
0.002
0.0014
0.001
0.0007
0.0003
X
X
X

0.0009

0.102
0.079
0.052
0.050
0.042
0.034
0.028
0.020
0.012
X

0.038

0.003
0.0025
0.0017
0.0016
0.0014
0.0011
0.0009
0.0007
0.0004
X

0.0012

                                    TABLE 24
      PREDICTED  REMOVAL EFFICIENCY FOR 100-200 MESH IRA-93 RESIN
                                 (0.5 I/sec [0.02 cfs])
                                    Efficiency
                         	(Excluding annular area)
Settling Velocity
Distribution^
Revised Efficiency
(Including annular area)
      Runl
      Run 2
      Run 3
                               Percent
                               17.1
                               29.4
                               33.2
       Percent
       28.4
       48.4
       55.1
significance  of this finding is that the outer
annulus also acts as a settling chamber, so that
the projected base area, AB in equation (55),
should  include  the area  of the  annulus.
However,  the  stratification  in  the  outer
annulus will be  affected  by the rotational
velocity in the  annulus. Increasing the inlet
velocity (to prevent sedimentation in the inlet
sewer)  may  disrupt this  stratification  and
result in poorer performance.
    If the projected base area of the annulus
is included in the AB  term in equation (55),
substantially  greater removal  efficiencies
result, as given in the third column in Table
24.  The revised  result  from Run 3 is 55.1
percent  which is in close agreement with the
observed removal efficiency of 50 percent.
                                          To test the validity of the mathematical
                                       model further, the mathematical model was
                                       applied to the work of Bernard Smisson at
                                       Bristol, England. Mr. Smisson pioneered the
                                       application  of swirl  concentration  in
                                       Europe18 and has amassed data on the use of
                                       swirl  concentrators  for  primary
                                       sedimentation.  Through correspondence with
                                       Smisson, a summary of his results using'a 3.02
                                       m  (10 ft)  diameter  prototype chamber to
                                       settle activated sludge was obtained. A scatter
                                       diagram showing his  measured efficiencies
                                       Versus those calculated from equation (55) is
                                       shown  in Figure 87. Although substantial
                                       numbers  of his  data  points  fall  above  the
                                       theoretical upper limit, it is believed that this
                                       is due to the flocculent nature of the activated
                                         147

-------
                        2
                          Q
                      III
                      u o> f
                      s < *
                      111
                      « CM O
                     sift

                     !;.*!
                     S > S2
                               o o
       oo
            (&> Q)



       ooooooV oooo

            00




           00
                                               to
                                               o
                                           LU
                                           a.



                                           I
                                           o
                                           cc
                                           Q.
                                                   EO
                                                   co z
                                                 u. O S
                                                 LU co CC
                                                 Q £20
                          O u" Q-
                          ui O


                          °" o o

                            -H
                            CC LU

                            tK
                            S LU
                            OX
                            O I-
                                                   00


                                                   LU
                                                   DC


                                                   O
(0

O
in
o
        o


       AON3IOIJJ3
CO

o
                     148

-------
 sludge. The calculations are based on a settling
 velocity of 0.00182 cm/sec (0.0007 ft/sec),
 measured by  Smisson in a dilute suspension.
 In the actual unit, the high inlet concentration
 will  result in  substantial  increases in  the
 settling velocity due to agglomeration of the
 primary particles.  This possibly was noted by
 Smisson in his correspondence.
    Additional comparisons were made with
 Smisson's  results,  using  a 78  cm (30  in)
 diameter conical bottom  tank. In this work,
 Smisson employed polystyrene molding beads
 with settling velocity of 0.038 cm/sec (0.0146
 ft/sec). .Measured  separation   efficiencies
 ranged from 50 to 98 percent over a range of
 flowrates from 0.45 to 01.25 m3/sec (0.016 to
 0.044 ft3/sec). Equation  (55)   predicts a
 separation  efficiency  of 100 percent for this
 material  over  the  entire flowrate  range.
 Consequently,  this  model  configuration
 appears to be less efficient than the  version
 developed at  LaSalle Hydraulic  Laboratory,
 since  the latter gives separation efficiencies
 which are closer to the theoretical limit.
    The adjustment of AB in equation (55) to
include  the annulus  area was retained for all
subsequent comparisons with laboratory data,
 and  the  modified  equation was used  to
 conclude these data, as shown in  Figure 88,
 which   illustrates  the  observed  removal
 efficiencies as a function of the nondimensional
 settling   parameter  (wsAB/Q)  for  several
 modifications to the chamber geometry. The
 theoretical efficiency as predicted by equation
 (55)  is  also shown. Data points plotted as
 circles in  Figure  88 correspond to an early
 configuration using four radial gutters, with
 the central standpipe in place, and with  the
 original  10 x  10  cm (4 x 4  in) inlet sewer.
 Subsequently,  the four radial gutters were
 replaced with the 8-gutter configuration, with
 no standpipe.  At  the  same  time, the inlet
 dimensions were reduced to 6 x 6  cm (2.3 x
 2.3 in) to raise the inlet velocity in order to
 prevent settling in  the inlet sewer. Data points
 corresponding to this configuration are plotted
 with  triangles  in   Figure 88.  The  recovery
 efficiency with  thismodificationwassomewhat
 lower, probably due to the  higher velocity
 which tends to resuspend some of the sediment
 which  reaches  the  bottom.  In  the  final
 configurations,  the skirt diameterwas decreased
from  71 to 61 cm (2.33 to  2 ft), resulting
in somewhat better performance, 41 percent
    1001—
                                                               THEORY
                                                LEGEND

                                                  0-4 GUTTERS WITH STANOPIPE. 10 cm (4 in) INLET
                                                     71 cm (28 in) SKIRT

                                                  A - 8 GUTTERS, NO STANDPIPE, 6 cm (2.4 in) INLET
                                                     71 cm (28 in) SKIRT

                                                  Q - 8 GUTTERS, NO STANDPIPE. 6 cm (2.4 in) INLET
                                                     61 cm (24 in) SKIRT
	 1 	 L 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I | I | | | ,
, 1.0 "' 	
SETTLING PARAMETER
ws AB'
3.0

4.0
                 FIGURE 88  CORRELATION OF OBSERVED AND
                              THEORETICAL MODEL PERFORMANCE
                                          149

-------
versus   37  percent,  as  determined   with
IRP resin at 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs). However,
somewhat  poorer  performance  with  this
configuration was obtained using the Arizona
Road Dust, 28 percent versus 36 percent: In
all cases, the laboratory data fall on or below
the theoretical upper limit shown as a  solid
line in Figure 87. At high flowrates, where the
settling velocity is less than the overflow rate,
the laboratory  model closely approaches the
theoretical upper limit. At the lower flowrates,
larger   values  of  wsAB/Q,  the  laboratory
results fall substantially below the upper limit
due to increased  turbulent  diffusion  and
resuspension of bottom sediments.
    The data  shown in  Figure 88 include
results  with IRA-93 resin  with sieve  sizes
100-200  (standard  fraction) and  50-100
(coarser fraction). Results with the Arizpna
Road Dust are also included.             1
    Since the Arizona Road Dust has a Very
narrow range  of particle  sizes, the median
settling velocity can be used to arrive at an
approximate overall  removal  efficiency | for
the entire distribution. For example, using the
median, or 50  percent,  settling velocity  from
Figure  10  of the Beak report, a rempval
efficiency  of  36.6  percent is  obtained as
compared  to the 36.3 percent calculated by
dividing the  distribution of settling velocities
into 10 percent sections.                ;
    For the  Run 3, 100-200 mesh IRA resin
at  a flowrate  of 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs), the
medial  settling velocity of  0.037  cm/sec
(0.0012 ft/sec) yields  a calculated rempval
efficiency of 56.8 percent, as compared to the
55.1  percent calculated for the 10  percent
sections. Thus, for the  100-200 mesh IRA-93
resin, which also has a relatively narrow size
range  of 74  u to  149w, using  the median
settling velocity provides a good estimate of
the removal efficiency. This is an important
point,  since  it  will  facilitate  relating | the
removal efficiency observed in the laboratory
to the prototype design.

Effect of Scale on Chamber Performance
     The  objective  of the modeling  work
has been to provide  an indication  of hoW a
 prototype swirl concentrator can be expected
 to perform on actual sewage. To this end, it is
 necessary  to  understand the  limitations [and
    validity  of the  scaling laws. As  has been
    indicated,  chamber  sizes, flows and particle
    settling  velocities  are scaled to  represent
    prototype  units  utilizing  Froude number
    scaling.  This  scaling procedure works quite
    well  for fully turbulent flows, which tend to
    be  independent  of  Reynolds  Number.
    However,  it  was  noted  that while fully
    turbulent  flows can  be  anticipated  in the
    prototype units, the  flow observed  in the
    laboratory model at the lower flowrates was
    partly laminar. Thus, some can be anticipated
    in the flowfields of  the model and prototpye,
    especially  in  those  portions of the chamber
    where  laminar  flow  was  observed   in the
    model.
        Two approaches can be used to scale the
    removal efficiency. The most straightforward
    approach is to  use equation (55) directly to
    predict  the  removal  efficiency for a given
    overflow rate and prototype settling velocity.
    However,  this  equation neglects  turbulent
    resuspension  of  bottom  sediment  and,
    therefore,  will  always overpredict  the actual
    removal efficiency when  the particle settling
    velocity is lower than  the overflow rate. When
    the particle settling velocity is of the same
    magnitude  or larger than the overflow rate,
    equation (55) will overpredict the removal by
    a  considerable  amount.  Under  these
    conditions, the second approach,  using the
    laboratory  data,  should  provide a more
    realistic estimate of removal efficiency.
        The second approach is based  on the
    condition that the prototype unit will give the
    same removal  efficiency  as the   laboratory
    model if dimensions,  flows, and velocities are
    related  by  Froude number scaling. However,
    Froude  number  scaling also preserves the
    equality  of  wsAB/Q  in  the  model and
    prototype, so that
                                   prototype
    Therefore if the  non-dimensional  settling
    parameter (wsAB/Q) is calculated  for the
    prototype, the corresponding efficiency can
    be  determined  for the correlation  of lab
    data  in  Figure  26 •
        This  approach  also  overpredicts  the
    prototype removal  efficiency.  The  higher
    Reynolds Number in the prototype results in
150

-------
 greater turbulent  dispersion and particle re-
 entrainment, particularly at model flowiates
 less than 0.5 I/sec (0.018 cfs) where laminar
 flowoccursin the laboratory model. However,
 the removal efficiency as scaled from  the
 laboratory  model should be  closer to the
 prototype performance than  that  obtained
 from equation (55).
     The  importance of  characterising the
 settling properties of the sewage should be
 emphasized. The  data in the Beak report
 shows large variations in settling velocity
 distributions.  Since  the actual  sewage win
 have a wide band of  settling velocities, the
 settling  data should  be  divided into
 percentage  bands  and removal efficiencies
 computed separately for each band.
    Since  particle re-entrainment causes a
 lower removal efficiency, excessive buildup of
 sludge on the  bottom, if allowed, wM also
 cause reductions in removal efficiency.
    Flocculation effects are difficult to assess
 and can only be represented by obtaining the
 settling velocity distribution after flocculation
 has occurred, as described in earlier sections.

 influence of Geometric Variables
 on Chamber Performance
    The use of the radial gutter configuration,
 in  lieu of the circular weir, produced  a
 marked improvement in the performance of
 the device. This can be explained from the
 mathematical model results by comparing the
 vertical  velocity  profiles  for  the two
 configurations (Figures79 and 82).The radial
 gutters  resulted in  more  uniform  upflow
 velocities  near  the surface of the tank than
 with the circular weir. As a result, the average
 upflow velocity used in equation (55) is closer
 to the actual value  occurring at every point at
 the  chamber surface,  and  the  removal
 efficiency  more closely approaches the
 theoretical upper limit predicted by equation
 (55). It is desirable to  maintain this surface
velocity as uniform  as possible to minimize
particle entrainment and short-circuiting.
    A  second very important geometric
variable is the size of the annular region. At
the  flow  velocities  encountered  in the
laboratory model, this annular region served
as an additional area in which particle settling
could occur. In  order to insure  that the flow
 conditions in  the  prototype  unit  will also
 allow the annular region to participate  in
 particle settling it is necessary to insure that
 significant  particle resuspension and
 entrainment  does not  occur. Since the
 mechanism of particle entrainment and scour
 can be shown to depend  on the ratio of the
 particle settling velocity to the eddy viscosity,
 it is necessary to maintain similarity of this
 ratio between the model and  the prototype.
 For fully  turbulent  flows  which are
 independent of Reynolds Number, Froude
 Number scaling  wiH  preserve  this  ratio.
 However, some Reynolds Number, effects
 may  occur  in  this  annular region.  The
 tangential  flow  velocity in the annulus
 depends  upon  a  balance  of the  angular
 momentum of the entering fluid and the drag
 losses on the wafts of the annulus. Thus, if the
 inlet  sewer velocities  in the  model and
 prototype are related via the Froude Number,
 the  annulus velocity may not be so related
 because of differences in the drag losses at the
 different Reynold Numbers. The fact that the
 model Reynolds  Number  is  smaller  is
 counterbalanced by its smoother walls, so
 that, in  general, tne  Froude.  Number
 differences between the model and prototype
 should be small.
    Since the tangential  velocities in the
 annular region are higher than in the  main
 chamber, its efficiency as  a settling device  is
 probably less  than that of the inner region.
 Consequently,  increasing  the  size  of this
 region at the expense of the inner region
 could be expected to  result  in somewhat
 poorer performance. Enlargement of the
 annulus   should  also  result  in  somewhat
 greater tangential velocities for a given inlet
 sewer velocity, because the smaller surface
 area will cause lower drag losses. The larger
 tangential velocity will also tend to degrade
 the   performance  because  of increased
 resuspension of bottom sediment.
    However, as shown by the  data in Figure
 88, somewhat better performance is actually
 achieved with the 61 cm (2 ft) skirt than with
 the 71 cm (2.3 ft) skirt.  This may be the
result of  the  complex  flow patterns which
 develop in the annulus with the smaller skirt.
The  annulus  tangential  velocity  is  not
constant across the width of the annulus, but
                                        151

-------
contains an outer high velocity region and an
inner low velocity  region. This fact tends to
invalidate the heuristic arguments for poorer
performance noted above.
          DESIGN TECHNIQUES
    An  example will be given-to illustrate
how the results  of the mathematical model
can  be  applied to estimate  the  rernoval
efficiency of an actual prototype unit. The
following dimensions and design  flowrate
have been  assumed  for  a hypothetical
example.                            ;
    The  sewage settling velocity distribution
will be assumed to be that shown by the curve
in Figure 75. This curve has been reduced to
the step  distribution shown in  Table 25. The
theoretical upper limit of removal efficiency
of 46 percent was  calculated from equation
(55), with AB computed for the full 3.65 m
(12 ft) diameter, thus including the annular
region between  the skirt and wall of the
effective settling zone. For settling velocities
greater   than  the   up flow velocity  a  100
percent  removal efficiency was assumed. It
should be emphasized that the 46 percent is
a theoretical  upper limit on the  removal
efficiency  that  can be  obtained  with the
prototype unit.  If median particle settling
velocity of 0.055 cm/sec (0.0018 ft/sec) had
been used instead of the assumed distribution
function, equation (55) would predict 36.2
percent removal. This emphasizes the need to
have  a  good  definition  of the  settling
properties of the sewage.
    A  second  estimate  of the  prototype
removal efficiency  can  be obtained from the
performance curves for the laboratory model
as shown in Figure 88.  This figure shows the
removal  efficiency  measured  by  the
laboratory  for different  material settling
velocities  and  flowrates. To  provide  a
convenient  mechanism for   predicting
prototype removals,  the  data  have been
nondimensionlized and plotted as the removal
efficiency versus the  settling  parameter
wsAB/Q, where ws equals the particle median
settling  velocity  AB  equals  the  projected
cross-sectional area, and Q is  the volumetric
flowrate. Smooth curves (dash line) have been
drawn through the data points approaching a
horizontal asymptote  of  92.6.  The  92.6
percent removal represents the value observed
by the laboratory for the 150-300 mesh IRA
resin having a  settling parameter value of
6.85. This point is off the scale of Figure 88,
and is not shown.
                                    TABLE 25
              PREDICTED REMOVAL EFFICIENCY FOR HYPOTHETICAL
                 PROTOTYPE UNIT USING MATHEMATICAL MODEL
Percent Particles
of Settling Velosity
less than vs
95
85
75
65
55
45
35
25
15
5
Percent
Percent Particles Settling Velocity Removal as
of Settling Velocity vs Computed from
vs cm/sec (ft/sec) Equation (55)
10 ;
10
10 ;
10 i
10
10
10 :
10
10
10
0.31
0.22
0.16
0.11
0.07
0.04
0.02
0.003
(0.01)
(0.007)
(0.005)
(0.004)
(0.002)
(0.001)
(0.0007)
(0.00009)
Non-Settleable
Non-Settleable
10.0
10.0
10.0
7.2
4.6
2.6
1.3
0.1
0
0
                                  Total Predicted Removal
                      46.0%
                      Prototype     ?=  °-57 cfs =  0.004 fps (0.152 cm/sec)
                      Overflow Rage ,   00(6ft)2
                                          152

-------
    The solid line  shown in Figure  88
represents  the theoretical upper  limit  on
removal efficiency,  as calculated  from
equation (55). As noted earlier and confirmed
in  this  figure, there  is  close  agreement
between  the  laboratory  and mathematical
model   when the  settling  velocity  is
substantially less than the overflow rate, i.e.
values of the settling parameter less than 0.5.
    Since the  settling  parameter  used  in
preparing Figure  88  is  dimensionless,  the
curve representing  the  laboratory  data  in
Figure  88 is independent of scale. Therefore,
removal  efficiencies  as  predicted  by  the
laboratory data can be readily obtained from
Figure  88 by  entering  the  curve  with the
appropriate value of wsAB and Q. Using this
approach,  the  removal efficiencies for the
hypothetical example were recalculated using
the lower laboratory curve in Figure 88. The
results are tabulated in Table 26,  Predicted
Removal  Efficiency for Hypothetical
Prototype Unit Using Laboratory Data. The
total  removal  efficiency obtained  from the
laboratory curve is 34.7 percent, as compared
to the 46 percent theoretical upper limit.
    As noted earlier, both the mathematical
model  and the laboratory data will tend  to
overpredict the prototype removal efficiency.
Consequantly,  it  may be  wise  to  make
allowance for this by increasing the assumed
design  flowrate  by  a safety factor  when
calculating predicted removal efficiencies.
                                    TABLE 26
                     PREDICTED REMOVAL EFFICIENCY FOR
                     HYPOTHETICAL PROTOTYPE UNIT USING
                                LABORATORY DATA
% Particles
of Settling
Velocity
Vs
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Prototype Settling
Velocity
cm/sec (ft/sec)
0.31 (0.01)
0.22 (0.007)
0.16 (0.005)
0.11 (0.004)
0.07 (0.002)
0.04 (0.001)
0.02 " (0.0007)
0.003 (0.00009)
Non-Settleable
Non-Settleable
Settling
Parameter
VsAB

Q
2.04
1.45
1.05
0.72
0.46
0.26
0.13
0.01


Removal
Weighted
From
Figure
8.2
7.4
6.3
5.1
3.8
2.5
1.3
0.1
0
0
                                    Total Predicted Removal    34.7
                                        153

-------
a     =     mean radius, acceleration
A     =     area
GO    =     initial particle concentration
C     =     particle concentration
E     =     efficiency
•g     =     unit vector               ;
/     =     nondimensional stream function
F     =     particle mass flux          ]
g     =     gravitational acceleration   :
G     -     nondimensional   tangential
            velocity function
G'    =     shear rate of flow        ;
/     =     mixing length
L     =     reference length
JVop   =     total particle concentration
My   =     particle collision rate
n     =     particle  number density; particle
            distribution function
n     =     unit normal vector
p     =     pressure
Q    =     volume flowrate
R    =     ws&nnjep
Re   =     Reynolds number
r     =     radial coordinate; particle radius
S     =     scaling factor
Sg    =     specific gravity
t     =     time
"re/  =     reference velocity
u     =     radial velocity component
v     =     particle volume
v     -     tangential velocity component
w    =     vertical velocity component
ws   =     particle settling velocity
w    =     average upflow velocity
Z    =     depth  location  of  column
            sampling port            ,
   z
   e

   1
   r
   V
   I

   p
   a
   e
   CO
   Subscripts
   in,
axial coordinate
eddy viscosity
particle eddy diffusivity
energy dissipation per unit mass
nondimensional axial coordinate
vorticity;  underflow/overflow
ratio
molecular viscosity
kinematic viscosity
nondimensional radial coordinate
(r/L)
liquid density
standard deviation
volume fraction of particles
scale size
stream function
nondimensional  distribution
function
reference frequency
nondimensional  vorticity
function
boundary value, or bottom
value  at  point  adjacent  to
boundary
inflow
liquid
particle
    Superscripts
               vector quantity
154

-------
                                    REFERENCES
 1.  American Public Works Association, "The
    Swirl Concentrator as a Combined Sewer
    Overflow Regulator."  EPA  Report No.
    EPA£R 2- 72-008, NTIS No.  PB 214134,
    Sept. 1972
 2.  Camp, Thomas  R., "Sedimentation and
    the Design  of  Settling  Tanks," Trans
    ASCE; Vol HI, 1946 (pp 895-958)
 3.  Saffman, P.O., and Turner, J.S., "On the
    Collision of Drops in Turbulent Clouds,"
    /.  Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 1,  1956 (pp
    16-30)
 4.  Swift, D.L., and Friedlander, S.K., "The
    Coagulation  of  Hydrosols by  Brownian
    Motion  and Laminar  Shear Flow," /.
    Colloid Set, Vol. 19, 1964 (pp 621-647)
 5.  Levich,  V.G.,  Psycho chemical
    Hydrodynamics,  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,
    Englewood  Cliffs,  N.J.,  1962  (pp 175,
    219)
 6.  Ives, K.J.,  and Bhole, A.G.,  "Theory of
    Flocculation   for  Continuous Flow
    System," Proc. ASCE, J.  Env. Eng. Div.,
    Bol 99,  No. EE1,  Feb. 197.3 (pp 17-34)
 7.  Hidy,  G.M., "On  the  Theory  of the
    Coagulation of Noninteracting Particles in
    Brownian Motion," /. Colloid ScL, Vol.
    20,  1965 (pp 123-144)
 8.  Gemmel,  R.S.,  "Some   Aspects  of
    Orthokinetic   Flocculation,"  thesis
    presented  to  .Harvard  University,  at
    Cambridge,  Mass,  in  1963, in  partial
    fulfillment  of the requirement for the
    degree of Doctor of Philosphy.
9.  Fair,  G.M., and  Gemmel, R.S.,  "A
    Mathematical Model of Coagulation," /.
    Colloid ScL, Vol. 19, 1964 (p 360)
10. Friedlander,  S.K.,  "Similarity
    Consideration  for  the  Particle-Size
    Spectrum of a  Coagulating, Sedimenting
    Aerosol,"/. Meteorology, Vol. 17, No. 5,
    Oct. 1960 (pp 80-84)
11. Chen, Cheng-lung, "Sediment Dispersion
    in  Flow  with  Moving  Boundaries," /.
    Hyd.  Div.,  Proc. ASCE, Vol. 97, No.
    HY8,Aug. 1971 (pp 1181-1201)
12. Reynolds, A.J., "Waves  on  the Erodible
    Bed of an Open Channel," /.  Fluid Mech.,
    Vol. 22, Part  1,  1965 (pp 113-133)
13. Hyashi, T., "Formation of Dunes and
    Antidunes  in Open Channels," /.  Hyd.
    Div., Proc. ASCE,  Vol. 96, No. HY2, Feb.
    1970 (pp 357-366)
14. Kennedy, J.F., "The Mechanics of Dunes
    and  Antidunes  in  Erodible -  Bed
    Channels,"/. Fluid Mech., Vol 16, Part 4,
    1963  (pp 521-544)
15.  Engelund,  F.,  "Instability  of  Erodible
    Bed," /.  Fluid  Mech., Vol. 42, Part  2,
    1970  (pp 225-244)
16. Smith, J.D.,  "Stability  of  a Sand Bed
    Subjected to a Shear Flow of a Low
    Froude Dumber," /. Geophy. Res., Vol.
    75, No. 30, Oct. 1970 (pp 5928-5940)
17. Gradowczyk,  M.H., "Wave  Propagation
    and Boundary Instability in Erodible Bed
    Channels," /. Fluid Mech., Vol. 33, Part
    1, 1968 (pp 93-112)
18. Smisson, B.,  "Design, Construction, and
    Performance of Vortex  Overflow,"
    Symposium on Storm Sewage Overflows;
    Institute of Civil Engineers, 1967.
                                       155

-------
                                     APPENDIX C

   SETTLEABILITY TESTS AND HYDRAULIC CHARACTERIZATION OF A PILOT
 (WITH REAL SEWAGE) SWIRL SEPARATOR AS A PRIMARY TREATMENT FACILITY
    This appendix reports the results of the
characterization of the settling properties of
combined  sewer  overflow currently  being
used  in  studies  designed  to  evaluate  the
efficiency  of the  pilot swirl as a  primary
separator.  During two  storm events in jFune
1975, the suspended solids concentration in
the  influent  channel  of  the  Humber
Treatment Plant (Metropolitan Toronto)  was
found  to  increase  to about 600  mg/1. A
distinct improvement in the settleability  was
found  even  after peak flows had occurred.
The settling characteristics of the combined
overflow was very similar to the Amberlite
IRA-93 anion exchange resin developed for
laboratory  scale  studies  conducted  in  an
earlier phase of this project.1
    Hydraulic characterization of the swirl
separator and the primary clarifier used in this
study  were  conducted using  a dye  tracer
response  technique.  The hydraulics of  the
swirl separator was found to be more closely
related to plug flow regime than the primary
clarifier. Theoretically, the closer to  a plug
flow mixing regime, the better should  be the
solids removal efficiency.
    The apparent  decrease in active vojume
and the shift toward plug flow which  occurs
as flow to the swirl increases, suggests that the
swirl separator should respond well as a solids
separator for combined sewer storm  flow in a
sewage treatment plant.

         SETTLEABILITY TESTS
    A pilot, swirl  separator has been
constructed  at the Humber Treatment Plant
operated  by  Metropolitan  Toronto.
Comparison  studies  of  the  removal
efficiencies of suspended  solids in the pilot
swirl separator  and primary  clarifier were
conducted during periods of normal flow and
also during periods of storm flow. As part of
these studies,  Beak  Consultants 'Ltd.,
conducted settleability tests of the combined
storm flow  and  compared  the  hydraulic
characteristics of the two settling devices.
Methods for Characterization of Settleability
    The settling characteristics of the storm
flow solids were measured on two separate
occasions  during the month of June  1975.
Samples  were collected  in  the influent
channel of the primary clarifier. Samples were
collected by  the  plant  operators  during
periods of increased flow as a result of storm
flow entering the plant. Arrangements  were
made to sample the influent  during rising,
peaking,  and falling  flows.  The  collected
samples were picked up from the plant by
Beak and all settling tests were  conducted
within 18 hours of sampling.
    Both storm  events in June occurred in the
late  evening when the plant flow  was  about
1,748 I/sec (40 mgd). Daily average plant flow
is approximately 3,058  I/sec (70 mgd). The
first event studied occurred at 2300 hours on
June 4th, continued three  hours until  about
0200 hours on  June 5th. The peak flow was
5,462 I/sec (125 mgd) during this event.
    On June 16,  a shorter,  more intense
storm  increased plant  flows  from 2200  to
2300 hours producing a peak of 6,816 I/sec
(156 mgd).  In  addition to the collection of
rising,  peaking, and  falling stages  in the
primary influent channel, the influent to the
swirl separator  was  tested  for settleability at
peak  flows. The  swirl  influent and the
primary  clarifier influent differ only by the
fact that the swirl influent is pumped out of
the  primary  influent channel. This pumping
step is the only difference  between the waste
received by each settling device.
    The  samples were tested for settleability
using the same method used by Beak in its
previous study.1 This method is described in
Exhibit 1 of this appendix.

Discussion of Settling Results
    The  results of  the  settleability tests are
presented in Figures 89 and 90.  The solids
settling characteristic of the combined sewer
flow is expressed as the percent removal of
suspended solids as a function of the upflow
                                         156

-------
                                        EXHIBIT 1

                           SETTLING COLUMN TEST METHODS


 Procedure
     The test column consists of a 2.03 m (6.66 ft) high, 20 cm (8 in) diameter, Plexiglas® cylinder
 with sampling ports as 1  ft increments. The bottom of the cylinder is fitted with a water-tight base
 .30.5 cm (1 ft) diameter, to give a stable base during the test run.
     Where possible,  a 56.7  1  (15 gal)  sample should be  collected and  the settling  test run
 immediately to prevent any changes in the sample. The most important variable is temperature and
 where possible, the test should be performed before any great change occurs. In most cases it is not
 practical (or meaningful) to attempt to adjust  the sample temperature  to that of the  ambient
 temperature where the test is being performed. The temperatures of the sample in  the column
 should be  recorded at the  start and the finish of the test  run. The samples should be mixed
 thoroughly and dumped  into the test column as quickly as  possible. To make sure of thorough
 mixing m  the column, a hand-made plunger was used to agitate the contents throughout the depth
 of the  column The timer is then  started and the column is  sampled at  each port immediately
 Starting irom  the top of the column, the ports sampled are at the  30.5, 61, 91,  122  152 5 and
 167.8 cm (1,2, 3, 4, 5, and 5.5 ft) levels.
     These "time zero" samples are  averaged to provide the initial suspended solids  of the sample in
 the column. The column is then  sampled from each port at convenient time intervals The suggested
 intervals are: 10, 20, 40, 60, 80,  100, and 120 minutes.                           '
     The samples withdrawn from each sample port (except the bottom one) should be  collected in
 small containers (approximately  500 ml) to be analyzed for suspended solids. Care must be taken to
 flush out each sample port before the sample is taken. The filter paper used for  this analysis should
 be Whatman GF-C or equivalent.
     The depth of liquid in the column should be recorded initially and  after each set of  samples has
 been removed.  It is more convenient to measure all depths from  the top of the column
 *  . T£f. per
-------
    100-
    90-
  o
 V)
 •a
  03
 •o
  I
  W
80-
     70-
EC  60-
     50-
            LEGEND
             © Rising Storm
             Q Peaking before Pump
             & Falling Storm
                             INITIAL SUSP. SOLIDS
                                  538 mg/l
                                  516 mg/l
                                  627mg/l
      0.002
      0.00079
              0.004
             0.0016
                         0.006
                        0.0024
	1	1	
 0.008  ;0.01
 0.0031 0.0039
 0.02
0.0079
0.03
0.012
0.04
0.016
                                                                      o.os
                                                                      0.024
0.08
0.032
0.1
0.039
                                 Overflow Rate cm/sec (in/sec)
FIGURE 89  SETTLING VELOCITY CHARACTERISTICS - HUMBER TREATMENT PLANT
             Storm Flow June 5,1975
     90-
  •s
  w
  •O  80-
  *
  I
  3
  s™
  •ra
   I
  CC
 60-
      50-
      LEGEND
      o Rising Storm
      n Peaking after Pump
      13 Peaking before Pump
      & Falling Storm
                                INITIAL SUSP,SOLIDS
                                   1  327 mg/l
                                     287 mg/l
                                     494 mg/l
                                     605 mg/l
       0.002
      000079
                                              0.02
                                             0.0079
                                                         0.03
                                                        0.012
                                 0.04
                                0.016
                      0.06
                     0.024
                    0.08
                   0.032
                   0.1
                   0.039
                	1	1	1	1	
                    0.004     0.006  0.008  0.01
                   0.0016    0.0024 0.0031 0.0039
                                     Overflow Rate cm/sec (in/sec)
FIGURE 90 ..SETTLING VELOCITY CHARACTERISTICS - HUMBER TREATMENT PLANT
             Storm Flow June 16,1975
                                          158

-------
 velocity or overflow rate in a settling device.
 During the storm of June 5, 1975, suspended
 solids were found to increase from 538 mg/1
 to  627  mg/1.  The  settleability  of the
 combined  sewage flow improved as the storm
 progressed. In  fact,  the  predicted percent
 removal for a given overflow rate is greater for
 the combined sewage during the falling storm
 hydrograph compared  to  the  peak  flow
 condition.  For  a  constant overflow rate of
 20 I/sec (0.45 mgd) or  162 m3/day/m2 (4,000
 gpd/ft2), the predicted percent solids removals
 are  74, 76, and 81 percent respectively for
 rising, peaking, and falling storm events.
    The second storm  monitored was shorter;
 however,   the  storm  was  more  intense,
 producing  a larger peak  flow. The suspended
 solids concentration  increased from 327 mg/1
 to  494 mg/1  to 605  mg/1 as the  storm
 progressed  through  the  rising, peaking,  and
 falling stages. For a constant overflow rate of
 20 I/sec (0.45 mgd),  the predicted percent
 solids removal  is 60, 80, and  83 percent
 respectively for rising,  peaking,  and falling
 storm conditions.
    A sample of the peaking flow after the
 lift pump  to  the  swirl separator had  lower
 suspended  solids  and  poorer  settling
 characteristics  than  the  sample  collected
 before  the  pump.   In  fact,  the  settling
 properties  of the sample taken after the pump
 appears to  be similar to the rising flow sample
 prior to the pump.  Although this indicates
 that the pump changed the characteristics of
 the effluent, we do not believe that this is the
 correct conclusion. First, the suspended solids
 concentration should not change as a result of
 pumping. The fact that samples taken before
 and  after  the lift pump were  different  in
 suspended  solids,  suggests that  the samples
 were not of the same material.
    In  addition,  during this short, intense
 storm,  lasting only  one hour, the influent
 varied in quality and  quantity over a brief
 period.  The influent appeared to  change in
 character significantly  between the time the
 samples  were  collected, before  and after
pumping. As the solids concentration  in the
after pump  sample is similar to the rising storm
condition sample, and the settleability charac-
teristics are  identical, the pump did not appear
to affect the settling properties of the solids.
 Conclusions on Settleability
     The  combined  sewer overflow events at
 the Humber Treatment Plant resulted in  an
 increase in the suspended solids concentration
 and an improvement in the settling velocity
 characteristics of the waste. The solids in the
 influent  were most settleable as the storm
 progressed through the rising, peaking, and
i falling stages. For the seven tests conducted,
 between  60  to 83 percent of the solids had a
 settling  velocity of  0.2 cm/sec  (0.00656
 ft/sec), or more. In comparison,- the IRA 93
 resin simulated sewage developed by Beak for
 laboratory scale  studies of the swirl separator,
 gave  a  range of removals  from  56  to 75
 percent  for  overflow  rates  of  0.2  cm/sec
 (0.00656 ft/sec). Thus, the simulated material
 used in the laboratory scale studies appears to
 have  very closely  approximated  the  actual
 solids in combined sewer overflows.

     HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS
     Removal of  "suspended" material from a
 water, solids mixture may be accomplished in
 many  ways familiar to sanitary engineers. The
 swirl  separator,  like the  traditional primary
 clarifier,  accomplishes this using gravitational
 force  to help remove the fraction of influent
 solids  which  are  settleable.  However, the
 hydrodynamic forces, due to the  movement
 of the fluid in the vessel, are used to enhance
 the removal in the case of the swirl separator,
 whereas  in  the  conventional  clarifier,  any
 hydrodynamic forces are  "designed out"  as
 the  resulting turbulence tends to re-suspend
 settled material. To more fully understand the
 nature of the hydraulic regime governing the
 hydrodynamic  forces  present  and to
 "characterize" the vessels into a sequence of
 interconnected compartments, each governed
 by  well  understood  flow patterns,  tracer
 studies using fluorescent dye were conducted
 on the swirl  at various flowrates and on the
 battery of parallel  primary  clarifiers.  The
 technique used is  standard to  chemical
 engineering and involves the injection of a dye
 into the  feed stream of  the vessel, and the
 subsequent monitoring of the dye  in the
 effluent as a function  of time. Starting with
 an initial pulse of dye, the degree of mixing in
 the vessel may be deduced by matching the
 resultant output dye trace to the pattern that
                                          159

-------
would  result  from  a model comprised, of
segments  or  compartments,  in  which  ithe
mixing is well understood and the output dye
trace well  known. Once the vessel has been
characterized into a series of ideal tanks or
reactors, it becomes possible to compare ;the
behavior of the vessel to that expected using
classical settling theory.

Methods for Hydraulic Characterization
    The  flow  into   the  vessel  under
investigation is  maintained  as  uniform as
possible to ensure that the tank hydraulics are
in steady state.                         !
    A pulse of conservative dye is injected
into the inlet  stream to  the vessel in such a
way that the dye becomes as well  mixed as
possible across the influent stream.        ;
    A time base is maintained throughout the
investigation with zero time being the instant
the  dye  is  injected.  To ensure  that  'the
effluent dye trace is  measuring the hydraulics
of the vessel and not  the inlet/outlet channels,
effects  due to the latter are eliminated by
injecting and monitoring the dye as close to
the vessel as practical.  As the pulse of  dye
moves through the vessel, the hydrodynamic
regime alters the profile of the dye pulse and
the monitoring station downstream measures
the shape of the dye trace or distribution as a
function of time. The alteration  of the  dye
trace  from a  pulse having  essentially ,no
distribution into the  final shape at the outiet
monitoring  point may  be   interpreted
mathematically to yield  some hypothetical
network of ideal  tanks. In the present stujdy,
the mathematical analysis took the  form of
variance  analysis   rather  than  the more
involved  minimization  of square  error.
Rhodamine WT®  was used as the conservative
tracer and  was  analyzed in the  form  of
discrete  samples,   each  taken  at  a
predetermined  time,  using fluourometric
methods. To remove  interferences due to the
sewage, a  blank sample was run through the
fluorometer to establish base line calibration. •

Discussion of Hydraulic Results
    Details of the statistical techniques used
to fit the models  to  the data are contained in
Exhibit 2. The parameter estimates are in
Table 26. Plots of the dye traces obtained  and
 the fitted models  are shown in Figures 91
 through 96. Examination of the experimental
 residence times shows that in  each case the
 theoretical  residence  time  of  the  swirl
 separator, based on  the calculated volume,
 was greater than that exhibited by  the tracer
 and that the  difference  decreased with flow
 based on three data points as shown in Figure
 97. This would indicate that as flow increases,
 the degree of  short-circuiting  increases or
 conversely that as flow increases, the portion
 of the total volume available for flow through
 decreases. The battery of six parallel, primary
 clarifiers  showed 60  percent increase in the
 measured  detention   time  indicating  a
 significant amount of recirculation within the
 tanks, and/or  an imbalance in the splitting of
 the flow between tanks.
    The fitted parameters showed that in all
 cases, the swirl  separator behaved more as
 plug  flow than did the primary clarifier and
 that  as  flow  increased,  the swirl  separator
• shifted more toward the plug flow regime, but
 even  at high flow, remained less well mixed
 than  the primary  tanks. The  model fitting
 indicated the  general trend  of mixing within
 the vessels and the fittings procedure used was
 not intended  to provide a statistical criteria
 through which the best fit could be obtained.
 The variation in number of tanks in  sewer (AT)
 and axial dispersion coefficient CD) are indic-
 ative of  the same  trends in mixing  and are
 equally useful in generalizing the hydraulics of
 the vessels.

 Conclusions on Hydraulic Characteristics
    The results of the tracer study show that
 the hydrodynamics of the swirl separator lie
 more toward the plug flow regime of mixing
 than  do the primary  clarifiers.  The apparent
 decrease  in active volume and shift toward
 plug  flow which  occurs as the flow increases
 in  the swirl concentrator would indicate  that
 the quiescent  cone of fluid along the axis of
 the swirl may increase with increasing flow.
    Removal  efficiency decreases  as  the
 mixing regime shifts from plug flow to  well
 mixed. The results of the tracer study would
 predict that the  swirl, being closer to  plug
 flow in all cases tested, would accomplish the
 same removal as the primary clarifiers but at a
 significantly higher upflow velocity or surface
                                          160

-------
                                           TABLE  27
                          MODEL FITTED PARAMETER ESTIMATES
                                 Axial Dispersion
                    Tanks in Series
Dimensionless


Settling Device
Swirl Primary
Swirl Primary
Swirl Primary


I/sec
22.2
16.5
10.4

Flow
mgd
0.51
0.38
0.24

Variance
T 2
Te
0.28
0.37
0.36
Dispersion
Number
D/uL1
0.17
0.24
0.23
Number of
Tanks in Series
N2
3.6
2.7
2.8
Actual Mean3
Residence Time
Tact (min)
6.4
13.8
21
Theoretical4
Residence Time
Tth (min)
13.4
18.0
28.5
  Primary Clarifier  4.785   110
0.52
0.43
1.9
75.8
47.3
  the lower the dimensionless dispersion number, the lesser the mixing in the vessel. Good settling practice minimizes the axial
 dispersion.
  the more tanks in series, the less short-circuiting and mixing in the vessel. Good settling practice minimizes short-circuiting and
 mixing.

  "^actless tnan ^tfiis indicative of a dead volume zone

 4Tfft less than tact is indicative of recirculation within the vessel
                                          EXHIBIT 2

                     DESCRIPTION OF HYDRAULIC MIXING MODELS
    IP this study, the swirl separator and the primary clarifier hydraulic characteristic have been
fitted to  two models. These are the axial dispersion model and the equal tank-in-series model.
Tables 28 and 29 describe these models.
    The degree  of mixing in  the  axial dispersion model is described by  the axial dispersion
coefficient or  the axial  dispersion  number (D/uL). Where  D = the axial dispersion coefficient
(m2/sec);  u =  fluid velocity in the  vessel; L = length of vessel.  For best settling conditions in a
vessel, this number should be minimized.
    Mixing in tanks-in-series model is described by the number of tanks in the series (N). For best
settling conditions in a vessel, N should be maximized.
                                              161

-------
r
                   Exhibit 2 (Cont'd)
          TABLE 28
THE AXIAL DISPERSION MODEL
                              THE
                            MODEL
                                                                                      I
                                               L = length of vessel (m)
                                               u = avg. fluid velocity in vessel (m sec"1 )
                                               D = axial dispersion coefficient (m sec )
                                               Pe = Peclet number = uL/D
                         RESIDENCE
                            TIME
                        DISTRIBUTION
                                                                   E(0)  = rE(t)
                                              E(t) =JPe_ expF  Pe (2- tjl^
                                              +  exp   —
[T«-<>
 Xksin (2Xk>

\2 + Pe2 + Pe
      4     4
                                               exp
                                                       Pe
                                              where A  are the positive nontrivial roots of the transcendental equation:
                                                    •K    i
                                                     tan
                                                                     Pe
                                              These may be obtained by defining j3n  = X2n_i


                                              and Tn  = X2n where the ]3n and  Tn  are the positive roots of the

                                              transcendental equations:
                                              tan /J = Pe
                                                      4/3  ,
                     and
                               cot X = P!_
                                       4X
                          VARIANCE
           = 2(2.)  -  2(2.)2    1_e
               uL     uL   |_
                                                                                    _(uL,
                                                               162

-------
Exhibit 2 (ContU)
               TABLE 29
THE EQUAL TANKS-tlM-SERIES MODEL
       THE
      MODEL
    RESIDENCE
      TIME
   DISTRIBUTION
                        Q
                                                 00 V
                                                                ixr-1
                                          ~t
                                         oo V
                                                     N
                                                      i
   oo V
     Q= flow/rate (mgd)

     Number of tanks = N
     Volume of tanks = V
     Individual vessel residence time = T = VV'Q min
                                                                  V = total active volume
                                                                     = N. V (gal)
                           overall mean residence time =TT = N min    T
                                             E(fl)  = rE(t)
      E(t) =
                                      (N-t)l
                                           exp
[-Nt
^T
    TRANSFER
     FUNCTION
                                               N
     VARIANCE
                                        163

-------
1,2-


1.0-
S
"us
0.8-
.0
1
£ 0.0-
o
g>
D) __
in 0,ij —
-
0.2-

0


1.2-

1.0-
UJ
I 0.8-
O
1 -
|0.6-
&
.t;
X
m 0.4-

0.2-


0













a












f



r
\
\ !
\
\
\
\ v Primary Clarifier QT = 481 I/sec (110 mgd)
\
\
X<
' iiY\ A Sw'rl Primary Separator — 22.3 I/sec (0.51 mgd)
/ / V1 fiv ; ° Swirl Primary Separator - 16.6 I/sec (0.38 mgd)
J / »V\ B Swirl Primary Separator - 10.5 I/sec (0.24 mgd)
f / \\ V
/ A ^
I \ V. \
i \
r \\
II Vx
In ^>-Os.
II ~^f***°^=?-—
ju a^^ Q ^
L ' i —
' \ 2 3
Dimensionless Time (9 )
FIGURE 92 RESIDENCE TIME DISTRIBUTION
: 164

-------
     1.0-
«  0.8-]
_O
"•P
|


S  0.6 H
    0.4-
    0.2-
                    \\
                                    0  Swirl Primary Separator - 22.3 I/sec (0.51 mgd)
                                     	Tanks in Series
                                     	Dispersed Plug Flow
                            \
                             \
                               \
                                .\
                                  *
                                   \
                                    \
                                      \
                                       \°

                           Dimensionless Time' (6 )
                   FIGURE 93   FITTED RESPONSES
 C
 O
a
I
*j
'5<
ui
    1.0-
    0.8-
    0.6-
   0.4-
   0.2-
/\
                                   Swirl Primary Separator -
                                   __ Tanks in Series
                                      Dispersed Plug Flow
                                                    16.6 I/sec (0.38 mgd)
                        \\
                         \\

                                  ^
                                     \
                            Dimensionless Time (d)

                   FIGURE 94  FITTED RESPONSES
                                165

-------
   1.0-
ui
 I

&  0.6-
S
Q
.*•  0.4
X
UJ
   0.2-
/
Jl
II
1 I
l!
1 1
il
ii
i
>'
— •&
Y \ o Swirl Primary Separator ,-10.5 I/sec (0.24 mgd)
\ \ . 	 Tanks in Series
\ v . 	 Dispersed Plug Flow
\ \
\ V
\ \
\ \
\ \
\ \
\ X.

•^ ^^*^^^ 0
*** *"*•••. ^*"** ****••••, •

                         1                   2
                            Dimensionless Time (6).
                     FIGURE 95 FITTED RESPONSES
   1.2-

1.0-
/— *
S>
UJ
I
n 0.8-
1
5 0.6-
%
<
+*
'5<
UI
0.4-




0.2-




0







^







J
/



^/^^v
/ \ ? ; PRIMARY CLARIFIERQ-,. =481 I/sec (110 mgd)
/ \ -—- Tanks in Series
/ \ ____ ' Dispersed Plug Flow
I ^7 \.
/ \
I f "^^v \
| / V \ \
1 ' \ \
1 I ^ \ \
1 •. \\
1 \ \
\ \
* \ \
/ \ \
\ \
I : \ * \
S ^v.
S ^^"Sw.
\^ ^«v>^
**>"-^ ">*^-^.
"*""—--«. "^~~-— "«,'

II '
1 2 3
                            Dimensionless Time (0)
                     FIGURE 96  FITTED RESPONSES
                                    166

-------
            60-
                                                            y =-0.39+ 90.76 x
                      Q.1
                              0.2
0.3
FLOW I/sec (mgd)
                                                        o.5
       FIGURE  97  PERCENT DEAD VOLUME VERSUS FLOW, SWIRL SEPARATOR  i
overflow rate. Using the Froude Number in a
dynamic similarity projection, there is a limit
to the size of prototype swirl unit which will
perform as well as the scale model tests. To
compensate for the scale effects as the size is
      increased, it may be necessary to change!the
      dimensions   of  the chamber,  such as ; the
      diameter of the inner skirt baffle and ;the
      baffle clearance, and  to  control  the weir
      overflow rate.
                                    REFERENCES
1.   Dalrymple, R.J., etal. Physical and Settling
    Characteristics  of Particulates in Storm
    and Sanitary Waste Waters, EPA Report
         No. EPA 670/2-75-011
         242001, April, 1975
NTIS No. PB
                                       167

-------
                     APPENDIX D
              'PILOT TEST RESULTS

                         TABLE  30
            DRY-WEATHER TEST SCHEDULE
                               Test No.        Test No.
                              Swirl Cone.     Primary Tank
           Test              Inlet   Outlet   Inlet   Outlet
Settleable Solids
Total Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
Fixed Suspended Solids
Temperature
PH
BODS :
COD
1
3
5
7
—
—
g
11
2
4
6
8
.-
—
10
12
16
18
20
22
24
25
26
28
17
19
21
23
—
_
27
29
 Sludge Solids Concentration
 Sludge Volume
             Sludge
               13
               14
Sludge
  30
  31
Total Daily Flow
            Sewage
               15
Sewage
  32
Tests 1, 2, 16, 17
Tests 3 thru 8
    18 thru 23
 Test 24
 Test 25
 Tests 9, 10, 26, 27

 Tests 11, 12, 28, 29
 Tests 13, 14, 30, 31
 Tests 15, 32
Every four hours on grab samples.
Daily on composite grab samples taken every
  two hours proportional to flow.
liun tests 16 thru 23 for one week and if little
  or no variation then discontinue for dry weather
  flow.
Every eight hours.
Every eight hours.
Daily on composite. Do on unfiltered sample
  and filtrate.
Daily on composite.
Daily on composite.
Daily.
                      TABLE  31
         WET-WEATHER TEST SCHEDULE


Test
Settleable Solids
Total Suspended Solids
Settling Column
Heavy Metal
Test No.
Swirl Cone.
Inlet Outlet
50 51
54 55
— 	
— —
Test No.
Primary Tank
Inlet Outlet
52 53
56 57
60
61
Heavy Metal

Tests 50, 51, 52, 53
Tests 54, 55, 56, 57
Test 60

Tests 61, 62
                             Sludge
                               62

Hourly on grab samples.
One test for each storm event (or daily if storm
 exceeds one day) on composite grab samples
 taken hourly proportional to flow.
Three tests each during two storm events, at
 beginning, peak, and end of event.
One test each.
                           168

-------
               TABLE 32
WET-WEATHER TEST DATA, SWIRL SEPARATOR
             MAY 4-7, 1975
Date
Flow I/sec
mgd
INFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids (ml)
Total Suspended
Solids (m|/l)
EFFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids (ml)
Total Suspended
Solids (ml/1)















May 4
18.13
0.43


7.0

260


7.0

284
w
Z3
*— '
|2
O
c
JO
H
O
o
CO
o
o
1
5^
o
0
I
en
May 5
18.8
0.43


7.0

360


8.0

364
V)
"n
O
DO
O
C
33
H
O
"2.
O
o
o
1
o
o
o
I

May 6
18.8
0.43


6.0

304


5.0

320

rH
O
DO
D
C
DO
H
0
O
VJ
o
o
I
Its!
8
T.
e/i
May 7
18.8
0.43


30.0

564


28.0

464
CO
H
O
DO
D
C
33
H
O
o
8
i
s
o
o
I
»
               169

-------
              TABLE 33
WET-WEATHER TEST DATA SWIRL SEPARATOR
          MAY15-JUNE 12,1975
Date
Flow I/sec
mgd
INFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/I
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
EFFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/1
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l



















T


May 15
18.8
0.43


15.0

524 ;


8.0

344
H
3

O
C
3J
H
O
Z
10
ro
8 ;
,
8
i
co








May 31
18.8
0.43


11.0

392


7.0

376
en
O
:D
O
c
DO
H
O
o
10
8
I'
3
o
o
X
CO








June 4 & 5
18.8
0.43


18.0

540


14.5

596
3
30
0
o
c
DO
H
O
e_
CD
is
8
I
•
I
c
3
CD
01
O
O
I
June 12
18.8
0.43


7.5

280


4.0

204
V)
O
33
0
C
3J
H
0
o
8
I
1
8
8
in
CO








                  170

-------
                             TABLE 34
           WET-WEATHER TEST DATA PRIMARY TANKS
                      MAY 15-JUNE 12, 1975
Date
Flow I/sec
Flow mgd
INFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/1
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
EFFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/1
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Date
6 tanks — Flow I/sec
Flow mgd
INFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/1
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
May 15
6,658
152.4

10.0
188

9.0
324
May 15
5,828
133.4

12.0
744
May 31
4,456
102.0

13.0
224

1.0
140
May 31
4,448
101.8

15.0
416
June 4 & 5
7,445
170.4

7.0
336

7.0
272
June 4 & 5
5,243
120.0

14.0
432
June 12
4,823
110.4

24.0
632

.5
128
June 12
6,575
150.5

7.5
272
EFFLUENT

30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/I
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
  1.0

220
 14.0
544
 11.0
388
  1.0


148
Note: For storm duration, see Table 31
                                171

-------
                           TABLE 35
                   HEAVY METAL TEST DATA
                              (mg/l)
A. INFLUENT - PRIMARY TANKS
Date
Flow I/sec
Flow mgd
Heavy Metals
Cd
Cr
Cu
Fe
Pb
Hg
Ni
i-t
Sn
Zn
SLUDGE
Heavy Metals
Cd
Cr
Cu
Fe
Pb
Hg
Ni
Sn
Zn



mg/l (ppm)









(mg/kg)









May 4
6,658
152.4

0.04
0.64
0.49
4.67
0.55 :
0.0018
1.12
2.75


68.2;
1,827
626
11,420 ,
985
3.48
193
55.9
6,240
May 5
4,456
102.0

0.026
1.32
0.25
3.27
0.42
0.0013
0.10
1 nn» +1-1 1*1 PI Q
— Less tnan u.o—
2.35


73.5
1,861
660
11,450
998
3.82
190
91.7
6,206
May 6
7,445
170.4

0.040
0.71
0.31
4.96
0.64
0.0009
0.26
2.90


74.7
1,626
606
10,575
912
4.31
213
70.6
5,862
May?
4,823
110.4

0.047
1.17
0.50
5.92
0.96
0.31
0.31
3.13


82.1
1,675
651
11,640
1,005
4.51
224
39.0
6,313
B. INFLUENT -DRY WEATHER

Date
Flow I/sec
mgd
Cd
Cr
Cu
Fe
Pb
Hg
Ni
Sn
Zn

May!
4,234
96.9
0.062
1.43
0.48
6.95
1.65
0.0031
0.28


2.98
1975
May 2 May 3
4,225 3,705
96.7 84.8
0.089 0.072
1.60 1.24
0.43 0.44
6.60 6.70
1.33 0.98
0.0049 0.0033
0.48 0.42
1 nrr- thin C\ P

3.20 2.58

May 8
4,631
106.0
0.049
1.03
0.38
4.96
0.92
0.0029
0.46


2.25
1976
June 16, 17, 18

, and 21
Composite Sample

0.04
0.95
0.47
9.78
0.32
O.Q02
0.34
<0.05
3.22






4



Note: For storm duration see Table 30.
                               172

-------
                   TABLE 36
DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA -SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                  MAY 1-11, 1975
May 1
{Thurs. )
13
0.3
17.25
576
424
152
407
122
947
14.75
388
292
96
386
122
815
May 2
(Fri.)
1 3
0.3
20.0
412
344
68
260
103
776
18.0
356
288
68
269
105
677
May 3
(Sat.)
1 3
0.3
21.0
432
360
72
253
60
733
20.0
380
340
40
243
64
683
May 8
{Thurs.)
1 3
0.3
11.0
456
356
100
288
114
636
11.25
360
264
96
308
117
714
May 9
(Fri.)
1 3
0.3
11.75
460
408
52
316
76
821
9
360
320
40
264
88
706
May 10
(Sat.)
1 3
0.3
15.0
512
396
116
270
85
743
11.0
460
348
112
240
83
658
May 11
(Sun.)
13
0.3
18.0
472
344
128
223
53
654
12.0
512
392
110
262
57
670

117
4.3
72.4
0.2
358
4.9
72.5
0.7
224
5.2
73.8
0.4
311
4.4
74.7
0.6
386
4.5
72.7
0.7
225
5.0
72.8
0.5
510
4.1
72.7
1.0
m
I /sec 5"
mgd
SOMin.Settleable
Solids ml/I
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate — mg/l
SOMin.Settleable
Solids ml/I
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids mg/l (ppm)
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate — mg/l
Volume (gal)
Solids Concentration (%)
Total Volatile Solids (%)
TVS
Ts
Volume to be
Drawn off (%)
INFLUENT
EFFLUENT
2
7)
m
                     173

-------
DRY-WEATHER TEST
   TABLE 37
DATA - SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
 MAY 12-18,1975
May 12
(Mon.)
19.7
0.45
13.25
444
336
108
311
102
768
12.75
408
308
100
313
104
711
May 13
(Tues.)
19.7
0.45
17.0
428
332
96
331
136
793
12.0
576
472
104
347
119
895
May 14
(Wed.)
19.7
0.45
18
476
368
108
339
132
839
14
440
348
92
358
125
898
May 15
(Thurs.)
19.7
0.45
15
604
452
152
398
124
997
14.6
548
416
132
380
111
911
May 16
(Fri.)
19.7
0.45
17
476
404
72
359
119
896
13.25
436
364
72
347
121
767
May 17
(Sat.)
19.7
0.45
24
428
344
84
300
110
lie,
20.25
536
436
100
274
89
759
May 18
(Sun.)
19.7
0.45
26
568
480
88
325
88
762
23.25
472
392
80
307
71
697

768
4.3
72.8
1.0
803
5.2
73.1
1.1
731
5.1
73.7
1.0
379
4.7
74.3
0.5
543
4.1
74.3
0.7
514
3.9
75.5
0.7
570
4.5
75.2
0.8
5
m
I/sec ET
mgd S
SOMin.Settleable
Solids ml/1
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate - mg/f
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate — mg/l
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/1
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate - mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate — mg/l
Volume (gal)
Solids Concentration (%
Total Volatile Solids (%

*
i
n
»
m
•n
•n
n
2»
H
SLUDGE

                       174

-------
                                     TABLE 38
             DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                              MAY 30 -JUNE 10, 1975
May 30
(Fri.)
1 3
0.3
22.0
660
512
148
410
180
1,110
15
456
368
88
370
170
866
643
4.9
73.3
1.3
June 2
(Mon.)
13
0.3
17.0
620
456
164
335
136
965
12.5
464
340
124
290
133
788
824
3.8
72.6
1.6
June 4
(Wed.)
13
0.3
i
20.0
668
496
172
354
152
1,008
16
332
252
80
310
134
788
44
4.3
72.2
—
June 7
(Sat.)
13
0.3
2
632
476
156
310
121
1,070
2
352
276
76
350
83
818
489
4.3
71.1
1.0
June 8
(Sun.)
13
0.3
2
572
452
120
359
145
928
2
456
372
84
357
144
795
634
4.3
71.3
1.3
June 9
(Mon.)
13
0.3
17.25
712
576
136
325
125
1,262
11.75
444
372
72
320
115
894
609
4.3
71.9
1.2
June 10
(Tues.)
13
0.3
16.75
472
360
112
310
137
892
10.75
428
320
108
289
122
718
644
5.2
71.7
1.3
m
I/sec
mgd
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/l
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Fixed Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate - (mg/l)
Unfiltered - COD
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/l
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Fixed Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate — mg/l
Volume (gal)
Solids Concentration(%]
Total Volatile Solids
Concentration (%)

•n
1
INFLUENT
EFFLUENT
SLUDGE |
' Plant shutdown on June 3 for 3 hours so swirl was shut down and cleaned put back into service 0001 hrs. — June 4.
 Over 40 ml
                                        175

-------
                        TABLE 39
 DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                     JUNE 16-21, 1976




6-19
6-17

*18
6-21


1
0.2
02

02

WhoUSvnote

||
436
483

470


Volltil>Si»p«Hlld
Solidi Ippm)
351
386

387


FixidSulptodid
Solidi Ippm)
35
97

103


30-minSlttlllMl
Solidt
20
19

16

Efflmnt
Stp.nn.unt I

!}
{i
133
164

162

"i
}j
1
111
155

140

Fixed SuiptiKted
'



I
8
2


22
I — X —
Whole Sample

Total Suipended
Solidt (ppm)
166
249

173
1—ffi.J

Volatile Sutpended
Solidi (ppm)
146
129

143
1 14B

Fixed Suipended
Solidi (ppm)
20
120

30


r30-min Settleeble
Solidt
1.0
Leu
than
0.1
0.1

Supernatant

Tout Suipended
Solid* {ppml
115
132

148

Volatile. Suipended
Solidi (ppml
105


132

r Fixed Suipended
Solidi (ppm)



16
Sludge


11
13



646

%
«P!!°S moj.



2.40
2.36

1 Total Volatile
| . Solidi %


	
72.5
72.3
l 	 -_J 	 r_j 	 L_i. 	 1 — _ 	
VVhok Svnpto. Sample b«(or« 30 min, unleable lolids
Supcrrutant: Liquid portion ofumpl* aher 30 min. lenteabte solidi
                         TABLE 40
 DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                      JUNE 22-25, 1976
DM
me


6-72

MJ

6-24
6-25
Flow

e

015

0.15

0,15
0.15
InfliMnt '
Vftol«S«npli

1
ff
586

528

493
457

it'll SinpiiKM
Solidl Input)
£
477

426

401,
383

xidSuiplnd«l
Solid. Ippm)
i^
109

102

92
74

1
H
24

20

19
12
SupinntMt

ll
£«
|2
187

169

138
153
|
f!
> j
162

148

,2, |
1
150

xid Suipindid
Solidl (ppm)

25

21

17
8
Effluent
Who!* Siinplii [ S

nil Suipindld
Solidt (ppm)

165

146

136
152
' 1 .1 "
atile Suipcnded
Solidt (ppm)

136

130

120
133
le
!&
S-8
Is
u.
29

16

16
19
•min Settleible
Solidi

Leis
than
0.1

0.1
Lets
than
0.1
Lets
than
0.1
atal Suipended
Solidi (ppm)
upematar
<—.-
•tile Suipendod
Solidt (ppml

157

128

113
144
136

117

103
142
j
t
•
xad Suipended
Solidi (ppm)


„ "!"!',
ii
13

2, ' 527

!"
.,
2.16
	
11

476
• -,d
2,33
L_ .

10 1 493 | 1.43
L..."L :':••. '.
p -j . |,....y.
2 ] 306 246
.' L ' ..L .:

?t>!d Voiatiis
Solidi X

72,7

73.0

73.7
71,4,
                                                                                  T!1":; I
     Wtiote Sample Sample before 30 min. unleabte Jolidi
     Sop«m«.»lt. Liquid portion of urnple after 3O min. mtleibla i<
                             176

-------
May 1
(Thurs.)
4,234
96.9
27.5
692
520
172
348
118
1,021
65.0
18.3
7.4
10.5
232
176
56
296
113
452
1,332
352
4.2
2.2
May 2
(Fri.)
4.225
96.7
26.0
664
536
128
286
117
1,010
65.0
18.3
7.7
14.25
294
244
50
238
100
507
1,347
356
4.1
2.2
DRY-WEATHER
May 3 May 8
(Sat.) (Thurs.)
3,705
84.8
25.0
588
488
100
275
82
922
64.0
17.7
-
Less than
0.5
86
80
6
135
57
289
1,378
364
4.3
2.8
4,631
106.0
12.75
504
392
112
352
137
796
64.0
17.7
7.5
TABLE 41
TEST DATA - PRIMARY T/
MAY 1-11, 1975
May 9 May 10 May 11
(Fri.) (Sat.) (Sun.)
4,238
97.0
14.25
540
484
56
322
88
883
65.0
18.3
—
Less than
0.5 8.0
130
96
34
218
135
428
1,416
374
4.2
2.1
224
208
16
230
137
489
1,378 1
364
4.2
2.2
3,853
88.2
18.5
680
452
148
295
79
875
64.0
17.7
—
5.0
150
118
32
148
58
325
,355
358
4.4
2.4
3,478
79.6
19.0
496
380
116
250
66
693
63.0
17.2
7.6
2.0
160
134
26
147
49
268
1,321
349
4.5
2.9
UMKS
D
m
I /sec
mgd
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/l
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate — mg/l
Temperature (°F)
Temperature (°C)
pH
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/l (ppm)
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Volume (m3)
Volume (galx 103)
Solids Concentration {%)

Tl
o



Z
FLUENT
EFFLUENT
SLUDGE
177

-------
              TABLE 42
DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA - PRIMARY TANKS
            MAY 12-18, 1975
May 12
(Mon)
4,194
96.0
18.25
608
472
136
327
105
662
65
18.3
7.5
17.0
292
224
68
236
103
523
1.389
367
4.3
2.3
May 13
(Tues)
4,242
97.1
28
440
340
100
351
140
855
66
18.8
7.6
7.75
306
242
64
255
133
712
1.325
350
4.3
2.2
May 14
(Wed)
4,277
97.9
27
520
420
100
356
138
874
66
18.8
7.5
11.0
226
- 180
40
260
128
574
1.363
360
4.4
2.2
May 15
(Thur)
4,321
98.9
18
700
528
172
416
129
975
66
18.8
7.5
14.5
242
184
58
277
140
650
1.336
353
4.2
2.1
May 16
(Fri)
4,063
93.0
16
552
440
1112
326
113
;838
64
17.7
7.8
2
174
134
40
200
128
361
1.347
356
4.4
2.3
May 17
(Sat)
3,303
75.6
24
668
560
108
375
123
727
65
18.3
_
1
108
84
24
163
98
266
1.347
356
4.6
2.8
May 18
(Sun)
3,032
69.4
26
432
340
92
296
66
680
67
19.4
_
1
94
84
10
169
81
233
1.347
356
4.7
3.1
D
5
m
I/sec
mqd
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/I .
Total Suspended
Solids ma/I .
Volatile Suspended
Solids ma/I .
Fixed Suspended
Solids mg/l
Unfiltered — BOD
Filtrate — ma/I .
Unfiltered - COD
Filtrate mq/l
Temperature (°F)
Temperature (°C)
pH
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/l
Total Suspended
Solids mq/l ,.
Volatile Suspended
Solids ma/I
Fixed Suspended
Solids mq/l .
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — rnq/l —
Unfiltered - COD
Volume (m3)
Volume (qal/1, 000)
Solids Concentration

•n
1
INFLUENT 1

m
•n
-n
r



oo
O
G)
m
                 178

-------
                                TABLE 43
                 DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA - PRIMARY TANKS
                          MAY 30-JUNE 10, 1975
Date

6 tanks — Flow I/sec
mgd
INFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/I
Total Suspended
Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Fixed Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
Temperature (°C)
Temperature (°F)
EFFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable
Solids ml/I
Total Suspended
Solids rng/l
Volatile Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Fixed Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Unfiltered - BOD
Filtrate — mg/l
Unfiltered - COD
SLUDGE
Volume m3
Volume (gal x 103)
Solids Concentration (%)

May 30
(Fri.)
4,107
94.0


24.0

780

624

156
450
170
1,214
20.5
69


11.0

294

238

56
375
210
605



4.6

June 2
(Mon.)
4,098
93.8


21.75

648

476

172
320
128
995
19.4
67


9.25

332

258

74
267
122
621

1,525
403
4.4
2.6
June 4
(Wed.)
4,395
100.6


20.0

592

456

136
328
142
967
21.1
70


11.0

202

168

34
212
121
497

1,514
400
4.8
2.4
June 7
(Sat.)
3,469
79.4


i

610

464

146
360
122
991
20
68


i

72

60

12
146
52
288

1,718
454
4.4
3.4
June 8
(Sun.)
2,984
68.3


i

772

596

176
366
132
1,210'
19.4
67


i

90

88

2
150
131
253

1,798
454
4.3
4.0
June 9
(Mon.)
4,063
93.0


17.5

884

732

152
317
119
1,090
20.5
69


7.0

346

298

48
216
94
643

1,798
475
4.8
3.1
June 10
(Tues.)
4,596
105.2


16.0

496

372

124
342
132
853
20.5
69


6.9

180

138

42
213
115
537

1,786
472
4.8
2.7
Over 40 ml/1
                                 179

-------
                         TABLE 44
 DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA PRIMARY SETTLING TANK
                    JUNE 16-21,1976
Dtu
me
6.16
617
618
621
Flow

1
829
(99.431
194,691
794
195,281
73.7
188441
lnHu.it

Toul SuipiiKWd
Soli* Ippm)




WhoUSanipto
1




(i
I3





1
e M




SuptRMUnt
ToUISweilxM
Solldi Ippml




VoliUh SwpmM
Solhklwn)




jl
I?
|
('


Efflu.it
WhoteSMipto
jl
147
122
589
211
VolrtkSuvinM
Solkli(K>nil
131
100
465
196
FJMd SuiptfKkd
Soil* torn)
16
22
124
15
30-nHii Smlubk
tolkk
0.1
0.1
28
2.5
Cupmuunt
Toul&wnddl
SoUdilppm)
107
107
121
126
VdteittmtmM
SolkHlppml
80
89
100
119
ll
fi
27
18
21
7
tlwt't»'

ii




1-
3.94
2.04
3.93
3.63
ToulVolitito
to»d>%
68.7
56.6
67.7
71.4
  Who.'. Sjmcte Simple before 30 min, wnhabta ulidt
  Supnnttint; Liquid portion of wrnpit ifter 30 min. Mltf»U« (otidt
                        TABLE 45
DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA PRIMARY SETTLING TANK
                     JUNE 22-25,1976
                                              Supcmitxnt
    Whoto SwnpK. SMTP!* btfoo 30 min, unttBbfe tolidt
          Liquidportwnof Mmpta afMr30min,nnteJt
                              180

-------
        TABLE 46
PROPOSED TESTS SECOND SERIES
Sludge Sampling Sampling
Withdrawal (influent to swirl (swirl influent)
&
primary effluent)
(hrs) (hrs) (hrs)
1-100 1,130 1,115-1,145
1,200 1,230 1,215-1,245
1,300 1,330 1,315-1,345
1-400 1,430 1,415-1,445
Required Analysis: .
Influent Effluent Effluent
to Swirl of primary clarifier .of Swirl
(composite of 4) (composite of 4) (composite of 8)
BOD5 (total) BODS (total) BODS (total)
ss, vss ss, yss ss, vss
COD
Once during the 4-hour testing period, a settleable
solids test should be done from each location.
TABLE 47






























,





DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA - SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
JUNE 23 -27, 1975
Date June 23 June 24 June 25
(Mon) (Tues) (Wed)
Flow I/sec 13 13 13
Flow mad 0.3 0.3 0.3
INFLUENT
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/l (ppm) 11 15 -\-\
Total Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm) 380 525 488
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm) 284 380 384
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm) ' 96 144 104
Unfiltered - BOD 284 301 300
Unfiltered - COD 710 735 757
EFFLUENT
30 Min. Settleable Solids ml/l (ppm) 5 11 6
Total Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm) 192 332 252
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm) 144 232 212
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm) 48 100 40
Unfiltered - BOD 248 278 247
Unfiltered - COD
SLUDGE " " : ~ 	
Volume m3 ., -,» „ _..
.. . ... 1-74 2.61 3.58
v°l"me (gal) 459 690 947
Solids Concentration 26 38 30
Total Volatile Solids Concentration 66.8 692 7m
'Over 40 ml/1 0.9 1.4 1.9

June 26
(Thur)
1 3
0.3

i
904
692
212
382
1,320

i
556
432
124
361



1.78
469
2.9
75.4
O9

June 27
(Fri)
1 3
0.3

22
368
296
72
339
830

8
332
260
72
289



2.01
530
2.9
72.9
1.0
          181

-------
                             TABLE 48
               DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA PRIMARY TANKS
                         JUNE 23 - 27, 1975
Date

INFLUENT
(6 Tanks Operating) I/sec
Flow — mgd
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/I
Total Suspended Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
Unfiltered - COD
EFFLUENT
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/I
Total Suspended Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l
Unfiltered - BOD
SLUDGE
Solids Concentration (%)
Total Volatile Solids Concentration (%)
June 23
(Won)

4,264
97.6
11
380
284"
96
284
710

3
220
164
56
251

3.9
67.7
June 24
(Tues)

4,238
97.0
15
525
380
144
301
785

3
224
168
56
227

4.1
67.9
June 25
(Wed)

4,142
94.8
11
488
384
104
300
757

8
280
244
36
277

4.5
69.0
June 26
(Thur)

4,142
94.8
i
904
692
212
382
1,320

11
336
268
68
343

4.2
68.6
June 27
(Fri)

4,382
100.3
22
368
296
72
339
830

5
316
256
60
295

4.5
70.0
Over 40 ml/1
                                182

-------
                  TABLE 49
DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA SWIRL PRIMARY SEPARATOR
                JULY 2-8, 1975
Date
Flow I/sec
Flow mqd
INFLUENT
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/I (ppm)
Total Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Unfiltered - BOD (mg/l)
Unfiltered - COD (mg/l)
EFFLUENT
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/I (ppm)
Total Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Unfiltered - BOD (mg/l)
SLUDGE
Volume m3
Volume
Solids Concentration (%)
Volatile Solids Concentration (%)
July 2
19.7
0.45

10.0
464
388
76
332
1,250

8.0
344
272
72
326

1.03
272
2.8
76.0
JulyS
19.7
0.45

10.0
436
340
96
296
786

5.0
424
328
96
295

0.61
161
2.6
71.9
July 4
19.7
0.45

10.0
512
400
112
361
806

9.0
428
316
112
309

0.56
147
2.7
72.3
July 7
19.7
0.45

12.0
500
380
120
307
765

10
364
256
108
307

0.64
170
3.5
70.9
JulyS
19.7
0.45

8.0
440
340
100
347
783

7.0
368
268
100
343

0.75
199
2.8
76.5
                     183

-------
                                 TABLE 50
                  DRY-WEATHER TEST DATA PRIMARY TANKS
                              JULY 2-8, 1975
Date
July 2
July 3
July 4
July 7
JulyS
INFLUENT
I/sec (6 tanks in service)
Flow mgd
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/1
Total Suspended Solids mg/l
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l
Unfiltered -BOD (mg/l)
Unfiltered - COD (mg/l)
EFFLUENT
30 Min Settleable Solids ml/1 (ppm)
Total Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Fixed Suspended Solids mg/l (ppm)
Unfiltered - BOD (mg/l)
SLUDGE
Solids Concentration (%)
Volatile Solids Concentration (%)

3,698
97.7
10.0
464
388
76
332
1,250

21.0
384
300
84
321

3.8
68.4

3,819
100.9
10.0
436
340
96
296
786

8.0
436
344
92
290

3.7
70.0

3,687
97.4
10.0
512
400
112
361
806

15.0
432
328
104
314

3.9
68.4

3,516
92.9
12.0
500
380
120
307
765

40.0
672
484
188
332

3.9
69.2

3,649
96.4
8.0
440
340
100
347
783

5.0
220
136
84
302

4.0
69.4
                                   184

-------
                     TABLE 51
       PROPOSED TESTS FINAL SERIES
       Sludge                Sewage
    Withdrawal              «,„,„,:„„

(hrs)
11 00 (No sample)
1130
1200
1230
1300
1330
1400
1430
1500
\ Time when flow
2 Time when flow
Influent
(hrs)
1100
1130
1200
1230
1300
1330
1400
1430

is 1 .3 I/sec
Swirl
Effluent
1 '(hrs) 2
1130 1115
1200 1145
1230 1215
1300 1245
1330 1315
1400 1345
1430 1415
1500 1445

(0.3 mgd)
Primary
Effluent
(hrs)
1200
1230
1300
1330
1400
1430
1500
1530


is 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)
          TEST
                              TEST No.
 Sewage
                               Swirl  Primary
Total Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
Fixed Suspended:Solids
Settleable Solids by Wt.
Settleable Solids by VoL
1
2
3
4
13
5
6
7
8
14
i^iiiueni
g
10
11
12
15
1 thru 15
16 thru 20
Sludge
 Volume
 Solids Concentration
 Volatile Solids %
4 tests daily on composite of two grab
samples at 0.5 hour intervals
1 test daily on composite taken at 0.5
hour intervals beginning 1/2 hour after
start of test

                 Swirl   Primarv
                  16
                  17
                  18
19
20
                  185

-------

L
c


•&
~
to
SI
S
IS) O)
CD CD
*"" CO
CM "
£ 5
1 S
ui a:
H«
_ a.
a.
Ul
if) <£

£&
UJ
H
CC —
Ul "§j
H E
< w.
UJ O
S» o
5" «n
cc —
D ro
DC
1
8
u.



c*

3
* 1



ill
t Ul
Ul


c
111
w a. 11
ui 2


H
Ul
_i
u.




NOIJ.VU1N30NOO
sanos 31U.V1OA
NOIJ.VH1N33NOO SOIIOS
(ivjLOD awmoA
NOI1VU1N30NOO
NOI1VH1N30NOO SOIIOS
m.M^n.«y
sanos aaaNadshs SIIIVIOA
sanos asaNadsns nvioj.
sanos
310NIW OE
sanos a3ON3dsns asxid
sanos a30N3dsns annviOA
sanos a3OM3dsns nvioi

31SV31J-L3S
31HNIW 06
sanos a3GN3dsns asxu
sanos aaaN3. 9.
CO CO
» s
00 CM •
m »—
CO CO
1 1
CM CM
CO O
in in
CM a>
8888
«- CM CM «-
in
in
CO
iS
p
in
CM
S $
s i
CO CO
CM <"•
in o
ai ad
8 52
5 1
(O (O
CM CM
8 9
tf.t in
oi CM'
S *
N CM
S CM
CN S
in o
r^ cd
88888
^ IN CM CO CO
186

-------
    LO
   CO
   cc
   LU
   CO

   LU


s £
to eo
LU <
CO
 .1 Q


   ' co
    LU
    h-

    cc
    LU
   LU
   CC
   Q
•o

 E
CO

s
 u
<

CO
LO
co"

CC
         Q.
         •n
          O)


         CO
         o

         •u
         CO
         CC

         CO
          I

         o

         u.

UJ
s
LJ



V
oc
<
5:
a.


_j
oc
S









ec x
< z
1-
a.
_j
DC


•3.
!*S
1— nj
12
d "•
j_UJ
in
w


ei
< ^
oc 3
s^
"• UL
S"


»-
UJ
_l
u.
z



NOI1VH1N30NOO
sanos ai uyiOA
NOIJ.VU1N30NOO SQIIOS
nvj.01) 3i/\imoA
NO1J.VUJ.N30NOO
sanos3iu.\noA
NOI1VU1N30NOO SQIIOS
sanos Q3QN3dsns aaxu
sanos a3aiM3dsn.s STIJLVIOA
sanos aaaN3dsns nvioi
sanos
anavannas
sinNiwoe
sanos a3QN3dsns daxid
sanos aaaN3dsns 3TiJ.\noA
sanos aaaN3dsns nva.oi
sanos
an8van.LJ.3S
3inNin os
sanos oaaNadsns aaxu
sanos a30N3dsns an nxnoA
sanos Q3aW3dsns nvxo±
sanos
anav3nnas
ainwiwoE
f - <
fi 0 |
%
%
S|e6
%
%
I/Bui
I/Bun
I/Bui
1/6 iu
I/IUJ
I/Bui
I/Bui
I/Bui
I/Bui
l/l«"
I/Bui
I/Bui
I/Bui
I/Bui
l/|l"

















§
S
e«j
1
I
o
O)
8
*~










8
S
CM
a
CM
O
co





g
CM





8
i
(O
CM
s
in
CM'





s
8"
CM
r*
CO
g
in
O)
8
CM










S
(O
1^
r-
1
oo
v
0
CM'





8






S
§
i
%
in
CM





(O
CO
1
(0
9
to
.<*>
in
o>
§











o
CM
to
r~
S
s
p





8
CM





^
I
S
§
o.
CM





00
V
i
CO
CO
CM
CO
in
00
o
CO
CM










g
CM
CO
§
C^
p





8
CO
in
»—
h-
00
CO
s
o
iri
r*.
o
CM'
§
CM
O)
8
•r-

-------
       •a
       CO
       $
        CO
       J"
   LO  O
   Is*  CO

   «  CO

   "*"  >
   IT  OC


   %  i
   LU


   fc
   LU
UJH

CD D
   LU
   h-


   LU
       oc
   I  °°.
   •"  S

   m   °
   i"   
2 fe <
p 0 Q
%
%
l«*
%
'%
I/Bui
l/Bm
l/6iu
l/8iu
l/iuu
I/BUI
I/BUI
I/BUI
I/BUI
l/|l"
I/BUI
l/Biu
I/BUI
I/8UJ
I/I"J

















CM
r»
s
CO
§
|
ID
O
8
^










•8
CD
O
CM
in
CM
§
o
CO





8
CM





ig
S
1
CM
If)
If)





S
1
1
8
o
0
§
CM
r-










§
§
§
3
o
CM





§






S
§
1
R
o





(O
r-
§
CO
$
co
1
in
r»'
8











°
§
*—
1
g
o





8

-------
      •&

      U)
      CM'
      O)
   LO  O
   r-.  in
   en  (f)
   •«  ' *
   cc.
   UJ
   00
  LLI
s<


03 Q

I-'
  lil  —
  H  "i,
  oc   I
  UJ   =
  X  n.
  i-  S
  <  H
  in   S

  3?  5
  >  n

  §  7
      _r
      DC

UJ
CD




>
cc
<
E
a.



_j
cc
%









Z2
< I
5 <
E »-
a.
_i
CC


CO
*
< 1-
13
d £
r w
UJ
CO


e£

S
CM










?
(O
CO
CM
8
CM
S
o
*t





§






o
CM
S
§
§
o
Tl-'





S
CM
CO
co
§
S
in
CO
S











CM
CO
S
S
3
q
CM'





8
CM





CM
co
§
CN
CM
8
O
CM'





3
§
CM
8
s
»~
in
CO
S
CM










to
2
O
J±
CM
O
CM'





8
co
CO
r^
<*
CO
i^
TST
•*
r^-
in
CM
%
co
cs
S
§
o
CM'










S
CO
                                          189

-------
        •a
        O)
        CM
        £.
        o
   in   %
   t»»   li


   *"-   2
   CO   **
   cc   co*
   LU   ••
   CO   >
   S   cc
   LU   <

   fc   1
   LU   CC
LO <
CQ D
   LU
   CC
   LU   =•

   cc    8
   D   ^
        cc
        I
        o
SLUDGE |
PRIMARY 1
_j
cc
£<«
5*
JU
l/Biu
l/Biu
l/Biu
|/6ui
l/l"i
ui >
183















00
(O
.1
(0
5
§
u>
CO
«••
«










CM
CO
s
CM
3
CM
s
O
CM





8
cV





%
CM
a
S
CM
g
O
r~'





8
8
to
in
CO
Q
<
c
c»
1
O










S
1
1
SJ
o
<«!





O
(





§
i
N
S
o
c





3
CM
c
CO
§
o
a
c*










o

-------
     •a

     CO
     LT)
     05

     I
     «-
  cc
  111
  03
  2
  UJ

  Q_
  UJ
r» co


LU H-
-J <
CQ Q
  et
  cc  m
  Ul  <4-
  X  o
  <  o
  ui  S
  >  s
  i  s
< I
E •"
_, Q.
CC
« c


>• < *-
CC h- Z
us
CC _l "-
£L C. U.
H ^
til
CO


cc .
I^J ^T
^J "^ yj
SE S 3
§£



Ul
_l
u.
Z



MOIJ.VU1N30NOO
sanos 3iixviOA
NOI1VUJ.N30NOO SQHOS
( 1VXOJ.) 3WniOA
NOI1VU1N30NOO
sanos 31 U.VIOA
NOI1VUJ.N33NO3 SOIIOS
Knxwiwmonid
««.«.»«.».
sanos a30N3dsns nvioi
sanos
318V31113S
3inNIWO£
sanos a-iaN3dsns asxid
sanos asaNadsns 3iu\noA
sanos a30N3dsns iviox
sanos
au""«-
sanos anawsdsns asxid
sanos aaaNiidsns STIXVIOA
sanos a30N3dsns ivxox
saiios
axnNiw cc

i&i
%
%
|B6
%
%
l/Biu
I/BUI
l/Biu
I/Bui
I/I""
l/Biu
l/Biu
I/Bui
|/6tu
„,.
I/Bui
I/Bui
I/Bui
l/Buj
,/,-

















s
CM
1
CD
CO
ri
9
T-










s
1
1
1
o
in





to
'•





§
CM
1
CM
q





S
CM
S
s
o
CM'
o
CO
CM










S
§
1
I
in





«,
CM





CM
?
i
S
in
CO





(O
R
8
S
o
CO
0











s
s
CO
5
o
CO





.






(O
a>
1
8
s
p





s
i
00
§
o
0
o
CO
CM










g
i
g
«
p
in





in
CM
co
R
CO
CO
o
in
O)
o
oi
a
i
i
Si
T—
in


-







0
CO
                               191

-------
       •a
       CN
       00
       O
       03
       j/J,
       00
   10  S
   S;  co
   LJU
   00  CC
   Ul
   CL
00 LU
in co
III 
       !§
       cc
       CO
        I
       I
       u.

Ul
s
to



tt
1



_l
K
n








5*

CM
IS
o
(>.'





in
«c
CM





O
CM
O
S
8
CM
$
ID
to





CO
CM
§
CO
a
s
P
8











s
CO
o
CO
00
s
1
P
!•>•'





in
t






0
§
CM
§
CM
5
in
00





s
i
§
s
tn
o
s
CM










S
00
s
CM
t—
CO
to
^
in
(D





in
'j-
CM
0
s
en
CO
8
in
CO
CO
t~
00
3
o
*r
1
S,
o
(D










O
CO
CO
                                               192

-------
     •g.
CD
{/  ^
CO  H

LU  CL
h-
0.
LU   O)
I-   S
oc  12
UU  "*.
pc  o
LU
™  01
oc  ?:
O  ••
    eo

UJ
O
o
CO


>
cc
1
E
°"


i
<
_i i
oc <
fi!
1








cc*
<1
5 rf
— 2
OCH
0.
_l
oc
i


12
1*
H 2
»D
= £
ts
u
/>


*5!-
51
= 3

UL
z




NOIJ.VU1N30NOO
sanos 31U.V1OA
NOIJ.VUXN33NOO SOROS
CIV101) 3WmOA
NOU.VUJ.N33NO3
sanos 31UVIOA
NOiivaiNaoNoo sanos
sanos Q3QN3dsns aaxid
sanos a3ON3dsns SIUVIOA
sanos aaoNSdsns ivioi
sanos
?ii(i\m 1 1 ^c
31OMIW OE
sanos a30N3dsns aaxi d
sanos aiaNidsns BIU.VIOA
sanos aa(iN3dsns ivioj.
sanos
3n8V3nj_L3S
3JLONIW 06
sanos a3aN3dsns
^ UL ^
t*2
%
%
|B6
%
%
l/Buj
l/Bm
I/Bui
i/eiu
l/|iu
I/BUI
I/BUI
l/Biu
l/6iu
l/|l"
/BUI
/BUI
/BUI
/fku
I/|W

















C
«~





§
1
1
s
CM
»





8
D.
•>
(O
CO
•«»•
p
M
CM
U>
CO
O
CO
CJ










S
8
CO
i
N
q





u>
1-
CM





S
§
i
N
Ifl





0
§
1
s
in
8











N
i
1
i
o
(O





in
«•






CM
C"
§
1
5
in
o>





S
o
N
S
g
in
oi
8
CM










S
8
CM
S
CM
00
If
O
•»





in
*t
CM
00
p
r-
(O
CO
t«
in
T'
r^
p
CM
8
CM
CM
CM
r-*
CM
S
in










o
CO
CO
                                          193

-------
       •&
   LO    5£
   s    1
   CO    S

   LU    Q.
   Q.
   LU
LU H
-1 <
OQ D
   LU
   H
   CC
   LU
   LU
   CC
   D
        o>
        CC
        O
        u.

Ul
O
Q
i
.
OC
<
Q.



_J
OC








_
>•
5*
< z
-H
E H
o.

CC
i
W

52
§ H
£g
S3
"^ u.
d it
PUI
Ul
o>


n »-
2 2
5 £
§1
S*


t-
2
_i
u.
2




NOI1VU1N33NO3
sanos amvioA
NOI1VH1N30NOO SQI1OS
(1V1O1) 3WmOA
NOI1VH1N30NOO
sanos aiiivlOA
NOI1VUXN30NOO SQIIOS
sanos aaaN3dsns aaxid
sanos aaaNBdsns aiuxnoA
sanos asoMSdsns nviox
sanos
318V31J-L3S
31ONIW OE
sanos aaaNBdsns aaxu
sanos a3QN3dsns snuxnoA
sanos aatiN3dsns nvioi
: sanos
aiawai i I3<5
ainNiw oe
sanos a=iaN3dsns O3xu
sanos a3QN3dsns BIUVHOA
sanos aaoNBdsns nvioi
sanos
31SV31JJ.3S
3JJ1NIW OE

Nl
%
%
|BB,
%
%
/BUI
/Bua
/BUI
/6iu
I/It"
I/BUI
I/Bui
I/Bui
I/6UJ
I/IH«
I/BUI
I/BUI
I/BUI
l/6ui
I/I"J

















J5
S
co
s
^
g
1C
c
8











g
I
S
w
5
o

Q
p











£
co
y
^
CO
«c
•p
u














1
j
s












                                             194

-------
      T3
       q
       g
       CA

  K   5
  o>   p
  •
   UJ   <

   i   i

   pi


   UJ
   co
UJ <
   cc
   LU   in
   a:   •*.
   Q  ?!
       DC

       I
        I

       s
OC*
<2
LU CC
Sa-

" c
2
to

>JH
5 K 5
|S3
£ts
UJ
CO


K j_
OC tr *"
is?



H
UJ
_l
u.
z





NOI1VU1N33NO3
sanos 31 IIVIOA
(1VJ.OJ.) 3WmOA
NOIJ.VUJ.N33NO3
sanos 31 IIVIOA
NOIJ.VU1N33NO3 SQI1OS
sanos a3aw3.jsns aaxi j
««..«»«»»»'
sanos Q3aN3
8
*-










i
8
S
s
S





U)
•-





K
1
I
§
§





§
§
(0
8
q
8
CM










CM
1
i
PI
q





u>
CM





00
8
CO
i
1
o
d





3
<•>
R
CO
00
o
CN
8











00
00
(O
CM
R
CM
1
o
CO





It)






CM
co
1
s
s
o
CO





00
1
CM
(O
o
CD
8
CM










00
$
1
8
q





in
CM
1
1
CM
CO
i
CD
o
CN
.to
CM
g
O
11)










O
CO
CO
                                           195

-------
                           TABLE 62
   DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF SETTLEABLE SOLIDS BY VOLUME
                 SWIRL FLOW 1.3 I/sec (0.3 mgd)
Date      Time              Settleable Solids ml/I             % Removal
1975
9-2



9-3


9-4



9-5



9-8





11.30
12:30
1.30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Influent
12.5
9.5
7.5
8.0
37.5
9.0
9.5
7.5
8.5
36.5
10.5
10.0
7.5
7.5
35.5
11.5
9.0
8.5
8.5
37.5
13.5
12.0
11.0
8.0
44.5
191.5
Swirl
Effluent
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
11.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
7.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
7.0
4.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
12.0
2.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
10.5
47.5
Primary
Effluent
10.5
7.0
6.5
8.0
32.0 avg.
2.5
2.5
2.0
2.0
9.0 avg.
5.5
1.0
2.0
2.0
12.5 avg.
7.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
15.0 avg.
7.0
10.0
10.0
2.0
29.0 avg.
97.5 avg.
Swirl
76.0
68.4
66.7
68.7
70.7
66.6
78.9
89.4
88.2
80.8
71.4
80.0
86.7
86.7
80.3
65.2
55.6
76.5
76.5
68.0
85.2
66.7
77.3
75.0
76.4
75.2
Primary
16.0
26.3
13.4
0.0
14.7
72.2
73.7
78.9
76.4
75.3
47.6
90.0
46.7
73.3
64.8
39.1
55.6
76.6
76.5
60 uO
48.1
16.7
9.1
75.0
34.8
49.1
                            196

-------
                             TABLE 63
  DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF SETTLEABLE_SOLIDS BY WEIGHT
                  SWIRL FLOW 1 3 I/sec (0.3 mgti)
Date Time
1975
9-2 11 :30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-3 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-4 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-5 11 :30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-8 1 1 :30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Settleable Solids mg/l
Influent
32
192
220
64
508
240
204
316
132
892
144
80
128
216
568
164
236
128
160
688
224
180
220
140
764
3,420
Swirl
Effluent
76
80
100
40
296
12
48
56
36
152
48
60
68
28
204
192
72
68
20
352
164
92
76
20
352
1,356
Primary
Effluent
124
96
200
144
564 avg
52
36
48
16
152 avg.
112
72
104
96
384 avg
84
48
120
48
300 avg
80
84
120
68
352 avg
1,752 avg
% Removal
Swirl
+137.5
58.3
54.5
37.5
41.7
95.0
76.5
82.3
72.7
82.9
66.7
25.0
46.9
87.5
64.1
+ 17.1
69.5
46.9
87.5
48.8
26.8
48.9
65.5
85.7
53.9
60.4
Primary
+ 287.5
50.0
9.1
+ 125.0
+ 11.0
78.3
82.4
84.8
87.9
82.9
22.2
10.0
18.8
55.6
32.4
48.8
79.7
6.3
70.0
56.4
64.3
53.3
45.5
51.4
53.§
48.8
Total (disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)
Swirl             3,222          1,088                        67.3
Primary           3,324                         1,484 avg
55.3
                                197

-------
                        TABLE 64
 DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS
               SWIRL FLOW 1 3 I/sec (0.3 mgd)
Date
1975
9-2




9-3




94




9-5




9-8





Time
11:30
12:30
1:30
2'30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2-30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Total Suspended
Influent
396
380
348
244
1,368
456
372
456
316
1.600
424
492
396
348 ,
1,660
392
388
360
332
1,472
416
356
364
280
1,416
7,516
Solids mg/l
Swirl
Effluent
248
228
216
216
908
232
200
196
188
816
252
200
200
136
788
300
280
196
140
916
252
240
212
148
852
4,280

Primary
Effluent
316
220
312
328
1,176avg
216
180
152
132
680 avg
260
200
200
200
860 avg
264
196
212
164
836 avg
208
204
228
172
81 2 avg
4,364 avg
% Removal

Swirl Primary
37.4
40.0
37.9
11.5 +
33.6
49.1
46.2
57.0
40.5
49.0
40.6
59.3
49.5
60.9
52.6
23.5
27.8
45.6
57.8
37.8
39.4
32.6
41.8
47.1
39.8
43.1
20.2
42.1
10.3
34.4
14.0
52.6
51.6
66.7
58.2
57.5
38.7
59.3
49.5
42.6
48.2
32.6
49.5
41.1
50.6
43.2
50.0
42.7
37.4
38.6
42.7
41.9
Total {disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)
Primary          7,272                       4,036 avg
46.3
                              198

-------
                               TABLE 65
      DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF VOLATILE SUSPENDED SOLIDS
                      SWIRL FLOW 1 3 I/sec (0.3 mgd)

Date       Time             Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l              % Removal
1975
9-2 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-3 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-4 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-5 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-8 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Influent
388
312
252
236
1,188
376
308
420
268
1,372
352
408
380
316
1,456
344
320
332
280
1,276
348
296
272
252
1,168
6,460
Swirl
Effluent
208
192
136
200
736
196
176
176
132
680
216
120
180
92
608
272
236
164
124
796
220
208
152
104
684
" 3,504
Primary
Effluent
248
200
232
280
960 avg
188
156
148
92
584 avg
172
136
192
164
664 avg
212
176
180
128
696 avg
152
164
212
132
660 avg
3,564 avg
Swirl
46.4
38.5
46.0
15.3
38.0
47.9
42.9
58.1
50.7
50.4
38.6
70.6
52.6
70.9
58.2
20.9
26.2
50.6
55.7
37.6
36.8
29.7
44.1
58.7
41.4
45.8
Primary
36.1
35.9
7.9
+ 18.6
19.2
50.0
49.4
64.8
65.7
57.4
51.1
66.7
49.5
48.1
54.4
38.4
45.0
45.8
54.3
45.5
56.3
44.6
22.0
47.6
43.5
44.8
      Total (disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)
      Primary         6,224                        3,284 avg
47.2
                                   199

-------
                           TABLE 66
   DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF FIXED SUSPENDED SOLIDS
                SWIRL FLOW 1 3 I/sec (0.3 mgd)
Date
1975
9-2



9-3



9-4



9-5



9-8




Time
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Fixed
Influent
8
68 :
96 :
8
180
80
64
36
48
228
72
84
16
32
204
48
68
28
52
196
68
60
92
28
248
1,056
Suspended Solids mg
Swirl
Effluent
40
36
80
16
172
36
24
20
56
136
36
80
20
44
180
28
44
32
16
120
32
32
60
44
168
776
/I
Primary
Effluent
68
20
80
48
216avg
28
24 '
4
40
96avg
88
64
8
36
196 avg
52
20
32
36
140avg
56
40
16
40
1 52 avg
800 avg
% Rerr
Swirl
+400.0
47.0
16.7
+ 100.0
4.4
55.0
62.5
44.4
+ 16.7
40.3
50.0
4.8
+ 25.0
37.5
11.8
41.7
35.3
+ 14.3
69.2
38.8
52.9
46.7
34.8
+ 57.1
32.3
26.5
loval
Primary
+ 750.0
70.0
16.7
• + 500.0
+ 20.0
65.0
62.5
88.9
16.7
57.9
+ 22.2
23.8
50.0
12.5
3.9
+ 8.3
70.6
+ 14.3
30.8
28.6
17.6
33.3
82.6
+ 42.9
38.7
24.2
Total (disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)

Swirl             920            568                        38.3

Primary           864                         472 avg
45.4
                              200

-------
                          TABLE 67
DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF SETTLEABLE SOLIDS BY VOLUME
               SWIRL FLOW  19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)
Date Time
1975
9-9 1 1 :30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-10 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-11 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-12 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-15 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Settleable Solids ml /I
Influent
13.0
12.0
8.0
10.0
43.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
10.5
46.5
14.0
13.5
11.5
9.5
48.5
12.5
11.0
9.5
9.0
42.0
12.5
14.0
12.0
9.0
47.5
227.5
Swirl
Effluent
5.0
4.5
3.0
.5.0
17.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
6.5
27.5
8.0
7.0
6.0
4.0
25.0
6.0
6.5
6.0
5.0
23.5
8.5
7.0
6.0
4.0
25.5
119.0
Primary
Effluent
7.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
19.0avg
13.5
6.5
8.5
6.0
34.5 avg
18.0
13.5
9.5
7.5
48.5 avg
2.0
3.0
3.0
7.0
10.0 avg
12.0
10.0
6.0
5.0
33.0 avg
145.0 avg
% Removal
Swirl
61.5
62.5
62.5
50.0
59.3
46.2
41.7
36.4
38.1
40.9
42.9
48.1
47.8
57.9
48.5
52.0
40.9
36.8
44.4
44.0
32.0
50.0
50.0
55.6
46.3
47.7
Primary
46.2
70.8
50.0
. 55.0
55.8
+ 3.8
45.8
22.7
42.9
25.8
+ 28.6
0.0
17.4
21.1
0.0
84.0
72.7
68.4
77.8
76.2
4.0
28.6
50.0
44.4
30.5
36.3
Total (disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)

Primary          200.5                        113.5 avg
43.4
                            201

-------
                          TABLE 68
DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF SETTLEABLE SOLIDS BY WEIGHT
               SWIRL FLOW 19.7  I/sec (0.45 mgd)
Date
1975
9-9



9-10



9-11



9-12



9-15




Time
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Settleable Solids mg/l % Removal
Influent
136
192
128
380
836
252
248
152
128
780
284
220
280
132
916
228
160
256
196
840
608 :
100
148
116 :
972
4,344
Swirl
Effluent
104
108
124
132
468
160
76
160
116
512
172
172
180
48
572
144
136
132
148
560
136
72
140
60
, 408
2,520
Primary
Effluent
112
84
84
156
436 avg
164
96
124
84
468 avg
284
172
144
56
656 avg
47
88
—
52
187 avg
, 120
144
92
80
436 avg
2,1 83 avg
Swirl
23.5
43.8
3.1
65.3
44.0
36.5
69.4
+ 5.3
9.4
34.4
39.4
21.8
35.7
63.6
37.6
36.8
15.0
48.4
24.5
33.3
77.6
28.0
5,4
48.3
58.0
42.0
Primary
17.6
56.3
34.4
58.9
47.8
34.9
61.3
18.4
34.4
40.0
0.0
21.8
48.6
57.6
28.4
79.4
45.0
—
73.5
77.7
80.3
+ 44.0
37.8
31.0
55.1
49.7
 Total (disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)
 Swirl           4,192          2,360                      43.7
                              202

-------
                   TABLE 69
DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS
         SWIRL FLOW 19.7  I/sec (0.45 mgd)
Date Time
1975
9-9 1 1 :30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-10 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-11 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-12 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-15 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Total Suspended Solids
Influent
336
376
352
528
1,592
528
356
348
360
1,592
472
436
636
344
1,888
432
364
524
400
1,720
840
416
376
296
1,928
8,720
Swirl
Effluent
300
308
328
372
1,308
328
292
328
312
1,260
344
384
436
252
1,416
324
344
308
372
1,348
364
340
276
204
1,184
6,516
mg/l
Primary
Effluent
304
264
252
280
1,100
376
260
280
204
1,120
460
384
340
272
1,456
208
208
280
168
864
340
308
220
172
1,040
5,580
% Removal
Swirl
10.7
18.1
6.8
29.5
17.8
37.9
18.0
5.7
13.3
20.8
27.1
11.9
31;4:
26.7
25.0
25.0
5.5
41.2
7.0
21.6
56.7
18.3
26.6
31.1
38.6
25.3
Primary
9.5
29.8
28.4
47.0
30.9
28.8
27.0
19.5
43.3
29.6
2.5
11.9
46.5
20.9
22.9
51.8
42.9
46.6
58.0
49.8
59.5
26.0
41.5
41.9
46.0
36.0
                      203

-------
                     TABLE 70
DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF VOLATILE SUSPENDED SOLIDS
            SWIRL FLOW 19.7 I/sec (0.45 mgd)
Date
1975
9-9



9-10



9-11



9-12



9-15




Time
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Volatile Suspended Solids mg/l
Influent
276
272
276
404
1,228
470
316
320
304
1,410
420
376
560
276
1,632
356
296
392
332
1,376 !
742
336
332
288
1,698
7,344
Swirl
Effluent
240
224
244
304
1,012
316
260
308
248
1,132
304
332
364
220
1,220
264
244
240
316
1,064
284
268
268
196
1,016
5,444
Primary
Effluent
224
192
156
260
832
336
240
280
140
996
392
320
308
212
1,232
196
160
276
136
768
268
300
188
132
888
4,716
% Removal
Swifl
13.0
17.6
11.6
24.7
17.6
32.8
17.7
3.8
18.4
19.7
27.S
11.7
35.0
20.3
25.2
25.8
17.6
38.8
4,8
22.7
61.7
20.2
19.3
31.9
40.2
25.9
Primary
18.8
29.4
43.5
35.6
32.2
28.5
24.0
12.5
53.9
29.4
6.7
14.9
45.0
23.2
24.5
44.9
45.9
29.6
59.0
44.2
63.9
10.7
43.4
54.2
47.7
35.8
                        204

-------
                         TABLE 71
 DRY-WEATHER REMOVAL OF FIXED SUSPENDED SOLIDS
              SWIRL FLOW 19.7  I/sec (0.45 mgd)
Date Time
1975
9-9 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-10 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-11 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-12 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
9-15 11:30
12:30
1:30
2:30
Subtotal
Total
Fixed Suspended Solids
Influent
60
104
76
124
364
56
40
28
56
180
52
60
76
68
256
76
68
132
68
344
98
80
44
8
230
1,374
Swirl
Effluent
60
84
84
68
296
12
32
20
64
128
40
52
72
32
196
60
100
68
56
284
80
72
8
8
168
1,072
ppm
Primary
Effluent
80
72
96
20
268 avg
40
20
0
64
124 avg
68
64
32
60
224 avg
12
48
4
32
96 avg
72
8
32
40
1 52 avg
864 avg
% Removal
Swirl
00.0
19.2
+ 10.5 ,
45.2
18.7
78.6
20.0
28.6
+ 14.3
28.9
23.0
13.3
5.3
52.9
23.4
21.0
+ 47.0
48.5
17.6
17.4
18.4
10.0
81.8
0.0
26.9
22.0
Primary
+•-33.3
30.8
+ 26.3
83.9
26.4
28.6
50.0
100.0
+ 14.3
31.1
+ 30.8
+ 6.7
57.9
11.8
12.5
84.2
29.4
97.0
52.9
72.1
26.5
90.0
27.3
+ 40.0
33.9
37.1
Total (disregarding samples when erosion caused effluent to be higher than influent)
Swirl           1,174            824                         29.8
Primary         1,062                          452 avg
57.4
                             205

-------
                                  TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
1. REPORT NO.

EPA-600/2-78-122
                                                          3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
THE SWIRL  PRIMARY SEPARATOR:
DEMONSTRATION
DEVELOPMENT AND, PILOT
5. REPORT DATE

  August 1978 (Issuing Date)
                           6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
                                                            APWA 73-3
           Richard H.  Sullivan, Morris M.  Cohn,  James t.
lire,  Fred  Parkinson,  6. Galiana, Ralph  R.  Boericke,
Carl  Koch. Paul  Zielinski
                           8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS

American  Public Works Association

1313 East 60th Street
Chicago,  Illinois   60637
                           10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

                             1BC611
                           11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

                             68-03-0272

                             S803157
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS     .          „.   -,.
Municipal  Environmental Research  Laboratory—Cm.,OH
Office of Research and Development
U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
Cincinnati, Ohio   45268
                           13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED

                             Final	
                           14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                             EPA/600/14
is.SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES This  report supplements EPA-R2-72-008, EPA-670/2-74-039,  and
 P.O.  Richard Field (201) 321-6674    FT$ 340-6674                    EPA-670/2-75-011.
      Hugh Masters  (201) 321-6678    FTS 340-6678
            stud  ^ concjucted  to  determine if the swirl concentrator  principal  could
 be used to provide primary  treatment to combined sewer overflows and municipal  waste-
 water.  A hydraulic model with  synthetic wastewater and a mathematical  model  were both
 used to arrive at an optimized  configuration and a design basis.  The  design  was then
 tested under actual wet- and  dry-weather flow conditions using a large scale, 1,137 cu
 m/d (0.3 mgd) pilot constructed in Toronto, Canada.  The Toronto pilot evaluations con
 firmed the.accuracy of  the  design  (and associated design curves) developed under the

   The model and pilot studies indicated that the device could achieve  30 to 50 percent.
 settleable solids removal efficiency for flows of less than  22 I/sec  (0.5 mgd) at cost:
 comparable to, or less  than,  conventional treatment units.   Overflow  rates of two to
 three times that of conventional units make possible the saving.
   Testing of the model  and  prototype was based upon the need to  treat  both domestic
 sanitary sewage and combined  sewer overflows.  Extensive laboratory work was  conducted
 to determine the settling characteristics of solids to provide laboratory control and
 provide a correlation between the laboratory and prototype testing  programs.
   The swirl's height and diameter are equal, providing a relatively deep structure
 which enhances sludge thickening.                    .               .                .
   The Toronto pilot evaluations of the prototype unit constructed  in  Toronto Ontario -
 1,137 cu m/d (0.3 mgd)  - to determine operating efficiencies confirmed the accuracy of
 design and associated curves  developed under the model studies.-
   The report contains thorough descriptions of the  hydraulic/mathematical and pilot
 studies, and most importantly, the detailed design  methodology.	
17.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                             b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C. COSATI Field/Group
 Waste treatment,  Design criteria,
 Hydraulic structures,  Combined sewers,
 Overflows, Prototypes
               Swirl  primary separator,
               Urban  stormwater runoff,
               Combined sewer overflow,
               Sanitary sewage primary
              .tr.eatments .Prototype..
               tests
                   13B
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 Release  to  Public
              19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)'

                Unclassified
              21. NO. OF PAGES

                   216
                                             20. SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)

                                                Unclassified
                                                                        22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
            206
                                                                    * U.S. GOVERNMENT PRIMING OFFICE; 1978— 757 -140 /138 0

-------

-------
        Do s§
        *. Q CD CD
          S _ c"i
•oo
ro
ro
        5*
                                            Z TJ

                                            m
 1
      n
    O m

  -• 3 5
  o ° -
                                             O
                                              -n
                                              O
                                                o
                                             ^??


                                             ?^S
                                             H
                                              m
                                                m
                                             m
                                              r1
                                             r w
                                             O co
                                             m
                                                U)
§ I   '

|. ^ ^ mi
                                                      CD
                                                        C/3

                                                        05
D) c/5 O)
:± CD
  QJ


o 9-



^ I^Sl

s i ° ml
K3 CD <
                                                          o
» 2 s- O
O g

§ 1

£T ^
CD •-*
      Ql
      ml
      PP!
      ol
                                                0)

                                                T3

                                              CD o
 J  >  >

 >  r  z

 CO  "0  D
                                                O
                                                      H rn

                                                      m 0)

                                                      O T,
                                                      O Fi
                                                      O

-------